I

ING BOMl:O

m 41'11�1 2001 <lt{\4 �qr;ft- �

(�, 3, 1988 t6T ffi mT �)

REGIONAL PLAN 2001 NATIONAL CAPITAL REGION

(Approved by the Board .on November 3, 1988)

21.

71+\u/\. ,))I�-.

<1'{14 �qr;ft- m 41'11�1 mNational Capital Region Planning Board

�mu rc1q51tt 4?11�4 Ministry of Urban Development

� fH. ch I { Government of India

f�ff 41 <, 1988 December, 1988

;ueR. -rJ!!J

S. Arunachalam

Senior Planning Engineer

V.K. Thakore

Senior Research Officer

P. Jayapal

Assistant Planner

Manmohan Singh

Research Officer

Sunila Hooja

Planning Assistant

PLANNING TEAM

KK Bhatnagar

Member Secretary

B.N. Singh

Chief Region_al Planner

RP. Rastogi.

Regional Planner

Sanjai B. Verma

Associate Planner

J.N. Barman

Assistant Planner

0. Madhu Babu

Assistant Planner

Gurdeep Singh

Planning Assistant

(upto 5.8.1988)

Administration, Accounts & Secretarial Assistance

Pran Nath

Deputy Director

A.B. Saxena

PS to Member Secretary

Mohinder Pal

PS to Chief Regional Planner

Oeepak K Verma

Assistant

Bijender Singh

_Jr. Steno

Satnam Kaur

Jr. Steno

Bahadur Singh·

L.D.C.

Balwir Singh

Kartar Singh

Ganesh Prasad

Satpal

Group 'D'

KL Sachar

Finance & Accounts Officer

Roshan Lal

Jr. Accounts Officer

Kamlesh K Bhardwaj

Accounts Assistant

P.K. Jain

Accounts Assistant

Harsh Kalia

Jr. Steno

Anika Kushwaha

L.D.C

Mani Lal

Driver

Ram Phal

Driver

Ramkishan Huda

Ravinder Kumar

Ranbir Singh

���ITT�-2001 cfiTqq:;f�R�mfcrf� �RtlciJi ct�if A

��m%1 u��� ITT ���, 19ssct�� � ct lhM fq {i:\4 lITTf, 1985 if� ch'l" � filU � QJt" mfcr� � ch'l" � ch'l" � {ti" ��<TTfiill ch'l" � � aj- u� �� ITT if N ll lf>Ji ct, � � � fcrcFTT:r cnl" !.llffilfuct cfit I��� -m � �� i ����ITT ctfu� � � � ch'l" �ct�� ffi"Dlf{ MJ11a1{ rn�-rrq: � 1 �mch'l-��7:fcnfilqffifqif 1962ffm �ch'l"�{fil �I�� ct��l=fl1?X™if <IB fctlchl{ fcn"mlT?:fTfcfi � �� cn9-� � wrf<lf� cfiT � � tR� if m � B"ch"ITT t �� ��<It ct��� ch'l" � � ch'l" ��T ch'l" � % I� frn"� t1R:ll1011, � CT� "3CTf{ ��T ct �"@:I" lffw, � ct "31l {IJ-<.141<1 � �"@:I" chi <fchl {l �' ���if� ��CT� U"J-llT ct� ��ch1R:ll1· cFl" 3IT� �fcfi�� �� ITTID�<IB�� ctr � 'flcITT 1 � �, m, � q R: q 11tj cr trmt +'.f� 'Jf 1ft f111llIf11 ll 1· CT����� ���cfiT7fif�cJ«TT�mf112lllJI �-g1��

'fPTT cFl" 3IT� � I � � � cnl" � � � � ct � � q,'l- � "cf>ltit �

�if� lT� � � .=ftftrlJi ���if� �-��ffcn<:rr I ��' �>TUITT>ft, l:fR�CT�fr-qR, ��CT� fq.:;9f11, �' fl I +i I fJ1 ch �m' �UT '3TT{ �PT 1T{ � m��� � � � chi ll\h+i T CT� � cFl" � cFl" � % CT� ��T ch'l" 1lW t I � ch'l" � ff �, � •. fl q 'q IR ch ITT cFl" 11TTffcrf�, � �' �m-CT fcrcFTT:r ct l:fft��<TT' � CT� ct I :!lll tj ff � Tfq: � 1T{ 3ITmft:r �-fcr��, 41 ct 141 ct � q R q � tj 'ff<f !ff'UTT' ?t e.M � t IB'Rlf CT� cfiT3c{ � � 1T{ oq I q fl I f.q ch 1:fn1=r�"RfctT� CT� � ct +TT� ff � �� � lT� t I

ii

w������"@:l"��<ticiftmfucfil"�%,it"twITT cfif A�f(>Ja � � � � � � ll � 1ffifl<ffw � ���crmm11Tcn1"f�-�BTATo/qlTT7:JT����iF rcr«rR cn7" f.-14::101 zfrnrmlTT�r@��1 �"ITTf� J1-1A&-11 � � 1ffifl<ff� cET �ITT��� � 2h� ch{ ur cRcfict� � � � m�qjill cF �m{ � fq cfiftta � � %g � Tf� .:rrn::r � 'ffifq � � � % r % � J1-1A&-11 � FcTTRur, �c �, qft� � � "ffqf{·, '+TTTTfcfi � ttlfilfJicfi A(il--11_, ���, �ur���' � �;q1�;q--1 %"g �� o� � �lRc � cF � �qj" � cfif � � � I � � cFT :!"&I" � � % � Ji --1 A ©-l I c8 � lffif ff W� cF cfiT{Uf ��?:f"cF ffqf� � ftlfilfJicfi �m� o/ ���"ITT TPTT % I ��TT � fen � �;q- � lf ��Tf� TfW � cfiT �cqrcft- ffl ff Rh;q 1 � ;q --i � � t � u�<T ��;ft lf -mer� m ch"!" �Frr<t r@� lf "J=f"�� � 1

l'.ff-gRFTT f :n =rcrr { �Tro rcfcFITf -tj-fr � � �q�

n�;q- �� ITT ZITJf;:rr efrt

FOREWORD

The National Capital Region Plan - 2001 is now being published as a

statutory document. The passing of the National Capital Region Planning

Board Act, 1985, leading to the setting up of the Board in March, 1985,

fulfilled the greatly felt need of a statutory organisation to plan and promote

a ba'lanced and harmonious development of the National Capital Region.

The passing of the Act itself has been preceded by a series of efforts made

at various levels for setting up a planning organisation for the National

Capital Region. The acute ne,.ed for this was being felt right from 1962

when the first Master Plan for Delhi realised that the solution of the

impending problems of the National Capital could only be found in a regional

context and recommended the setting up of an organisation with those

objectives. I am extremely grateful to the Chief Ministers of the participating

States of Haryana, Rajasthan and Uttar Pradesh, the Lt. Governor and the

Chief Executive Councillor of Delhi, the Urban Development Minist�rs of the

participating States and other State officials who took keen interest in the

deliberations leading to the preparation of the Plan. My colleagues in the

Central Ministries of Power, Railways, Surface Transport,

Telecommunications and their officers have also been generous in extending

their assistance. I am grateful to all of them.

In finalising the Regional Plan, the Planning Committee of the Board,

deliberated the plan proposals and policies at length in a number of

meetings. The sector-wise programmes and policies have been examined

and recommended by a number of expert study groups on demography,

settlement system, transport and communications, water supply and

sanitation, power, social infrastructure, environment and industries. In­

depth studies, on behalf of the Board have been undertaken through

professional consultants and institutions in regard to migration, informal

sector activities, fiscal policy, urban development scenarios, landuse analysis

based on landsat imageries and aerial photography, traffic and

transportation surveys, settlement system and counter magnet areas.

iii

iv

The two important goals to be achieved by the Regional Plan are a balanced and harmoniously developed region, leading to dispersal of economic activities and inmigrants to Delhi, thereby leading to a manageable Delhi. This is to be achieved by the progressive deconc�ntration of population and economic activities in the Region and their judicial dispersal to various priority towns as identified in the Plan. The Plan, is a framework of policies relating to population distribution, settlement system, transport and communications, physical and social infrastructure, regional landuse, environment and eco-development, management structure for Plan implementation and counter magnet areas for development. The focus of the Plan is Delhi whose extra-ordinary growth has put great pressure on its essential services and civic facilities. It is expected that a vigorous implementation of the policies contained in the Plan would help maintain the quality of life of our National Capital. -

New Delhi

Smt. Mohsina Kidwai Chairperson,

NCR Planning Board & Minister of Urban Development

Government of India

fcl,A-� CONTENTS

Page

�� Foreword (i) ��?l Scenario (vii)

l. ��m-;:ft-ITTA

1. National Capital Region 1

2. ;ftftr ITT 2. Policy Zones 8

3. -31.::mif@-Fhl"-l (94{@ 3. Demographic Profile 13

4. fic:(>14.::C: � 1981-2001 4. Settlement System 1981-2001 21

5. m1fturfcrcnm 5. Rural Development 28

6. �(9q{@ 6. Economic Profile 34

7. qf{q�1 7. Transport 50

. 8. �-tfqf{ 8 . Telecommunications 67

9. �fcrcnm 9. Power Development 71

10. �,�Rcnffi,�Rcnffi 10. Water Supply, Sewerage andcfl?.TT��q Solid-waste Disposal 79

11. RT!fil � 'fc!Tf�?l 11. Education and Health 86

12. 3TTcl"R, 12. Shelter 89

13. ��� 13. Regional Landuse 95

14. q ;qfo { 01 � � fcrcFm 14. Environment and Eco-development 106

15. � cbl ;qf..;:i ;q 1 � � 15. Management Structure for�q� Plan Implementation 116

16. cbl 0.-c:( � ITT. 16. Counter-magnet Areas 121

17. fcrcFm � � cfiP:f-� � 17. Strategies and Priority Areasm�R:I i'ha I cfTT{ ITT a lf'1i'hl 4· for Development 128

a lf'1i'hl 4· Tables 135

V

NCR

NCRPB

OUT

DUA

OMA

UP

CCA

HRA

UD

NH

GAL

DAL

MRTS

NOIDA

MW

MU

DESU

HSEB

NTPC

J.P. Station

BBMB

lpcd

mgd

LIG

MIG

HIG

HUDCO

HDFC

ESI

ESP

HUDA

UC

BOD

EWS

Vi

Keys to abbreviations

National Capital Region

National Capital Region Planning Board

Delhi Union Territory

Delhi Urban Area

Delhi Metropolitan Area

Uttar Pradesh

City Compensatory Allowance

House Rent Allowance

Urban Development

National Highways

Goods Avoiding Line

Delhi Avoiding Line

Mass Rapid Transit System

New Okhla Industrial Development Area

Mega Watts

Million Units

Delhi Electricity Supply Undertaking

Haryana State Electricity Board

National Thermal Power Corporation

Indra Prastha (Power) Station

Bhakra Beas Management Board

litres per capita a day

million gallons a day

Low Income Group

Middle ln�ome Group

High Income Group

Housing and Urban Development Corporation

Housing Development Finance Corporation

Environmental Sensitivity Index

Electro Static Precipitators

Haryana Urban Development Authority

Life Insurance Corporation of India

Bio-Chemical Oxygen Demand

Economically Weaker Section

�wr���ff�c1imt� nft i ?fey������ fKcfiK cfi � ���cfiT��¢%1�Wcfif{�� tfcn�cfiT §H47Ma fcrcnrn� �"flq�� m "fl"'qcf t I q1"ffiCf � � grsccFi, 01 � ��� cnl"�� 1959 � m��Tf<TT � � � cfi � q� lTTR"{ � cfiT � � !Cfi<IT Tf<TT ey I��� 1962 cfi� �� �ft:r:nlft�T cFt � m ��ITT c1i fi �fct a � � fcrcnrn · c1i � � mfcrf� � {rvfm-;ft ITT� mtcFr�cFf�l 1985�mfcrf�mtcFt� ��{rvf� ITT t�q� mfcrf� � � 2001 cfiT ITT t fi�fcta fcrcnrn %g � � � J.lm·qiof ���I 2. � � � �� tT+rf<lf::m ff ftm" ¢%I�' �, <-11a141a � � c1i �� �'3ffcf�1fcfi ffcrr�r cFt �� cnr �mm wm

�(ITT% I�� (ITT�� tT+rf<lf cnl" '3TI"{tjf �'+TR � rn % 1 � <1, cha i f-;l ch � �'6l 1 !,I cm.ft m cn1" � cFt q�1 lfi H ch �� ff��m�, ��q�lTfR, fcrcnrn� cf� mTT� � � � m1TT'3TT $��mm��1����i��\Tffit�����-� J�Hifl{ �'1fl""{"ITT� cffit ���ITT c1i q�1 mf'i ch m1TT'3T1 c1i ��ff� §fP� ©: � fi �fct o fcrcnrn � �� � % I�� � cFt � ff � {rvfm-;ft ITT��� 1985 cnr1llftrm-;n ��

IDU � � cnl" � � � qlffifqcholcFf � �I qfto11J.l�, � � ,ZW ��"Jllfll"��� �"ffq���cfi�H 47 fJ1 a fcrcnrn c1i �� cn1" ITTT<f � l) fl� 14 a 1�I3. � cfi fcrcnrn cfiT � cfiRUf � cfiT � ff�l�(lch{OI � fqf--lt1fo1 ct� fl�l4ch B9T'3TT �Jflll�cha1 � m�N� c1i cfiRUf � � (ff{1JiJII{ �� �rn�cFr���I1951 ctcfi � �: � q�llflf--lch � � �

THE SCENARIO

Delhi, the National Capital has been facing unprecendented growth which has been a ca use of serious concern to the Central Government. It has been recognised that the planned growth of Delhi is possible only in a regional context. In fact, the need for regional approach was felt as early as 1959 when the draft Master Plan for Delhi was prepared. Thereafter, the Master Plan of 1962 recommended that a statutory National Capital Region Planning Board should be set up for ensuring balanced and harmonised development of the Region. The setting up of the statutory Board in 1985 and coming into operation of the first statutory Regional Plan - 2001, would be impor­tant achievements in the balanced development of the National Capital Region. 2. Delhi is besieged by a host of serious problemstoday. The gap in availability of essential serviceslike water supply, power, transport and manage­ment of solid waste is continuously increasing. Theproblem is being further aggravated due toincreasing inmigration. In our democratic system,migrants do not feel bound by physical boundariesof the States while our administrative, develop­ment planning and resource allocation systemsoperate within the limits of territorial boundaries.The operation of this system, therefore, on the onehand has manifested in increasing congestion inDelhi and, on the other, acted as an obstacle in theintegrated and balanced development of theRegion without any regard to the physicalboundaries. The enadment of the National CapitalRegion Planning Board Act, 1985 with the consentof the participating States and the adoption of theRegional Plan by them is a realisation of thisreality. Consequently, the Plan has suggestedpolicies and measures which would help in achie­ving the objective of the planned development ofDelhi in its regional context.

The genesis of Delhi's growth lies in its rapid urbanisation and its ability to offer wide oppor­tunities for large scale employment through specia-

vii

� 14.5 � �, � �, � � qlfulJ-4 cf)™ -;i-�cf)� jcfqlffi aj- 1TTTf � cR 'ff"�� q�l lf-t f.:i ch �ITT ff �-chi .qf ,� ch �ITT � isjq('1.=tl ��� 1981 den�-��� {I 01 J 11 { cfiT �'@" '3TT't.TR q:m fl f.:i ch * � "Cf{ '61.,lE.�ifllch 'ITT TT<TT I ffie:f "ITT�� 1951 � � cR � � 300% � 57.3 � 'ITT 11{ I 4. � � � �ff�� {t � cfl'chf{'DT % 1 1971-81 * � >rftnrif '('1"1T'lpf 1.50 �011 �qi m {101 J11 { cn9- (f('11�1 � � '3,r"Q," 1 � �� � m "Cf{ {7 01 J 11 { * �lf'cfil�nm � cfiTcfiT1f cfi{ m t1 ��-�ff,� rcr�� m ff��ft {1 Ji J 11 { cfl � cxrfcttr<TT aj- 01 I chffl ct�%1 aj-aj���t, c=<TT-"RTT �'�, lllctllllci � � � % RcflTff ��r�;q1c!) ��fiUHI cfl �� chl fP=ff<ITCt � �� % I ��ITT� fu�q ti ..ft 4 � � � m'ctT cfiT�'qlq % � �"Q," � chl � 3ffq��-3TT chl1ffei" cfl fu-q: � � nzj "Cf{ R� {Q'il" � 'g I

� � fltf ITT t � �� ff 1483 cpf'fcn('17+flc{ � % 1 � ��lcfi � �I 6{lch{a1 * 'chf{'DT

� cfiT m@ch � � fltf ITT cfiT '('1"1T'lpf40% m, � 1971 � <TT'i � cficrM 30% dentfwn, m I <TT'i � illg" 1TTTf ff 'ITT ffi 'g I5. � cfl lfffc{ � � 1981 � �ffift � cfl� 53 � 'ITT � cfl � cfl '3TT't.TR "Cf{ ·3ffi�� � cR �ffift � 46 � f.:rmftf chl 11{ �3ffi 7 � miff aj- 3ffif-qrff cl1 �1 � � cn1� � I � � �Tro � cfiT �� � 53�cfi{fu<:ITTT<TT 11981 cFl Ji.=tJIOl.=tl f{��fcF�ff&rrf.:rmfur��ff '+TT 3TT� 57.3 �mll{ I��RT�����-?rm3lf�m<I 1TTTf ff � % I % � �R '+TT �17 'q ;ti ;q ITT 11{'� 3ffif-qrff * �1 cR � � �� *� 567% � 11{1 � cfl �� � BTTr-;:ft-�cflffi"Q,"��TT<TT m 1981 ���cm-� '3ffTT 11.3 � � 11{ 'ff"m 1976 � 53� cR n�m� �� ff m 4.3 � 3lf� m11{ I

�+---

-

6. w-Rr <TT'i f.:r�=q <-1 icfcfi -;,m cflfil � HcmTT fcF� � �� 3ffi Ji.=tfiif@chl<-1 ctsDllch{lJT �"ITT � fa:� "Cf{ � � 'g � figJflch{UI cRfll�lfJich fil1Tct" � (>fPTT ff cn'ITT 3TT� % ���'gfcn����-c:r{�'+TT.=nft�%m� �ftsrm�cRn�t1 � m�t

TTfi � cf) � �� � cf) fu"Q," � �

Viii

lisation and increased productivity in manufactur­ing and supporting services. Till 1951, Delhi was essentially an administrative centre with a popula­tion of 14.5 lakhs but, the expansion of industry, trade and commerce providing opportunities for economic development, in turn, began to transform its character from an administrative city to a multifunctional city and, exhibited a significant functional shift. to industrial character in '.1981 when its population size became 5 7.3 lakhs, recording a growth of about 300% since 1951. 4. This phenomenal growth of population is dueto increasing inmigration with about 1.50 lakhmigrants annually coming to Delhi in search ofemployment during 1971-81. Today, Delhi acts asa powerful job magnet at the national level. Thishas drawn job aspirants from far and wide but,more particularly from the neighbouring States. AsDelhi grows, its problems of land, housing,transportation and management of essentialinfrastructure like water supply and seweragebecome more acute. The city lacks reliable andadequate sources of water, and thus has to dependupon the adjoining States to meet its water supplyrequirements. Delhi is a Union Territory occupyingbarely 1483 sq km of land. The physical expansionof Delhi, due to spread of urbanisation in the lastdecade claimed about 40l!/o of the total Territoryarea in 1981,compared to about 30%in 1971 and,it is growing at a rapid pace.

/ 5. The Master Plan for Delhi had initially assigned urban Delhi's population as 46 lakhs in 1981 against the trend based projections of 53 lakhs through a policy of diverting 7 lakhs to the 'ring' towns. Subsequently, this figure was revised to 53 lakhs. The 1981 Census, however, revealed a population of 57.3 lakhs. In other words, Delhi's growth has taken place at a much faster rate than anticipated. Worse still, the population of ring towns grew by 5670/ri during this period. In 1981, the city had 11.3 lakhs more population than what was envisaged at the start of the Plan and, 4.3 lakhs more than the revised capacity of 53 lakhs in 1976. I 6. Whether economic and demographic concen­tration in Delhi has already reached a point atwhich the social cost of agglomeration exceeds thebenefits, cannot be proved conclusively, but, it isclear that if this threshold has not yet been reached,it is likely to be reached in a relatively near future. Itis also clear that alternatives to the further growthof Delhi should be identified on a basis which is

�mt 1R � � � aj- � cR � ��tlll-llMchfcrchltfcfi��<TTcfi�"ITTI ��?TTftmm%fch l-lE�.-!JI{ ff��� � 11, m t1:tf-crn � 1R m, � � ITTcfiT � ITT�T fcfim � f:in:rrr <T� � cfi �� � tmttst�D01�cnl��"J=ffB"cfil� q�Tcfil ff ctj,- �� ff+f<l ff 7-ffi Ji I '1 ch I {l � cfi isl I q 'i�

fcFi UJfm;ft" lIT � � {%" % � WfiIB cfi � cnT �-�' ff 'llTm"��' � lT �"{%:%I �mcm-ch'l-�fJiUl�l{l %fcncIB<T�!?fnrWfifficfiturcFl"<r����1R�cn{ I -;fiftr<TTcnr fsh;q1;qll.-i m Jl�t,l-lch �����m­ctj,- JI� I ,Sfch m.=ft" � I �fl f(>! Q, � � WfiIB -;ftfcrm, chi <1\hiil· � ��1 ch'1- ��� % �(>f"�fil:

D01� cnT �cfn � ff :!cfn �, D01�1R��-;,-��' 3W � D01� ITT 11 �ffitt" � * � cnr � � � f:;n:rrr � ��ff�� �R�BcFI

� � 2001 lT � �!?<TT ch'l-� cfi � .=ftftr cnf � '3t,:�� "{@ 1PTT % I

� ITT ct� 'qfi-r ct fcrcFrnch'l-tr� cnr � cfi � ;q I a I ;q I a � � qfy �cfn '3,f� -� � lf� % I�-�� 1(>l .--f I ,Ii ch ffi'Bl lT � cfiT �H9{ch �� � \Tif� cF1" -3,V 011!.l q I W 4Y cfi "fl@ cnT � cFl" � lT � fl QI ll ch ID � % I �� ITT� ITT lT fcrchltf cfi �f.-141J1--1 "* � llla I l!1a lfPTT1R � � m� �1 cfi fcrchltf ct\" -3,V �qcF � � � �I 1. u� \Tif� ITT � � ��,1985 ctt mn 1 o 11 � TT� mcf'f.17,, * � ��ff��Wffl��Tf<TT�I �� cnr � fcf°!?llrITT mu �� °* '3,f� 1R'3W�����e1m��111 � fcr-r.TR-fulf!?f cfi � � � 1PTT � I "JcRf f.-1&:J-itif cfi �� 1R �mu�� TT��

��cFl"mt.r21 �' 1987cFl"�if � ff � � cfi fu� �� � I U�D01���mt��cfi �m * � � � cnr � 14 ��, 1987 cFI" �, � �'k � fRcfiTT"1, � ��1 3Ttt � ff � �'k � m�� cfi fu� �IB � 1T<TT I � cfi fcrfir;;, ��1 cfi �� lT � f�Mlch{ 37 � 3W �1qfc:=a;qj "ITTl:n � I 19 � 3W 16 �tlkl{,

consistent with the objectives of national economic growth and social development. The solution may lie in making investments in selected settlements outside the metropolis at appropriate distances and also, in impulse sectors to relieve the National Capital of its suffering from the pressures within a reasonable future. Inspite of the awareness of the pressures being exerted in the Capital, for over two decades, we have failed to remodel the pattern of development from a mono-nodal towards a poly­nodal pattern. Today, the Government has an obligation to create a pattern of development on as big a scale as possible and, as soon as possible. Policies must define dynamic action and, be dynamic in content. We need, therefore, develop­ment policies, programmes and plans aiming to:

relieve the Capital city from additional pressures, avoid adding new pressures on to the Capital and remodel the pattern of settlements in the National Capital Region to enable them to play their assigned role.

The Regional Plan-2001 incorporates inter­related policy framework for the achievement of these objectives.

Provision of transport and communications infrastructure is crucial to increasing the growth potential of every part of the Region. By improving comparative advantages of the Sub-regions, direct spatial policies can contribute substantially to the process of re-direction of migrants-flow away from the Capital city. Great attention must, therefore, be paid to the development of priority towns located in the transport corridors, to channelise the growth in the National Capital Region. 7. The Regional Plan was preceded by the DraftPlan as provided in Section 10 of the NCR Plan�ning Board Act, 1985. The Draft Regional Planwas prepared on the basis of expert studies and,with the help of extensive deliberations with theconcerned Central agencies and the State Govern­ments. It was approved by the Board in its meetingheld on the 21st July, 1987. As per the provisionsof the NCR Planning Board Act, the Draft RegionalPlan was then published for inviting objections andsuggestions from the public, Central and StateGovrnments, local bodies and individuals on the14th August, 1987. In all, 37 objections andsuggestions on various aspects of the Plan werereceived. After thorough scrutiny and considera­tion of the objections and suggestions, the Planning

ix

19s7qil"�m���"flf4fti"-;i-�� � � cF1" 1P't (ITT�� cF1" Cl�� q-{ rcfqR � ��cli �ef � � ci 1-1 fclll fu14 i � rcfqR � fcf>Q:1 � m cF1" !.l@f�41 �m����lRrcfqR�* � � -;r 3 �, 1988 qil" � � 2001 (j-f jJ.il�a cR cft 'g I 8. U${Grf������ltu$ {Gr[� ITT i @� mrcif� � �� cgq * ��Ff ff� fflcn 41Jl-ilQ, �cR-.:rrRmcf % l ���ltcfil<f-47Jl-ilQ,, �� <lT �� � flfci@I{ cffu@ � � tffi'BTm�filTT��*�*��01:f�*fui::i:�cF1"�01:f��-ct��%1�m� �c=r��-tj-�-?rn$ Lfqq1frl� '3TcTTwim� -m��qffil� -�q"f:lfcF1" '3TcTTW � � c{) �[chi ctl -i ��T � * �* �� � �"C1: � � ffi�T �"C1:� ch{cil�J111 � qft41JJ-11� � � cht4cstili�nfJTT;r �' ITTcfiT ��"q" � � cnf mc=rTTfcnIB' �m-{" � � (I Jj J 11 { � qIB"

chi <'{ch� 1 q 1· � cF1" � wft 1cfil<f �"C1:, 01:f � �"C1: � qft 41 Ji -i I

�m�-ct��ch{ �c@"���ch14[stiJ.il cnr � wft, � ITT cnr � TTfcnIB � � ��I 9. u$ {Gr[� ITT TTfcnIB � * furr tTI1Sf1Tri��lt�, rn��l1"{-fl{cht(1 �1Rcf)l1:ITTrcfqR s� 'g I BTTfcfi � * � tn=rr�* �� -?r �� rn i ��-rt� fu� c5qc@" cF1" �% I � fu� � c,�<f * cfiRDT � tjt Tf� ID"�%fcn�ltwmm���r-?r�i@�ff1l7:fcfiT � lfITTcr m- � �tjt FcFQ: rr� m�n iqfto11J.i �cr"f:lfi�mm�rn�fil11"1 �m�-m� � '3TcTT� i �' fu�� tn=rr�cF1" � 'ch+ft cF1" WTTft �' � �� tn=rr� cfiT� � 'chfCYf cfil<f 'g I� tjt � ctT � 'g fcF� wm �rcrrr ch'1" � cg-;r im� �;,m�, � fcF � � cF1" � � � �chi 4:q {ch � � fcn<lT %, cfr � � i �rnch'l"�wmur%1�wmcn1"n${Grf�ITT i � m� ;,TRT cfil' � � � ch'1"01ui�1(1 tjt�.��fcfi�i��%,c=rTfcF � � (IJJJII{ W � qIB" chl4[ch�IYI. *� chf0-I ch � � IBF I

D

X

Committee, in two meetings on the 19th Novem­ber, 1987 and the 16th December, 1987, offered its comments and observations for the consider­ation of the Board. The Regional Plan 2001 has been approved by the Board on November 3, 1988 after consideration of these objections and sugges­tions received as a reaction to the Draft Plan.

The National Capital Region Planning Board Act envisages formulation of an hierarchy 6f Plans for the purpose of enforcement of the statutory regional plan for the NCR These plans include

. functional plans to elaborate one or more elements by the Board and sub-regional plans for the respective sub-regions by the participating States within the framework of the Regional Plan. The Board would also cause preparation of project plans by the participating States, ahd also the Central Ministries within the framework of long term investment plan, broken up into five years, coinciding with the national Five Year Plan periods and annual investment plans. The projects would include comprehensive programmes aimed at induced growth, provision of infrastructure, both social and physical, employment generating activi­ties etc. in the development of priority areas. The functional plans, sub-regional plans and project plans together shall culminate into a set of precise and time bound programmes to ensure a balanced and harmonious development of the· National Capital Region. 9. The financing of the NCR Development Planhas attracted considerable attention in theParliament, press and several non-official forums.Serious concern has been expressed at theavailability of meagre resources during the 7thPlan. The concern gets aggravated due to the factthat time shall be of great essence if any dent hasto be made in the problems being created in Delhiand, investments made now may start yieldingresults only after a few years. At the same time,allocation of major chunk of resources during thecurrency of a plan, _particularly in a situation ofalround shortage of resources, was a very difficultproposition. It is, however, quite clear that unlessthe Central Government takes the lead in theprovision of finances, as it has done in the settingup of the Board and making it functional, there islittle hope for the implementation of the Plan. TheCentral Government also should assume responsi­bility of providing adequate power to the prioritytowns of the NCR, as in the case of Delhi, so thatthey could become alternative sources of sub­stantial employment generating activities. D

1.1 ��

UTScTT �� ITT it � 30.240 TT� lTTc{ � �% ���� 27° 18' � 29° 29' 01m�r� � ��� 76° 09' � 78° 29trffl�T it�tms�%1 wITT��&cT� ITT, gft<-11011,�����T�it'lWT�TIPTT>f t I� ITT cFl" �� w >lcfiR -ti"% fcn � � mm it m� TfTIT %ill t "3"m ff ef&fUT cFl" � � �-;,i- ffi"lfTUTT � 0n{ ��T cFl" tftin- cfiT R1Tfur�%, 1m'iflf�� qcffll-ilMI -tl"tJltt­-mit� q�1�s<-1i, ta-ct�� =qc;_c:11 t, ef&fUT 1m'iflf � Jq Jil Jj � � lfoltt � aj-� � � qcfol-ilMI cFl" ffCflc �TWT cJTITT �@� ?Fft-q�1fs;qj %, �ef&fUfifi��# q{fild1 ;,raj cfiT �· 61 �TlSf ITT�%� GMR �: "3m -� ff °ef&fUT � °ef&fUT-� cFl" � % I

� ITT ll ��llfif.-Fh $cfi1$4i � � � (m-1) f�kif(>lf� %:-

cfi) � "frtr � ITT (1,483 TT fcno+fto)

@) �R:41011 "311 ITTI � lft�, 1¥Jlicl, Drn�t11..flqa ��,lf��cFl" ft:"cnm � � a �ffi cl., � cfiFi IM � -ti" qj..{)qa dl2ffiM %1 ��ifi �cfiT 30.33% (13,413 TT fcn O +ft O) % I

Tf) � "311-ITT I � ��-#-ti" u-: a�rn�f - �, Ulf�, �' �, fcn����%1�ITT�it� ITT cfiT 1.31% (4493 TTrcFolTTo) % I

er) "3W ��T "311-ITT 1 � -?n:"o, JllfJ-t llliill� � ��ITT � � % I '3W ��T cfiT ciflT'q"Tf 3.68% (10,853 TT fcno+fto) ITT ���%1

1 NATIONAL CAPITAL REGION

1.1 Physical setting

The National Capital Region covers an area of 30,242 sq km and lies between 27° 18' and 29° 29' north latitude and, 76° 09' and 78° 29' east longitude. The Region includes the Union Territory of Delhi and, parts of the States of Haryana, Rajasthan and Uttar Pradesh. The physiography of the Region is characterised by the presence of the Ganga skirting it as its eastern boundary, the Yamuna traversing it north-south forming the boundary between Uttar Pradesh and Haryana, and the sand dunes and barren low hills of the Aravalli chain and its outcrops in the west, flat topped prominent and precipitous hills of the Aravalli range enclosing fertile valleys and high table lands in the south-west, and the rolling plains dominated by rainfed torrents in the south. The rest of the Region is plain with a general slope of north­east to south and south-west.

1.2 Constituents of the NCR

The administrative units and their areal extents are (Fig. 1):

a) Union Te�ritory of Delhi (1,483 sq km).b) Haryana Sub-region comprising Faridabad,

Gurgaon, Rohtak and Sonepat districts;Rewari and Bawal tehsils of Mahendragarhdistrict, and .Panipat tehsil of Kamal district.This accounts for 30.33% (13,413 sq km) ofthe area of the State.

c::) Rajasthan Sub-region comprising six tehsils of Alwar district, namely, Alwar, Ramgarh, Behror, Mandawar, Kishangarh and Tijara. The area is 1.31% (4,493 sq km) of the total area of the State.

d) Uttar Pradesh Sub-region comprises threedistricts namely, Meerut, Ghaziabad andBulandshahr. About 3.68% (10,853 sq km)of the area of Uttar Pradesh is under theRegion.

1

R N

2

Figure-I: N C R: Constituent Areas

a NCR BOUNDARY.

E3 STATE BOUNDARY

E=3 DISTRICT BOUNDARY

E==3 TEHSIL B?UNDARY

1.3 �

� rt!" �lSc ff TI$" "{nf� $ �

f-1�f\'IF<9ci if�� m- %:--cfi) TfTfT-<f:!-TT cTT3ITTf (fey @) �.:rr t ttft� qfffi ITT - cfiB"fTT ��,

� q cfct l-i I (11 q1t fcrm 3lR t:ft""ITT ITT I

cfi) lTlJT�tTTamT:tfCITc��cTT#� �if� m M<'.11�TTich 3IB� ;rm%� ��?:I" ch7" � nm I cnm-cnm � B � % I � ITT� 3ffi � ff L{cf s3TT % I mTR °fTTt cTT� if qn:rr -11CTT % � �"&r �mu�r i m�-m� ��JI fwfl' cfi 3TTcnR cFl" "ff{� t# � � I 3 q JI I 31 fl:r�:�t,� � 3ffi � � cFl" fq W-i I -i a I cfi cfiRUf� ITT if Tffi"-i" � � % 3lR � � � % I

@) �� "fl" m� mm �: cfiB"fTT � cfif � Pt I q I f\'l ch B �"ff"G � (fcfi cTTiff"OT 3lR cTTiff"OT tITT-=q+f rt!"� "ct"���� cFl" � t I � cfi 3-tR if �;:i,- cfiT � � (1C � �� cfiT � "fa"{ t I � �� cfi � cTTiff"OT if � $ �:�wt mfcn�1rcfi��K��t1 � cFl" ���if� 3TT {fil � W�T � if "ff+TT� mm % 3ltt � � � �K ft_--qim "-il'Rf cfi tITT-=q+f cFl" mif q ti foll i � I � cFl"�tj�c11��m��lf{�cPT mRJTT t 1 � t � ITT1 i � if mu �-'Bm tn-ITT -a-ey th;rr t 3Tcf s3TT t � w �� � ff m'iff"DT cFl" � % 1,'tt � �-��� i � � 'BTlT % I

1.4 �-f�

� ITT m+rrrtlcf: -tjTrr cFl" � �-Rcfiffi � cfiT � 'm1T % I "(1Tf'q11 tr'lfl- � m<r: � cfi �im�-m��, m�, �cFl"�R��1 "(1Tf'q11 tTTt ITT if ��� � � � i � %Tcf t � �� � rTcnctT i 1 � 3ffi m@i � i m� -m� � cfiUR �'tt � _-a-c "tjTrr 3ffi �;:i,- cfi 1TTTf cFl" "ffi+TTrll" rcf�PrctT-ct t I ��: cTT� ITT cFl" ���ff mm tm � ITT cFl" "tjT{ � ff r-l<'.1ch{ q;ft- t I

cfiB"fTT �� cFl" �@ 1"cft <f:!-TT % I � qcfu­fcrm �k � ITT if� tf � � � % m efiff"OT-ffl-=q+f, 3-tR-� fc!:�TT if � t I � �

1.3 Mbrphology

· Morphologically, the National Capital Regioncan be divided into:-

a. The Ganga - Yamuna Doab, andb Area west of Yamuna ---; the alluvial plains

and extension of the Aravallis and the sandy region.

a) The Ganga-Yamuna Doab: Thisseemingly featureless plain lacks topographic prominences and, the monotony of the physical landscape is broken at places by the river channels. The Region is covered by new alluvium (Khader) and, older alluvium (Bhangar). 'Bhangar' is found all over the 'Doab' while there are finger like extensions of 'Khader' along the main streams. Due to the presence of fertile soil, level land and canal irrigation, the area is intensively cultivated and, supports a high density of population.

b) Are� west of Yamuna: The slope of thealluvial plains from the Siwaliks is towards the south and south west upto the Najafgarh drain, and then towards the north. North of Delhi, the old high bank of the Yamuna forms the summit level of the plain. In the extreme south of these plains are the outliers of the Aravallis which are intensely folded anrl e-roded. One arm of the Aravallis forms a continuous range terminating in Delhi and, in between, there are only low hills to the west of Bawal and Rewari towns. The Aravallis are quartzite rocks, with numerous ravines on the western slope, densely forested in some areas and bare in the other. North of the Aravalli extensions, the whole tract is traversed by a number of sand ridges which mostly run north-south and, form higher prominences in the physical landscape.

1.4 Hydrology

The Region in general is a part of the well integrated drainage system of the Ganga. Almost, all streams generally follow north, south and east course concomitant with the slope of the land. The extremely gentle gradient almost all over the Region restricts the degradational activities of the streams. Wide floodplains and high banks along­with silt and clay deposits are common features in the course of the Ganga and the Yamuna. The ca­nal system primarily to irrigate the doab area, has been aligned between the four rivers of the area.

The main river of the alluvial plain is the Yamuna. The only major river in the extension of

3

� �Fhl�ch �t� i:?R410II cfit=fhq-ITT#"ITT"ff+TTl(f fil � t, � � 1.-i �;i # cf)� -cf)'ql �� crm cfi cflR1Jf <ffi +.ril-h l I ct, 01 c:P I� .-i ITT cfcF "ifITT � t �<l:fIT ff � � t I � cfi qffi:�lflrr # 'q1" � lTTtfm � � � � -c1 <_cl .:i 1· � cflfofi t,�"ffl"fmR<TT�m�t1��� m� UR#� t I 'cl<_cl4l ITT cfi 014'1ii�- # ��m�t����i1

1.5 m=n-�

i) J1'if1€Q1: 1981 #�ITT cfi 94 �mu '3fk 66 nllicrr�¥�191_92�m1¥�cn136% "3"m ��T '31l ITT, 32% "fl"'cT � ITT�'2 6% i:?R 4 IO I I '31l ITT '3W 6% �:rrrnrvn:� '31l ITT#�I

�cnl�Tm'T�9l��aj-fcfi-¥� cnT 47.4% � ����Wf'qTf 101 � llicTT # � m1 � cn1 � 1981 # 221 o'lfcfn � crif fcfiolfto * �� � � *

1chl <±I� 634 cx:rfcRl � crif fcfi" 0 lTT O � I tfctj=l f1 tl cch 1·

# ff "fl"'cT �ITT� cn1 � tfclTf� 4192 cx:rfcR, � crif fcfi" 0 lTT O � � � tfm cfiPtr � � R ��T '31l ITT cnT 642 cx:rfcRl � crif fcfiolfto � I �-��rcnt��&er�ITT#� cn+T figf(>Ja 808 �f12t>t10, � � � � � � � 840 '3W % � cnT � 934 � I 1981 #ch1�ch1m mmcn1��ITT# 28.69% ���"ff-q� ITT� <ffitfclTf'� 31.93% �I

ii) �: � ITT# � � tfffi� i I � ITT#� � � cf]T�"&Tmo�, � '3fk �t I � �qt ��<lcficTT� � � lTlTT '3W ��ff� t I �rtl" � �fcl iof � �, fu&:r, cnTm�� 1�fcf"N;:;,�rff��t, ��:� '3fk m� � �, � TF1TT �, �� '3W ����I� ITT � �<g"�- ffif(>Jf1¢, �' <sj�<g(>I � �{Ji�OS ti

��tfffi��� ITT��� '3fkcfifur l:l(�t1850/ocfITTcncrlfur�cfilf�cfi zy-r,:f IDill t I crm ef� -m� # 50 ff o lTT o ff ¥J cn+T TT "WcF{ "3"m -� # 7 s #am a TT �� cfi ffi" � t I � &ef � ITT # ql5fr Wf'qTf 180 B"olTTo � ti

�-fer� � w� ff �� l,lu11f(>J41· cfi fu�

�� Ji c>lldch W:rif'� � �ffi "(>I"��� I

4

the Aravallis and the sandy region is the Sahibi, which flows in a south-west north-east direction. It is ephemeral and ends up in the sandy region of Haryana, but sometimes during heavy monsoons, it drains into the Najafgarh depression and joins the Yamuna. The outliers of the Aravallis also have numerous seasonal streams which erode the bare rocks giving rise to ravines, which are more on the western side. In the depressions of the rocky area, water stagnates resulting in the formation of lakes.

1.5 Resources

i) Population: As of 1981, the Regionaccommodated a total population of 191.92 lakhsin 94 urban settlements and 66 77 villages. Of thetotal population, as much as 36% was in the UttarPradesh Sub-region followed by 32% in the DelhiUT, 26% in the Haryana Sub-region and 6% in theRajasthan Sub-region.

The urban component of the population was 91 lakhs accounting for 4 7.4% of the total population and, the rest nearly 101 lakhs lived in rural areas. The density of population in the Region was 634 persons per sq km against the all India average of 221 in 1981. Of the constituents, Delhi UT has the highest concentration of 4192 persons per sq km followed but distantly by the UP. Sub-region with 642. In regard to male-female ratio, Delhi UT is theleast balanced with 808 females for 1000 malesagainst the Region's average of 840 and India's934. The work force participation ratio in theRegion was 28.69% with a maximum of 31.93% inDelhi UT in 1981.

ii) Water: The Region is endowed with adequatewater resources. The main sources of surface watersupply in the Region are the rivers, canals andlakes. The rivers Yamuna and Ganga meet bulk ofthe water requirements. The other important riversare the Hindon, the Kali and the Sahibi. Variouscanals which· irrigate lands are: the Eastern andWestern Yamuna canals, the Upper Ganga canal,the Agra canal and the Jawahar Lal Nehru canal.The prominent lakes in the Region are the Siliserh,Kaduki, Badkal and Surajkund.

Ground water resource is mainly controlled by geology and precipitation in the area. 85% of the annual precipitation occurs during monsoon months. The rainfall ranges between less than 50 cm in south west to more than 75 cm in the north and north east, and about 180 cm around Delhi UT

Geologically, the quarternary alluvium is the

� m� ITT*� '+fPT � � cfil" "3;f"¼4tjcg:f �m- � � � � ffPTT�= �ff lITT�cR" ���, ffPTT"rtf 'fTT11 J1(1(-fl{ �ff � 6 ff 15 � cfi � �I ���T �� (� �)cFrtrr-=ft""Jj""(1"�Tff �%1 �fflTT'q"wF� �'+R � 011fc14 i % � cnr:fil � cfil ff'qfcRT %1 � �011fc1lfi" 230 � 1Tit wF ftjw1H � � ��w �ici1�<1 � �011fc14"· � � � %1 � � 011 fc141 cR � :!"&TTf = � -3W crlfur ff ITTffi t1 � � cfil �TIT�� ciJtjlqc cfi 3ljRR � B-lR ff � B-lR � � {"ITTft t1

m) �: � ITT cR Pf@ 1G-t 41 cfl al-{� cfit9ffit, � �-f1:r�, �c-tftm, � -3W t=ftm � � %1 � llPi'cfi tf1frrr �'J4J113-)4tj � �t�li£i@cfi ciJtjlcic � � � f+:l fc:;pfl cfil" � � � � 1TC1: -g � �, �,�,��I � '3W (1quA4 � ��� �T * � 7q"lifT ���%I

� � ITT * � � � m-.=r �� mcR�%-(cfl)��� attft<1 cfi � �#�� (�)�, imm, �� Fcn�� a tm <11· # tftm f1:rca - �q-;:ft � �inior m * cfil""{"OT � cfi1l "'3q Ji 101 ITTffi %, (rr) � � � atm<11 # � cfi cffil ���#��cl ���T�ITT# � � f1:rm % aj- fcn � 34J1101 %1 � ��m � � ITT # � ""3W" �� tftmf1:rm -g aj-fcn � -g I �o '3W 411 f-si 41 isl I� :!'&l Wl' ff�ff� I �rn �a �� � cfim-cfim � mm� fu@{ � % I �-;:rr � TfTTT cfi � tf1frrr cTTcTTf1:rm. cfil" � tftm % I ffi<ITOTT �ITT # cfit9ffi�%��-a-{t?tftmmmff��c� �1rrip:r f1:rm �� t, ��mm '3W tmm­f1:rm � 34J113-) -;,m t, � � mm�m �1/�P1ici1 �#%1 �ITT#��tmm-PrITT t , ™ cfil q q rs 4 i � Ji <11 \ili ra � ITTcn'l-��t111Bmt�1 Lh{1�1q1�, �' +11.-flqa '3Wq1;flqa cfil f1:rm 34J113-), tftm �c � � t1T qTm cfit9ffi %1 � � �1 # -11��1J1-1 �Rcfilcilf--tcfi accfcfilf % I �tftf� ITTcfil��

. Wfir{ �: (cf>) � (�-;:rr * m� f.,q �-w) -34J113-) J11�c1101 �; (�) � * �-m-=cpft � # � cn'l- � ��ur m cTTfil 34J1101 f1:rm�, (-rr)��# (���T�:!'&l ffiff��™�to��� JqJ-113-)�

most favourable lithology for the aquifer systems. The southern portion of the NCR has Precambrian

Delhi-group of rocks and, the older alluvium increases in general from east to west. The general water table ranges between 6 to 15 metres below the ground level. Most of the borewell water comes from aquifers. However, there are two to five confined aquifer systems with great water potential. These systems go up to a depth of 230 metres and, most of the tubewells are dug into these systems. The recharge M these systems is mainly through rivers· and precipitation. The ground water quality varies from place to place depending on the local geological setting.

iii) Soil: The Region basically has alluvial soils ranging between hard clay-clayey, loam-sandy loam and sandy soils. Based on the morphological setting such as nearness to the riverine track, fertility etc, there are certain local names given to these soils viz khadar, dadar, bhur, reh, etc. There are alkaline and saline soils which occur as patches particularly near the canals.

In Alwar district of the Rajasthan Sub-region, there are three different types of soils viz, (a) loamy soil in parts of Alwar and Behror tehsils, (b) sandy soils in Tijara, Behror, Mandawar and Kishangarh tehsils - these are less fertile owing to their moisture retaining capacity and, (c) clay-loamy in low lying tracks such as beds of tanks in Ramgarh and Alwar tehsils. The Uttar Pradesh Sub-region has rich loamy soils which are very fertile. However, in Bulandshahr and Khurja region, there are certain 'usar' or sandy soils which are barren. Meerut and Ghaziabad districts are mainly covered by older alluvium with occasional alkaline efforescences. The soils very close to the rivers Yamuna and Ganga are sandy in nature. In the Haryana Sub-region, there are alluvial soils which range between totally sandy to loamy and, clayey soils. Hard clays and sandy soils are not very fertile. Hard clay soils are predominant in Gurgaon district. Sandy soils dominate in Jhajjar area. Saline encrustations and water-logging are the main problems of the area. The soils in Faridabad, Rohtak, Sonepat and Panipat tehsils are fertile sandy loams and light coloured alluvial tracts. However, these soils are deficient in nitrogen and organic matter. In Delhi UT, the soils are described as (a) 'Khader' (low lying strip along the Yamuna)­a fertile silty loam) (b) 'Bangar' (old alluvium) in north western portion of Delhi - fertile soils with high moisture holding capacity (c) 'Dadar' tract (of

5

t (<fTTTtm�1t), (�) cmfj- ITT(�")-��aj-� '34Jil3-1 �I

iv) cr.=r: � 3ffi ftj«ftof $:ft cfi � cfi mur� � !.ll�fctch c:FH-4fct � � t1 �1,1fct�Pstlqffi l:l(�mftr��ffW�tfcfi"w ITT t� 1.2% �# trq;,"{5lf�t1 q;:r"Jw1cnfc:csicfp:r � m" t t, � � 3ffitrmr rn # "� �R:6" � ff � �-f'qcft�il�slli �TIPTT1t1 �mcfi"'[�t:�ro, �'GJq;' � � � I � "{TJi"qr;:ft ITT # q;:rPll{ctl � � � �'f.R 3ffi � cfi �9'fiJ.16fq'!Uf fficf" t I

� "'31fITT # q;:r � �'Blr 4.3% t aj­�ffl�T # � 3ffi � a 6ffi <'1 cnf � q;:r ITT t I q;:r �"@TTT: "�lxfi 1IB� m" t t 1 � � '[� "�" 3ffi "Gfcf;" t I � d 6ffi <'11· # � �ilfolli ti �3ffi�cfi��� ���mf�q;,��1T<lft I�� cn1" � �� fcfIB q;:r cfi"ITT � flcfifil t I � <A" cPf�(lcfimPTTft��1TT-fr�t1lffilft; �cfi�fu"ffff#�� �l��I{ cf'1 (f<fGr) t � cfim-cfim � '[� lTT � t I 492 crTf rcfi"olTT"o � s� ffRt<f>T � � �� � di2ffi<'i cfi � � # WIB t I

� 1R�T "'31fITT # q;:r � 1 % - # t I � � trn� � c1i � � t mur t I w -# �lxfi q a�� q-;:r t 1 �"€1" "'[� t 'flTT-T, �ft�Tlr '3IR

ffi�iql..\ I � �Tifi" 'qTT]T ll q;=r � >fcnR cfi t I 12R<-41011 '3"4"ITT # � � q-;:r t I �ffl�T q-;:r

1J!5�1ic1 �#tr� ti� 4121�-s?.ff 1:1( "�" 3ffi "GJq;" Ji 12 fq '!of'[�� t I �"rtf q-;:r �"@:I" �ff �cfi �# t I �'q"lT 117 �cR.ll{ ITT#� 30TT �<kiHg{ tf� �� :!J!5llicfl cfi � �ti

� tftf � ITT # � crm �R ci!G-illii<r��:ffR cfi mur nr@ * � � # tR1" m­� c1.-ift1@ �mm �1 q;:r 1.s% � # �"@:[ ffl ff� cfi q-, 3ffi � cfi �Tro - cfi�"rtf Ji �i {Ji .-1 � cfi ffl # t I

v) �:WITT����cfilf3ffiRlffur m+rm (1cfi tr mPIB t I w ITT* �"€1" �� � m@* t m �"@:I" ffl ff� 3ffi ¥.lfTcITll 75.4 fil"@�t, 3ffi�cfi � 153.20 ID"@ c;, �"@:I" -aR Tl{ Lb{l � I cit I� 3ffi �J!5 l Ii ct I # -� I ��#�t� �9.lOID"@�t

6

low lying areas) mainly saline and alkaline with low fertility (west of Yamuna), and (d) 'Kohi' tract (hilly) - sandy loams which are less fertile.

iv) Forests: On account of pressure ofpopulation and extensive cultivation, very little hasbeen left of the n_atural vegetation. The study basedon satellite imageries reveals that only 1._2% of thearea of the Region is under forest cover. The forestcover is of 'tropical thorn type' ranging fror(l openshunted forests to xerophytic bushes occurringboth on plains and hills. The common tree types areacacias, khair, dhak, kikar and babu/. The forest inNCR is important more as a source of fuel andfodder than as timber.

In the Rajasthan Sub-region, the forest cover is about 4.3%, mostly accounted by hill forests of Alwar and Behror tehsils. The forests are mainly 'dry deciduous type' with dominant tree types being Kikar and Dhak. Other tehsils have only shrub vegetation. The hill forests of Alwar and Behror have been classified as reserved and protected forests. The forest cover on the hills could be described as dense or sparse. The dense forests are confined to narrow valleys in the hills where there is sufficient supply of water. The upper areas of the hills support only thorny shrub type forests (sparse) with occasional big trees. Sariska Wild Life Sanctuary covering an area of 492 sq km is located in the dense forest of Alwar tehsil.

In the Uttar Pradesh Sub-region, forests account for only 1 % of the area. This again is due to extensive use of land for cultivation. This area has dry deciduous forests. The dominant trees are Sal,

Shisam and Teak. In the drier parts, the forests are of thorny type.

The Haryana Sub-region accounts for the least amount of forest cover. Most of this forest cover is concentrated in Gurgaon district. Khair and dhak

form the important tree species in the Aravalli hills. The other forest cover is mainly in the form of orchards in the plains. Sultanpur Bird Sanctuary over an area of about 117 hectares is located near Gurgaon.

In the Delhi UT, owing to low rainfall and the gravelly substratum, the upper strata of the soil do not support any dense perennial vegetation. The forest cover of 1.8% is mainly due to the forest on the ridge and other recreational areas in Delhi urban area.

v) Minerals: The mineral wealth in the Region isvery limited, and is restricted to construction.

��������{l��Ji,�,

J,cffi I �c, mtT Rt,,�, ":efl.:ft � � M � chi tf

t1 1986 � w ITT � tr'ffr � � � cfiT

� Jc=Glq-i 4.7 ffi\9 c-i" �I���� � ��Rifi, ��' Lhffi41{, (jif1,-rn€§ �it �m.f ���I� ��T� cnW J�{§;:fl� "@ITT" � � %1 � �(cfif�), Rif<?ichl tr�� �mm�� lh{lqliiiiq � � � I �'?Ji.iql � Mf'1chl � cfif� ��I� cttffi0 � ffi"c � �

���1 �' t114lqa � q1;flqa �� ���cnW'fft����I� tftl" � $�-:efl.:ftmm, R-if<?i chi '311{ � �� �I

D

material. The major mineral deposits of the Region are the China clay with a reserve of 7.54 million tonnes occurring mainly in Delhi and Gurgaon; and the quartz with a reserve of 15.32 million tonnes occurring mainly in Faridabad and Gur­gaon, copper occurring in Alwar with a reserve of 0.91 million tonnes. The major mineral deposits in Alwar district are barytes, quartz, calcite, soap stone, copper, China clay and silica sand.

The annual production of all the minerals and mines in the Region in 1986 was of the order of 4.7 lakh tonnes. The other minor mineral deposits are asbestos, China clay, felspar, fire clay, soap stone and quartz. In Uttar Pradesh, there are no notable mineral deposits. China clay (kaolin), silica sand and fire clay deposits occur in Faridabad district. Gurgaon contributes silica and kaolin. Occurrence of slate deposits is reported from Rewari tehsil. Rohtak, Sonepat and Panipat areas do not have any mineral deposits of economic importance. In Delhi UT, China clay, silica and quartzite are available.

D

7

2.1 fq'f� cfi' � ff � cffl" '11'1(1�1 � ���mmt 1 � 1947���1*fu�* �� (>fll� 5 ffi'"@ oqfqn � � � csf1f 11�, �� qfj- � �� (>fll� �"ITT� ��<lcfl ficrr::if cffl- � q ;qf Ld a 1 'ff� � '4""{ m ff �� � m * �.:n- � fficFR '3TR � q�"!TtA' � m �cln � cnl' � 1 \l-l ft I a en{�*

IB� � � cfi' ID�, �, cx.1141R:ch �� '3TR '3,� �� � * � � �

��I �� 3,cTTRT cnl' q� i ���TT� � fl !-tl ffi I t-i � ell cfiRUT � W!frf' cpsff (fcfl � rn � qftrrni:r� � '3,T{ ffi cxTT1ITT' � � * � qfj- �� �� '3W ��14il1R:ch ITT* chl£1ri:h<1141· � � � '4""{ � �I � �� fcprc,- er� � 01f.-Jcw.f ���'3TT * q-i(1"� m '3T� cFRurr ff� �m ���'31R���'4""{rcl'�g�I mz­'tftt � �� �1 cnl' "BT� f4m � fu� · fficFR /� f.-J chi 41. q � ft:r:fi � cffl" Ji -i fi @.11 cl1 @� � � ���'3TT cffl- 1Wl" * fu-q: � �m{� �mt:t � '3TR � !-ti ffi I t-i �lfPT?:fl I � � '4""{ � �� �� � ITT * cfiRUT �<TT q � �T cflT BT'+l � � cx.1141R:ch '3W 01l�lfllch qfu�� ��, ��� � '3W 1'.f� �m{ � 117:fT 'ff� '3Tffi -qffi *� '3W in� � ff � 53TPfcF m '3TR B111� cffl- � ffcrr'3TT '4""{ q� stJ: � cFT fficffi'3W � �T cnl' cfiTl:ITT fPFr � �'lTTft" s� I�� � '3Tj'Jfcf � m BTTT � m � �Ucwrrm ttmifl-1 ITT111", '3,��RcEc�lS<f�f��"ITT�I

cri 1962 � m � f� cnT �'lTTft" cF{ � * 1'.fTR{ � � � fu'cnrft�T cffl" � � � '-h{.l�l<ill�, ��, 1¥�1icl, �� '3TR �11fJ1£11<il1� � � * '3Trn-l:fffi cF .:riRT '3TR �ITT"� ITT� �� tt:tftja �m{��mt:t, fu�l1SfcR�r -31R �� ��1 * fu�, 1c:1 ch{ tr� �!.I cl I ft! ;q ,· cnl' � � 1 �� �1 ch'l ft t 1 ;q a 1

8

2 POLICY ZONES

2.1 Delhi has been experiencing enormous growth of population since Independence. The partition of the Country in 194 7 brought over­night nearly 5 lakh people to Delhi swelling its population size to almost double its earlier size. Though the services were inadequate and strained beyond their capacity, the Government and the local administration sought a large number of options in the form of industries, trade activities and other economic opportunities in order to absorb the additional population to find means of livelihood. This trend emerged into an encouragement in large scale proliferation of economic activities, retail and wholesale trades, industries of all categories and informal sector activities. These acti'i?ities over years out of sheer necessity or otherwise started mushrooming all over the city, and assumed large proportions. Gradually, these economic opportunities became recognised for which all infrastructural facilities were created and encouraged by the Government/ Local Bodies to serve not only the Delhi population but also the regional needs. Since there was no discernible restriction on their expansion, the entrepreneurs made use of the opportunities to boost them into big trade and industric;l.l establish­ments which took stable and strong base in Delhi attracting more labour from the adjoining States and also from the far off places. It took years for the Government and Local Bodies to recognise the mounting pressure on the essential services of Delhi leadin� to a realisation that it would only be proper to restrict its growth, lest it would lead to explosive and unmanageable situation in the foreseeable future.

With this recognition as back as 1962, the Master Plan for Delhi recommended to divert the potential migrants to Delhi to ring towns around the Delhi UT such as Faridabad, Ballabhgarh, Gurgaon, Bahadurgarh and Ghaziabad, and also Narela in Delhi UT, creating adequate employment opportunities there with appropriate infra-

� � qftc1 a1 ;rl"lU ch't � ch't � � �, � � � TT$ �� � lTT 0TT� � I 1951-81 ct� 4-i{lqlisllq � � 774%, � 1TTcfch'l- 380%� �llfJFllisll� cITT 567%�, � � ch'1- 300% q� I � � if qftqdf ;pT{ � inW·PI { ct (Ci1l� � ��, � �: � � �1 ?ffi ITT :!&Rf: fc1q0H �'k �� frnl4ch �m���fl t14lqfl1 cr��fficfiRT�� ct mur � ct fcrcl:irn i fu� ��� � ct � � Tf� I fcf�ll:f ffl ff �"©" 4 I fl I ll I a 1TTl1f cF m� -m� � fcrcl:irn s3TT t aj-� l{TTTTqr "� sc1<>1q�c:" ct����� 3TTmt� �m3T1 � 3TTcmfl" �m3TT cF1" 3T'Blcf � 1

��� �cfi11�3W�fqq(lfl � -;;rrn�fcfIBRct@���aj'�&hf��t, � � � � l!,l q Ifft ll 1· ct f.,�hT 3W � '3TT7T+f;, ff���� m TTW; � �-�

� �Alllcil ffc!T3TT � �q;qf(<lcil �� % I ir �BITTt � � � � �Tfcn qftqfff �1 cF1" fcrcFltr� ���Tffufcn'�cfi@�ill� 11?TT��m���1c11f-A;q �m�cfif fcrcFi1tr ;:rm 33TT I 1961-81 cfi � � � 3THI cl Ifft .!.I 1· cfif 3Tf1Tlf-;,- c>fTf 'qTI" 53,000 cxrfcfn °ITTt, cf� �aj-1971-81 �� 1.23���"ITT lfllTI � �cfn � 3.06 � cxrfcfn � 3TR � l=fm�ct�rct�3rra�t,�ff c>fTf 'lfTf 1.s m-@ cxrfcfn l=f� ITT ff, � fcn 19 8 7 � 33TT, � 3Tra t I 1962 cfi llTR1X � cFl" � i �1 '3W ch't mo w mt -mt tPTTt:n m � % � l=f� ITT i � fcr@R � a fi:hl rn '1 qftc1dT .,-irn, � fcn qcfi:rR fu@ l=f� ITT� � t, cnT fl l-il fo fl cfir IB<TT % I

� l=f� ITT � � � �1 3W �ct�i:rR�� ����"ITTlfllT � � qftUIIJ.ifq@l � l=!T{"� R� qG �%I � � f1 I J.i I fJi ch ffcmt 3W cfiT1:R � ocfi cfifl=f �m ct �1 ff� l=f� ITT ff 3rR -"JfRcf@" '3W 3,� 3TT� �Pllfrefa" ira t I � 3TR �-tJTTrcfi�r� �, �, � �-?rcn-3,r �-tP=fFTT� cfi 3,� cf){� qr� fftf � ITT � � ct-wftq-i�rcnr� �l=f� ITT

cfi m � err "f{f1Sc � � 3Tra t I� l=f� ITT ff n� �� ITT ch't m1TT cfch cfif ITT ��<TT lJTlfrur%3,'k�l€)1T11chef'�ff�s0Trt� mm � 33TT % 3W aj- � � �m'3l1 i fu� � l=f� ITT i �r, m�ll:f m ff� qr R� � er� 3,� err� ff f�n=r mw � i m

structural facilities particularly for establishment of industries and related activities. Backed with the support of the concerned State Governments, these "ring towns" grew by leaps and bounds registering much faster growth rate than the National Capital itself. Between 1951-81, Farida­bad registered a growth of 774%, Gurgaon 380% and Ghaziabad 567% against Delhi's 300%. The "ring towns" subsequently became to be known as Delhi Metropolitan Area (OMA) with Delhi as the core. They have become more and more attractive for development of industries mainly due to nearness to Delhi with marketing and other supportive facilities, and the policies of the State Governments. The development has become intensive, particularly among the major transport corridors which led to the form of ribbon development all along transport routes, lacking in adequate infrastructural facilities and also shelter.

Delhi being limited in its territorial extent and, as opposed to it, the ring towns having relatively extensive areas for expansion, the unabated pouring of migrants into Delhi brought in manifold problems in the form of congestion and inadequacy of the basic services. This was accentuated as the ring towns were developed for industries and allied activities but not with adequate residential development. During 1961-81, the influx of migrants into Delhi was about 53000 a year which jumped to 1.23 lakhs a year during 1971-81. In addition, daily 3.06 lakh people commuted between Delhi and the OMA towns and, of which nearly 1.5 lakhs commuted to Delhi daily from the OMA towns during 1987. The green belt around Delhi of the 1962 Master Plan has slowly vanished leading to a continuous sprawl of the· metropolis engulfing the then ring towns which form the present Delhi Metropolitan Area.

The inter-action between Delhi and the adjoining towns within the Delhi Metropolitan Area has become more and more intensive increasing inter-dependence with each other. The services, both economic and social, and also job opportunities to a great extent, serve the floating population from the OMA towns and the migrants. A study of population, density, growth and the problems of services of Delhi and the towns around shows marked characteristics leading to clear identification of Delhi UT and the other towns within Delhi Metropolitan Area as two distinct zones. The areas beyond the OMA upto the NCR boundary which is pre-do�inantly rural and

9

. ffl � % I . ��q,f�"@"��lf�cFt"Ji--ifi@..11

cm- � �� i � CTcfi R<t� � tft+IT it"{� % I � cF1" � c\cf>f(>llcf> "ff�'3Tt *� i cf>--i * q�-=cm, cfil<f-� * ffi � � �� ���1T<TT%fcn�cm-Jt--1(1@..tl fqf.hlc ��irn�����%Fcn�-m:ri��� cn1 f1gf'1a � �1 � m�-m� � �� � 1f<TT % fcn � cm- Ol�cf>( �J-iefl--1J1(ifi"ITT�;rrr{t�,�cfn�it�cm- tflf� �:TTI" '31"� cfi+f -,ITT wfT cFTifcn �� � R� � % � ��� ffi it1IR� % I "ITTW� '31"� it � � �iRcFm % fcn � � 1l"{ {l Ji J 11 ( cFl" tf�'3Tt cTTm�� Tffiffclf� cf>l" � �� ITT i qfITT:��q"{��"GlPfm�i��­� cm- � cf>l" efa1ct-11foa cfi"{ "ffcfi I w m wJi I q �as � 3TT'm"{ 1l"{ � cFt" Ji --i f1 @..11 A<tf:n, �� ITTcli �f�<.11fJ1a �%"gcfiWR�it�cf>l"� � '3TR �r cf>l"� �irn�m� � ffi it mi=R" � t� t � "fitT �ITT,� "fitT � ITT i � � �ITTlR ITT�U�D"Jt"� ITT* '31"���� ITT�tftChl"ITTI2.2 � -;ftfu �m aj--;ff q,f m�1:n cfUR � fu<TT� m % (fusr 2):

1. ����

� fltf � ITT cFr � � 1483 qlf

fcnolfto % � 40% cnf �lef{lcf>(OI m 1f<TT % � 60% ITT� 231 (214 ��)it'3Tf�llicrt I �mlITT6'3Tf��tms�%� -s1--1t1@1 s1.ss� % I �, � Ni � ��"lfzrr 1f<TT %, � cFt" �ffin � �"@" % I

���� � � io� 9tH11�g<: � �JJqlfF-\

540.74 17.00

8.56 10.00

4.68 10.90

591.88

?ml: Rm lfURT � - � 1981

10

JMfi<WI

(1981)

57,29,283 12,637

6,735 7,145 5,011 7,389

57,68,200

relatively industrially backward recording slower growth, and depending for higher level facilities on the DMA towns, specifically Delhi, stands out as the third zone distinctly different from the other two.

The prime objective of the Regional Plan is to contain Delhi's population size within manageable limits at least by the tum of the Century. ·As a strategy, after evaluating various ·alternative scenarios for development, it has been realis'ed and recognised that, in order to save Delhi from population explosion, it is necessary to moderate the growth in the areas around it. At the same time, it is also recognised that any additional population in the OMA towns, excluding Delhi, will not to any extent moderate or reduce the problems of Delhi as their inter-dependence is intensive and necessarily mutual. The preliminary studies clearly concluded that economic activities with potential for large scale employment should necessarily be located outside the OMA, preferably at a distance which discourages daily interaction with Delhi. Thus, on the basis of these criteria, the zones which came out distinctly are Delhi UT, the OMA excluding Delhi UT and, the area beyond DMA within NCR, for effective application of the policies and implemen­tation of proposals with a, view to achieve a mana­geable Delhi and an harmoniously developed Region. 2.2 These Policy Zones are described briefly as follows (Fig. 2):

I. Delhi U.T.

Delhi UT covers a total area of 1483 sq km of which 40% had been urbanised and, the remai­ning 60% area was spread over 231 (habitated 214) rural settlements. The urban area is spreadover in 6 settlements containing 57.68 lakhpopulation of which Delhi urban agglomeration isthe dominant as indicated below:

Towns Area (sq km) Population

(1981)

Delhi U.A. 540.74 57,29,283 Bawana 17.00 12,637 Alipur 8.56 6,735 Pooth Khurd 10.00 7,145 Pehladpur Bangar 4.68 5,011 Bijwasan 10.90 7,389 Total 591.88 57,68,20('

Sources: District Census Handbook - Delhi 1981.

____ - �I Delhi Union Territory

Figure-2: Policy Zones

UT TAR

.__ _ _.I Delhi Metropolitan Area Excluding Delhi

Beyond Delhi Metropolitan Area

II. � ,un;M< � (� �� cffi Ol¢<1R)

�fcfi�1TZIT%�+1�1�J1<: ITT��ct ff+fti:r ct ;,rm� H4f¾ct ITT (fey <ley � ��T � lllGilll1cst1�, �, �' �R:?.11011 � 1.u1�1cst1� -�� cfi P.l 8 cffi , �}�P Ii q , est � I �{JI ¢, 1J u -s-cll � � �TIT1TT1�1 �c61" 0l'?cfi{ +l�HJI{ ITTcfiT�

II. Delhi Metropolitan Area

(excluding Delhi UT)

The Delhi Metropolitan Area, as envisaged comprises the controlled areas of the contiguous towns of Ghaziabad including Loni and NOIDA in

Uttar Pradesh, Faridabad-Ballabgarh Complex, Gurgaon, Bahadurgarh, Kundli and the extension

of Delhi ridge in Haryana. The total area of OMA

11

� (1TflfTr 16961 qif NJ01TT0 (alfochl 2.1) % � 1981 � � 8.08 � ��� 476 � � � qif NJ o lTT o � I

III. �)'f{ � "{T-jf� �

�� u� {f0fm-TT ITT cfiT � 27063 qif NJ O lTT O f aj- NJ �"@TTf: lJf1TT1Jr % � � �lfTr83 �ffitt � 31R �lfTr 6046 TITcf t I fqtffi ��"f°q) (1971-81) � ����ff qt u$ {f0fm-TT ITT� �r � 01.=tfi&-11 � cFt" � u$ �TITTl"�ffm<f:cfii:rffil

D

1 7:1"1?" ¥� 1� 182 � �TW ftrcfin, -tj-:nc;r7:l" m-n � "3,1( qpcf­q,ff ITT it fGTT� fcfcfiTH it fu� Tftlxr � l=f1?"Ff1R ITT °311-� (�-1:!q) cFI" ftcftt q°{ *� t I

12

excluding Delhi is about 16961 sq km (Table 2.1) and population of 8.08 lakhs in 1981 with a density of 4 76 persons per sq km.

III. Rest of NCR

Rest of the NCR comprising an area of 27063 sq km, is predominantly rural in character· and contains 83 urban centres and about 6046 villiges. The population growth rate of towns in the NCR area beyond DMA has been generally lower than the national urban average during the last decade (1971-81).

D

l This is based on the report of the Sub-Group on OMA constituted

by the Ministry of Urban Development in 1982 for the co-ordinated

development of Delhi and its peripheral areas.

Figure-2: Policy Zones

UT TAR

Delhi Union Territory

Delhi Metropolitan Area Excluding Delhi

Beyond Delhi Metropolitan Area

II. �1J��(��� cfil 0"1,tsct,{)

�ftfi�ll(JTt�lf� ITT��t

t{i:ftq- t -;,in:-r t �;@" ITT c=rey (fey � ��r � JllfJJlJlql�, �' �' �R:41011 � q-i{l�lql� �� ch+ll8cffi, 1?Jlicl, q�l�{JI¢, �o:gM) � ����I� cfi1" Ul '?ch{ ii �1.-p I { ITT cfiT �

II. Delhi Metropolitan Area(excluding Delhi UT)

The Delhi Metropolitan · Area, as envisaged comprises the controlled areas of the contiguous

· towns of Ghaziabad including Loni and NOIDA inUttar Pradesh, Faridabad-Ballabgarh Complex,Gurgaon, Bahadurgarh, Kundli and the extensionof Delhi ridge in Haryana. The total area of DMA

11

� c>flT'ql"f 16961 "cflf' fcno1fto (a1fe1chl 2.1) % � 19s 1 � � s.os fil"@m��476 "ITTff � "ITTff "cflf' fcn o 1ft o � I

m. �N � mqr;:fi �

�� u� �� ITT cfiT � 27063 "cflf' fcn o 1ft o f m fcn j�= mlTTTIT i � � c>flT'ql"f 83 �mtt" � � c>flT'ql"f 6046 1flcf t I � ��Tcfi (1971-81) * mR � +r� rr 1lt u$ �� ITTi�r��--1t1&11 �cR"�n$ �"IBU � fl" m<T: cfi+f "{fil I

D

1 lf� �� 1 �·82 if �rnn TTfqif"ff �::fTT>flf filU � "3,f°\ trr�cf­q,ff ITT i "ffltt� fucnf"ff i rn� m� � .:rm� ITT"311-� (B�-�-c:r) � ftifti 1:!\ Jff� t I

12

excluding Delhi is about 16961 sq km (Table 2.1) and population of 8.08 lakhs in 1981 with a density of 4 7 6 persons per sq km.

III. Rest of NCR

Rest of the NCR comprising an area of 27063 sq km, is predominantly rural in character and contains 83 urban centres and about 6046 villages. The population growth rate of towns in the NCR area beyond OMA has been generally lower than the national urban average during the last decade (1971-81).

D

1 This is based on the report of the Sub-Group on OMA constituted

by the Ministry of Urban Development in 1982 for the co-ordinated

development of Delhi and its peripheral areas.

3.1 ��

·� � , .Jt..fttl @ er, :q :cu.Jt..i1

1981-2001

'mCTf jf �l�Rlcfi(OI cnT li�fqiuf � ��T � 1=t�T jf, ��rrf � ff ffi1 m � w#, � cn1 �,f��%:l 1981 # 121i�l-iJlficFt-�� �rro��tzcn��ff�3lf�m1lit1-1J1d ij 'l:ft � � �# � w 31"1# �mfcn° 1951 ff� c.>Pllctl( 50°/off 3lf������

ff�mt11911-81 �mR����s1% m, � � (38.2%) � (35.3%) � ·!-j(>lcfi-dl (30.80/o)��ij�����cfifth't cfilf {"ITT I

1981 # u$ ITT"� ITT � � � 191.92 � m1 � � � ITT, °ITTt<TTUIT, �����T�&h"T#��cR" �!?T: 32.41%, 25.75%, 5.54% � 36.31% � mfr m I � � # ff 100.94 � (53.60%) lJTlTTUf � m � �� lJTlTTUf �49.73%���T,36.97%W<TTUIT,8.82% �����ITT� �ITT jf 4.48% m I w�u$ ITT"� ITT cR"lJTlTTUf �� �#qi"J=ft�aj- 1961 # 65.310/off�mcnt 1971 # 60.72% � 1981 # 52.60% '{� 11{ I ITT ctr91 ��m't�#ff 1981 #��� �ctr� ITT cFl' 63.40%, � ��T cR" 21.42%, �R:ll1011 cR" 23.27% ���ITT ctr 1.91 %'3ITTTeft m1

1981 # � 1i�1-1J1l1ll � � w ITT cFl' '3ITTTeft cnT � 221 cR" 3lf� � � cFl' � # 634 arrcffi" >ffcf cflf rcn om o � 1 �- ITT � (itit.<'hl. #ff� ctl- � cnT � � 3lf�4192cxffcffi">fftrcflffcfiolft"o ����� ��T '31fITT cnT � 642 �, W<TTUIT �ITT cnT � 368 ���ITT cnT 238 �I� 'ftt:r � ITT cn1 e 1-?> cfi( 1981 # w ITT ctl- � cn1 �451�1

3 DEMOGRAPHIC PROFILE

1981-2001

3.1 Background.

A significant facet of Indian urbanisation has been greater concentration of population in metropolitan cities, specially in the recent years. The 12 metropolitan cities as of 1981, alone accounted for more than one-fourth of the total urban population. Even among metropolitan cities, the growth of Delhi has been unique in that, it has been constantly growing at a decadal growth rate of more than 50% since 1951. During 1971-81, Delhi registered 5 7% growth while Bombay (38.2%), Madras (35.3%) and Calcutta (30.8%) grew comparatively at a much slower rate.

i) Population distribution

The National Capital Region had a total .population of 191.92 lakhs in 1981. The Sub­regions of Delhi UT, Haryana, Rajasthan and Uttar Pradesh accommodated 32.41 %, 25. 7 4%, 5.54%, and 36.31 % of the total population respectively. Of the total population, 100.94 lakhs (53.60%) was rural, the Sub-region-wise rural component being 49.73% in Uttar Pradesh, 36.97% in Haryana, 8.82% in Rajasthan and 4.48% in Delhi UT Sub­regions. The rural population proportion of the NCR has registered a fall from 65.31 % in 1961 to 60.72% in 1971 and 52.60% in 1981. Of the 91

. lakh urban population of the Region, Delhi UT had 63.40%, Uttar Pradesh 21.42%, Haryana 13.27% and the,Rajasthan Sub-regions 1.91% in 1981.

With. its metropolitan core, the Region had population density of 634 persons per sq km against the all India average of 221 in 1981. Of the constituents of the Region, Delhi had the highest density with 4192 followed but distantly by the Uttar Pradesh Sub-region with 642, the Haryana Sub-region with 368 and the Rajasthan Sub-region 238. Excluding the Delhi UT, the density of theRegion was 451 in 1981.

13

q;) �Jt.,tfi@l:U������ 1961 °lf 105.80 ffi\9ff� 1971 °lf 140�60 fil"@ � 1981 °lf 191.92 fil°@m � I W 'ITTfiR ?:ffi � � 1961-71 � 32.89% � � � � � °lf1971-81 °lf 36.480/o"ITT�� 1971-81 °lfu���� � � 25% m I� cF1" � °lf �� W � cF1" fil<I � � cfiT �"&f cfiWTf ffi t Icfffifcr °lf 1961 °lf � � °lf � � � cfiT� 25.11 % ey"Jfr 1981 °lf �cR 32.4% "ITTTf?TT I1971-81 * � �a:rr "lf � 51.33 � m I�ff�fftl"� �cFl" 42.li%���"3W ��T (28.92%), W<ITUTT (22.3%) � �(6.04%) �rn cF1" � m 1

(�) -sq� � �n<rt: � � rn cF1" �-���%11971-81 *��trt:r � � cF1" � � 53.20% � �K � �� (40.79%), m<ITUTT (29.74%) 3fK��w(28.12%) �rn cF1" ��"{"ITT I 1961-71 cF1" � � cF1" � °lf 1971-81 * � � ��T �� cF1" JHA@I °lf � � ff � ��ft41011 � � � � °lf 1.75% cF1" cfllTT" � I� cF1" JFI A@I � � F:uf;TTTT * � ff cnrtf�qq:i "{"ITT% I 1941 ff�*� ��Tcfil * mR

� ¥f ma- ffi\9 cF1" � m � cF1" � �� � * � ��Tcf>T °lf � °lf 52 � �-��I ��� � � 1941 ff ��T: 90.18%,52.46%, 52.91% � 52.98% ffi I

("tr) � � Uiiq � 1) � cl; �: Ji .-i A@I �terr �"@I" A t1 cch 1· 31"� � 1 <£i@ch � � 3frmmft � cF1" "c[fu "lf ff en{ cfl:TTff � I <£1@ i:h � cfiT ffiffiT cFlf "ITT "{"ffi % I 194 7 °lf ��T * !Cl"� tqfto11J1� � "lf � � tf"&TT # ffilT 3fr�, � �cfn � cF1" mf1-0 � �qfto11J1� � cfi1° u� �� * � # � i:hfa a � cF1" 3fTcl�� * mur ��Tfcfn cF1" lTTTf � � � � w 'ITTfiR �� # � cfiT Q,cF��TITT�I

1981 � Jj.-jJjOj.-ji *��-jf 22,99,252 �l�qlffi �"Jfrfcn ¥f Ji.-j(l@I cfiTcflT'lflT 37 qrn�TT, � 1 fcl"�� � err ��Ti:hr i � � #�1�q1ftt;q1·cF1"tt@T#fil<I���w��* � �� 3fr��� cflT'lflT�"TTT" "ITT 117n I 1981 cfcfi � # 3fTcR � 22,99,252

14

ii) Growth trend of population

a) Total Population: Population of the NCRhas swelled to 191.92 lakhs in 1981 from 140.60 lakhs in 1971 and 105.80 lakhs in 1961, thus registering a growth rate of 36.48% during 1971-81 against 32.89% during 1961-71, and the national decadal growth rate of 25% during 1971-81. Substantial additiqn of population to D-eJhi hasbeen the main reason for the rapid growth of theRegion. In fact, the proportion of Delhi's popul�tionin the Region was only 25.11 % in 1961 which roseto 32.4% in 1981. The net addition of populationduring 1971-81 was 51.33 lakhs. Of this, Delhi UTaccounted for 42.11 % followed by Uttar Pradesh(29.82%), Haryana (22.3%) and Rajasthan 6.04%)Sub-regions.

b) Sub-regional growth trencls: The consti­tuent areas present varied growth trends. Delhi UT exhibited a growth rate of 53.20% followed by Rajasthan (40.79%), Haryana (29.74%) and Uttar Pradesh (28.12%) Sub-regions during 1971-81. The Uttar Pradesh and Rajasthan Sub-regions have been growing faster in their population coun­ts while the Haryana Sub-region had a reduction of 1.75% during 1971-81 compared to the 1961-71 rate. Growth of population in Delhi is significantly higher since Independence. During the four deca­des preceding 1941, while it gained a modest total of 7 lakhs only, during the succeeding four decades, it had an addition of 52 lakh population. The decadal growth rates since 1941 were 90.18%, 52.46%, 52.91 % and 52.980/o respectively.

c) Components of growth in Delhi UT: Ofthe two main components of population growth, namely, the natural growth and in-migration, the share of natural growth has been declining over years. The partition of the Country in 194 7 resulted in a large influx of population into Delhi. In addition, the attainment of Independence and the resultant need to develop Delhi as the National Capital created a huge demand for manpower and, thus, there was a tremendous influx of population into the capital.

According to the 1981 Census, there were 22,99,252 migrants in Delhi constituting about 37% of the total population. Inmigration into Delhi has been on rapid increase especially during the last two decades and, the average annual inmigration has gone up by about three times

�m1q1fwil # ff 53.48 ��IB �� 12,29,745 � � 1971-81 cf� 3TTQ,'I 1961-71 ct� JFH-i@I � � # ff � l\.l q I ftpfj cfiT �� 37.33 ��TTf :?.TT 3ft{ 1971-81 #�cftcr�� m 'lffi � � Ji1t1@1 cfiT 57.o7 ��TTf m71<TTI (ctlf�chl 3.1) I W � � � � �� � chT �'&l" cnRur 01 I !-I cm-H rITT f 1

iii) �m,iqlfH c€t �

c6) �B,lqlftMI cf;f �qq - � # 311!,lqlffi

�o: :3TTWITTf ct� ff 3TIB t I�# D� \\Vl�ITTcf�ff��l!,lqlfol{fcfiTWT�71 ��IB � 3TPTT I � � ��T ff 'ITT 48.2 ��IB ·111!,lqlffi � 3TT{ � qR 'ITT{<TTCTTT (15.5 ��Rf)� (9.8 ��IB) 3ffi � (7.6 ��IB) ct·111!,lcm-tl � (ctlfochl 3.2) I 1961-713TT{ 1971-81 ct� � 3TT{ W<TTITTT ff 3fR qffi 31 l\.l q I fo .q 'i chT� ��T: 11.3 ��TTf ff tTccfi{ 6.4 ��TTf 3TR

16.4 ��IBff� 12.9��TTffilTf<TT����T 3TT{ l-f� ��T ff ·m qffi �1!-lq1R-Jir chT���T: 49.6 ��IBff� 50.1 ��Rf ·3,R

1.7 ��IB ff� 3.1 trrc,�IB ill Tf<TT I� ct·111!,lqlfA.q'j # � chT .q'p1�11 1961 ct qRC11TiflTQ,'cF�fil{N%1��ff��:"JW��Tfffilfillf m��#� :3TT7tt1 i\­fPTT�� �c[�TcITT# 3TT'��#fil1T�� {%° t -ihrr fcF 001@ � cFl" Ji1fi@I #jffifqTTff<TTct!-� ct-� ff��% I� ft'WTiflr 40 ITT�R �mfr � ff ITTiJ t I -�'?:f ff� # ·m qffi ·31,!,lq1R-J4'i cfiT -� 1961 -?t10.7 ��IB ff� 1981 # WT� 20 ��IB illTf<TT I (ITT 3)

�) �j!,lqlft� � cfiR11T: � # �ll,lqlfitj *+f@-1' mur "{7JiJII{" 3ffi � qftun1i� ,:� cfiT �Uf" t I ffi>f 'ITT cf tl+1Zf # � # 3-l I !,I q I ff! .q7· cfi q-g � q-{' � chT cnTT:"Uf � #, �� � ff �- � # '+TTCT � :m � 3ffi qlfDlfJ-£tch cfi1.q\Jw1141

. # � t I 1981 cFl"

Ji1JIUHI ct � "{IJi�II{ � �,, 3TT{qfta111if<l{i:iq "1lftclR ct �ur" ct mur 3ITT-f­m-r cf>�� ff �Q,' 311!,lqllfMl

. ch't- � �

� cfiT 73 ��TTf zjt I

Tf) � I !,lq I ftt <.fi c€t c4 I q fll f.q cf> fcr�� -�l\.lqlffi�cxrfc@?TT�{�fi{il11 (1971). ff w � t fcFi fPTT �l\.lqlffi ch+TillR.q1' # ff

during this period. Among the 22,99,252 migrants in Delhi upto 1981, 12,29,745 persons, which constitute 53.48% came during 1971-81 alone. Of the net addition of population during 1961-71, proportion of inmigrants was only 37.33% and, it registered a sharp increase constituting as much as 57.07% of the additional population during 1971-81 (Table 3.1). Thus, inmigration has emerged as the main factor for the rapid growth of Delhi.

iii) Trend of inmigration

a) Origin of migrants: The inmigration intoDelhi has been mainly from the surroundingStates. The NCR States together accounted forabout 71 % of the total inmigrants into Delhi: UttarPradesh alone accounted for 48.2% followed byHaryana (15.5%), Punjab (9.8%) and Rajasthan(7.6%) (Table 3.2). Migration to Delhi from Punjaband Haryana has declined from 11.3% to 6.4% and16.4% to 12.9% respecttvely during 1961-71 and1971-81 whereas that from Uttar Pradesh andMadhya Pradesh has increased from 49.6% to50.1% and 1.7% to 3.1% respectively. Rajasthanmaintained almost the same share of contributionof inmigrants to Delhi since 1961. In absoluteterms, it is Uttar Pradesh from where maximumnumber of people came to Delhi. All these Stateshave been sending increasing number of people toDelhi over the last two decades as reflected by ratioof migrants to the respective State's populationand, about 40% of them are from urban areas. Theproportion of flow of inmigrants to Delhi fromothers has also gone up from 10.7% in 1961 toabout 20% in 1981. (Fig. 3).

b) Reasons for migration: The majorreasons for in-migration into Delhi have been the 'empioyment' and consequent 'family movement'. The large inflow into Delhi in recent times can be attributed to the substantial growth of industries, especialJy, small scale and, expansion of trade and comm�rce activities. Employment' and 'family movement' accounted for 73% of all the inmigrants in 1981 from the five adjoining States.

c) Occupational characteristics of migrants: Employment str:ucture of migrant workers (1971) shows that tertiary sector engaged

15

Figure-3: lnmigration Pattern: Delhi-1981

\ ) �

-�PUNJAB

,.,,,,,--.

. ..\HIMACHAL (.. PRADESH)

'"'> .J

l� � - (

: ····-;;>)

< ( UTTAR PRADESH

.

(.

• BEFORE 1961

1961-71

D Is7I-e1 • PERIOQ NOT KNOWN

gdl4ch � � � ch'l�lit<-11 °q)T � � (69.17 ��) �"ff�� (28.87 ��) � m-� � � (1.96 ��) �, -dil!,lqlff14l � n�� "&lfc@" �-� a11q1<J, �- � cfi3c:<ilq.-i -di"�"ffffi�����ctt­ircrr �m � 41 q +.11ftq; �cl;�-����� I m � � � 'Jfi !.II ttfJI ch fillrr-fcfi � � ���cnrfu oqfrffi41 cf;f�����crm � m �rnq1ffl cfiT<f«r &1fcffi4l cf;f �,

16

�­'--

the highest proportion (69.17%) of all migrant workers followed by secondary (28.87%) and primary sectors (1.96%) .. Majority of the inmigrants are absorbed in petty trades, low grade production or processing activities, and in the informal sector activities serving local population. Incidentally, proportions of total workers in Delhi in different sectors too reflect roughly the same situation as for migrant workers.

� cn9- � wr � ITT cn9- mm'3ff c=rcfi mmm .,m= %1 <ffi �m_'l- � � ��T.� �f{:41011 ct 3ffil-i:ml ct��� Tf<IT �I� � � ITT tffITTf � ct 3ffil-i:m=r * � �

-�Pllctl{ �°ff� +j�j..-jJj( ITT (mo1J;101J,"o)�f � I � � ct cfilTUT � ci1t 31 '?ch(� ll t:£11 J, { ITT� '11 .-i fi @1 � cn9-crm fcl"�'rfITT-ctc9-rfm t aj- fcF � "ITT * crm � � cITT "{"ITT � Iqffifcf � � � ctr � � 1971-81 ct cTT°{R� 53 ��TTf � � cfITT 4-i{l �I� I� ��,Tllf-ii41�1�, :J;?Jjjq �sfilf�T: 169.40��TTf, 141.65�iJ�TTf -3TT\ 7 6.50 ��TTf "c[fu � I

ITT � �I � {l ch( a I cFl" cJfu cFl" lffif cf1t fcft ch I { cfi("ff g"lJ," � ct J1.:iJ101.:i1 ct-1rn1(f01�1{ ch1<1f<:>1<-1 � � ITT ct �mtl--lJTlTTllT fi � cch1· ct @"!J," � Ji .=J f1@ 1 � � � t I� �m;:ft- ITT cfi � � q@ � -3Tk u� �m;:ft- ITT t � t ������mctrzjT.j"cFl"���� �m q� � Tf"!J,"� ol:l" � cn9- ¥ �-3TT\ �rn't lJTlTTllT � f.-1 chi Ml � I ( ct I f'1 chi 3 .3)

1981 - 2001 cfi cTT°{R 34.73 ��TT, cITT ��� �ff��cfi325�ID"JfFl"cA"��I � "fttT � ITT ct��� �qt cTT"{R 70 � en',- �cffi" � � en',- ti"� � � 2001 � <ffi "i:1"1T� 132 � m � I lJTlTTllT �m_'l- � cFl" � � 1981-2001 cfi cTT°{R 53:47 * � � qftc1J.=J filcfi"{ 28:72 m "JfFl" cn9-� � +i �fcl iof � �"lJ,"TIT I

3.2 �

i) �ff�ctr�QT"ff 2001 c=rcfif�ctr�132�m�,���ctr� Wffil" ff����� ffcrr�t��' rt' � Rcfiffi "WlmTt, � �q'<-11a1<-11a �cnr�qcfi{��trlff+lfil1il"��mtcrm�1:ffi#n�cn1TT�t1�

�cffi" �� chi <-{ch<:1141.

cfi cfi� lich(Oj ctqfta11B� fctchfttct � cFl" � � q�� t, � � 1 q qs <l1. �tt Tf� qf«PTT ctrff@-Tf���stt��«f"{q"{�q��i1

iv) Delhi Metropolitan Area

Delhi's growth is not confined to the boundaries of the Union Territory. This urban spatial expansion has spread into the surrounding areas of Uttar Pradesh and Haryana around Delhi, which along with Delhi UT constitute the Delhi Metropolitan Area (OMA). Owing to its location, the OMA excluding Delhi has exhibited growth characteristics similar to that of Delhi in recent years. In fact, while Delhi had grown only 53% during 1971-81, Faridabad-Ballabgarh, Ghaziabad and Gurgaon have grown 169.40%, 141.65% and 76.50% respectively.

v) Population projection

Recognising the urban growth dynamics in theRegion, projections have been made by the Office of the Registrar General of India, Census Operations, for the constituent units of the Region with urban-rural components. The growth differentials of the areas falling in the NCR and other areas of the NCR States were examined, and these differentials were then projected by which the total population and rural-urban composition of the Sub-regions were arrived at. (Table 3.3).

The Regional population is expected to grow at a decadal rate of 34.73% during 1981-2001 to reach a figure of 325 lakhs. In case of Delhi UT, an addition of 70 lakh population during this period is foreseen totalling to about 132 lakhs by 2001. The rural-urban population composition of the Region would undergo a significant change from 53:47 to 28:72 over 1981-2001.

3.2 Issues

i) At the present trend of phenomenal growthrate, Delhi will have 132 lakh population by2001 A.O. Will Delhi remain manageablewith this population growth trend in terms ofprovision of essential services ? In addition,the concentration of economic activities hasresulted in soaring prices of developed land,proliferation of slums and squattersettlements, adversely affecting the qualityof life.

17

ii) � 3,f��T � 1 !-lcm-ft �� � "ft" �� "ft" 3mt t �= � wm: cFI" �fcrcfirn" � "ft" � cFI" � � ��cnll"fil1TT?

iii) ��rnl.-PI{ $*��*�--cm=f��TT��i��mc1;��01f;i4510All �mtt � * � # � �,� ��7:fcfi �3TT cFI" �� � "fil1ft I� � � cFl" � cFI" "ffql� qt � cFl"cfill�* fu�f;i4Gtct ��ffcfrnl%?

iv) f;izj5101 <TT"Rf����Rlchruct $*fu� �mtt � m+ftoT �# Ji-id&-41 cF1"��cFTTt?

3.3 ffl .:ftftrzj

� ��<rrcFI" � *fu� � � q;"-)- 5tcfi TT "ITT1 � * � &.11qmRch �� � ;:ftftr m"fil1ft fcfi H 9f(>! f@CT * qft # ��7:lcF � � cFI" �:-

i) � TTtr � ITT# cfill Tffir TT� �'tfctgfu1

ii) �cfil e1sch{ �lf� ITT*�rcFI" R<tf';fff �� lffif "ft" qfu mfcfi gfu *����int� m "frlf� it trcF1

iii) � � cFl" fl:!filct �� � ��3TT * +lT'Uflf TT !.II ffi I �H � � c); "-i"�ff��l!,lqlffi �q;"-)-��TT �jffilf�ct � -� � � �011chf&ct ��#�l,lifilct cF{"� I qffffq#, 2001 � * l:Jft�� # ft�rr� * 3,m-.-r� lfTRJ:" ™ # 'Qm" fcITTT"G:: 017 �If) I ch�chl�lll cFl" � � Tf7TT t aj- �lqlffill,qlfolfJ-llch � it{ -�l�lfllch � %gRmftct° �TT� t1 ���"ft"�, 3lf�cn ff 3lf� l:ftq ff � er� *31"�, @cFiT 31"� � � t1 � WfiTT:� "fftf � $ ff qt 01l�1f11ch �� m �TcFl t1 :!Fil ct fcrcfirn" � ��T lf �cfn {jJiJII{ * � ��ff�'ITT�I

i) � TTtr � cF1" 'lTT<TT Ji-id €41 � ���urr3lf * 3Tm-.-f fcfi: cfl) Ji-id@1 clft !,ll�@ch ��"�cllfi+il.-J"�

n 1981-91 * <TT{R 2.0 ��TTf -�1fcrcr<f �

18

ii) As most migrants emanate mainly from theneighbouring States, what regionaldevelopment strategy would mitigate thetrend of migration to Delhi ?

iii) Delhi Metropolitan Area towns aroundDelhi have been growing faster and, wouldsooner become a huge unmanageable urbanagglomeration woefully short of essentialservices·. Could. this growth be regulated torelieve the pressure on Delhi's services ?

iv) To achieve a manageable Delhi and anharmoniously developed region, what is thejudicious distribution of population both inurban and rural areas ?

3.3 Strategies

A pragmatic approach and strategy to meet the issues appropriately to achieve the plan objectives would be to formulate a conscious policy of:

i) decelerated and restricted growth in DelhiUT;

ii) controlled moderate growth of the OMAtowns excluding Delhi so that the volume and directions of growth are well coordinated; and

iii) giving impetus to the regional centresthrough provision of adequate infrastructureand services so that they are able not only todissuade the potential outmigratingpopulation but also attract and absorb theDelhi bound migrants. In fact, the DelhiMaster Plan now under revision for 2001 asperspective has specified selected industrialunits that are found incompatible inresidential, commercial and non-industrialuse zones, to be shifted from such areaswithin a period of five to ten years. Bysuitably developing industrial areas andwholesale markets in the towns beyondDelhi UT, it should be possible to generateadditional employment opportunities in theRegional towns.

3.4 Demographic policy and population

assignments

i) Population projection for Delhi UT: Underthe assumptions that:

a:) the natural growth rate of population with its declining trend may reach 2.0% per annum

Figure-4: Delhi: Population Projection 1981-2001

140

130

120

110

100

90

...J 80

� 70

0 60

150

� 40·

0 � !0

20

10

0

1 971 1981 19 91

1991-2001 i � 1.2 mtr�n=r m "flcnm t, �

"©") ���1!.lq1ft--1cn'l"���m��� 1981-91 i�����ira� � � {1\TjJII{ � cITT � � � q�lcficn'l"�� 1991-2001 i�� cn'1" � � I l.l q I ft --t cF1" � "ff 50 qra�n, cn'1" � �'

� titr � � cn'1" 31--tti&ll 2001 � "fief) 112 �ID�� "ff 2 � 1JT+ftur 31--tti@I mift 1 (a1�&11 3.4, m-4)

ti�jftl{ � � �ll,lqlft--t cn'1" � 1981-91 � "ft� 1.79�cn'l"�� 1991-2001 i� 84 � �miitl � � q�� � � �ll,lqlffi41° cf)f fufflT cfllf � 2001 "fief) 46.32 mtr�n=r��, mfcfi 1971-81 i� 57.07% �, �� 1981-91 i� 59.01 q@�TTfm­cn'l-tt� t1

(ii) Jii-itt�I cf;J �ildi-1 - � it&ii-1•1< �:�tr<_ "1--tti@I t�cITTcfilf"�i��li�l--tJI{ � cn'1" � cITT fcflchl{ cR"ff � � �tflTT<TT� cITT � �� � cITT ffilRT �

2001

132•0

TO BE DEFLECTED,�

112•0

PROJECTED POPULATION: 132 LAKHS

ASSIGNED POPULATION: 112 LAKHS

ASSUMPTIONS

1, Natural annual growth rate to fall

from 2.2% (1981) to 2% by 1991

and to 1.2% (2001)

2. Continued in-migration till 1991 and

a 50% reduction between 1991-2001

during 1981-91 and 1.20/oper annum during 1991-2001, and

b) the rate of inmigration to Delhi wouldcontinue at the same rate as it would haveotherwise registered during 1981-91 and, inview of the contemplated employmentopportunities in the Region, a 50% fall in therate of inmigration to Delhi during 1991-2001 from that of the previous decade,

the population of Delhi UT would be 112 lakhs by 2001 AD of which 2 lakhs would be rural (Table 3.4, Fig. 4 ).

Accordingly, the rate of inmigration into Delhi will be about 84,000 per annum during 1991-2001 as aga.inst the likely, 1.79 lakhs during 1981-91. This would contribute a fall of the inmigrants'share in the total decadal addition i.e. 46.32% by2001 as against 57.07% observed during 1971-81and the likely 59.01% during 1981-91.

ii) Population assignment-OMA: Recogni­sing the potential of the OMA in relieving thepopulation pressure of Delhi, and also theproblems Delhi would face in case of over-growthof the OMA, a moderate growth for the OMA towns

19

�' �$�-qn:f� ii�l.=tJI( ITT$IB� lf��f.:rmfuf ctl-lltt I �ctl" qdiil.=t �$ ��"Cf"{� cfiT t91Si:h( � iiti.=tJI( ITT ctt­Ji.=tti@H $ �$�# �tfcncm"JJTlftur 1 � Ji.-jfi@-ll cfil t1P-1-1f<-1M cf)@� 38 �m°1fil

iii) . J,;tfi@I c6T f.=t<H\111 - � 'lal111•i( � cf;�:"ff�� ii�l.=tJI( ITT ff o/ Ji.-jfi@-11 cfiTR<TTA � rti-� m .=ftfti" cnr �'tf �-qn:r $�ffmrfl"����T0il�qlffi �ff��ffm�t119��qnarfcRfm'3T���# 1981-2001 $WR��ff�, � n� tf"Ji"m-=IT ITT $ '31"� �ii �1.-j JI ( ITT ff o/ $ �"ffitt � rtl" � -3Tf�"@"� '31"� Ucnf ��I � �cffi" �cfi1" �f{lHOII, �� 0iR � ��T $ "Jll ��#l�0iR011,BfllM �cfilmi I �"ffitt� -Jt � rti-�0iR2001 "ffcfi � rn�ti"�7TT0ijiilRM �"rntt�$�m-{"Cf"{�� �Tf<.IT i� ii �HJI( ITTff i:ii �l{ll!OII,�0iR���T�rn$�ffitt� #��T: 5.5 �, 1.5 � 0iR 12 � o':ffcfnllT cfi1"0iR 1Jf1TTUT � # � � � cfi1" �� 1 � � � � ii� 1.-i J 1 ( ITT$ ".-jl'T{f $ rn�"ft"��� Ji.=tfi@-11 a1f<-1i:h1 3.5 # cft lltt1

D

20

around Delhi is prescribed. The population forecast on the present trend of growth places the population size of OMA excluding Delhi at 38 lakhs including 1 lakh rural population by 2001 AD.

iii) Population assignment beyond .DMA:Any strategy to control population growth in Delhishould be prepared in consultation with thesurrounding States as majority of the inmigrants toDelhi come from there. The additional populationof 19 lakhs which otherwise would have movedinto Delhi from these States during 1981-2001should be deflected towards or contained in theurban areas beyond the OMA within the NationalCapital Region. It is proposed to contain andaccommodate this additional population in theSub-regional areas of Haryana, Rajasthan andUttar Pradesh. Based on the urban growth trendsand the projected urban population in theconstituent Sub-regions by the year 2001, it isproposed to contain and accommodaterespectively about 5.5 lakhs, 1.5 lakhs and 12 lakhsin the urban areas beyond the OMA of Haryana,Rajasthan and Uttar Pradesh Sub-regions and, 1lakh in the rural area. The projected and assignedpopulation for the Sub-regions and OMA towns aregiven in Table 3.5.

D

4.1 ,po�

ft e� ij e ftH·eit

1981 - 2001

� m-� $ � +161'1�1(14 � � � � chl<.fc:hc'.1141. cfi1" � "3"flcfi qflo11+1� '3ffil­Lffff 41 �ff� cfi1" � � '311 chf& a cRcfi�ff�@% I W� ff���� ct �(\�I ctwftlrct �"if f�_§ci(lq cfi lf>(1fq(C\q '3ilf1qlf1 cf1 rn cf1 lWfim" cfi1" � cnfCfil llTif ftrm % I � ff l:f{ �l'.f�$°if�mm�qfu�� � � � Ji -i ti @.11 if gfu cfi1" �� � � .ftftr ct�$ ft;r� w � ct �"ffin cF"ITT � � � � � chl4T,+lch lf� ct �ich-1 � '3Wf��%1

i) cs1ffd(4j cf;l �: W $ � 191.92 ��� 6771 islfffiqj. -94 �"ITT�6677llim1Titffi�%1 ¥ islff\"Mi. ?f-?i" 220 ���$1T, 2413 °ITTt"l!TUITll, 1091 �"if� 304 7� ��T � � "if t I w ITT "if �"ffitt-lJPTTUf �cFT'3TTffifl:71%1

ii) �rn(t- �: � 94 �"ffin � t (llAf-cr;f-1)fin:rq- 6 � � � $, 58 � ��T, 27�fllJIOII '3W 3 ���"ift I 1961-71 ll¥������1T 1971-81 $mR�"ffitt� � � 1T �!{q<:fJ111ch c[fu �.%aj-fcn 48 ff�94itll{%1·w $"if� +l�l··PI( � 11 �� 53l1JTT ct

�rro- � i, � �mu Ji-1<l@.11 cFT "(1"ll"'q11 70% '4lflT � t I � ff � � �"ffin $ � � tr 57 � taj-rcn w ��¥�mu�cFT63.45%%1���1Tff21.44%� ��T, 13.19% °ITTt"l!TUIT � 1.92% {Gif�'3"L� 1T t I �� 53l1JTT ff 00 � c,cn ct �"ffin � "if �"ffitt � ��T: 85.37%, 2.27%, 5.52%, 3.99%, 2.72% � 0.13% t1

chl<.fc:hc'.1141. � � qflo11+1� � cfi �� Ehsft4ch(01 ff �mu � � � cFT

4 SETTLEMENT SYSTEM

1981 - 2001

4.1 Background

The Metropolitan core of the NCR, that is Delhi, is growing fast by attracting activities and consequently population from the surrounding areas, and the sprawling development due to overspill of Delhi's population into the areas . adjoining it, has also gained tremendous momentum. The policy of restricting the growth of Delhi and allowing only a moderate growth of the OMA beyond Delhi, requires an evaluation of the development centres of the Region.

i) Settlement distribution: The 191.92 lakhpopulation of the Region (1981) is distributed over6771 settlements - 94 urban and 6677 villages.Of the total, 220 are in Delhi UT, 2413 in Haryana,1091 in Rajasthan and 304 7 in Uttar Pradesh Sub­regions. The Region has an urban-rural settlementratio of 1:71.

ii) Urban settlements: There are 94 urbancentres with 6 in the UT of Delhi, 58 in UttarPradesh, 27 in Haryana and 3 in Rajasthan Sub­regions. There has been a spectacular increase from 48 to 94 in the number of urban centres during 1971-81 compared to an addition of only 4 during 1961-71 (Map 1).

There are 11 Class-I urban centres including Delhi metropolis accommodating about 70% of the urban population of which Delhi Urban Area alone contains 5 7 lakh persons accounting for 63.45% of the entire urban population of the Region. Of the remaining, 21.44% is in Uttar Pradesh, 13.19% in Haryana and 1.92% in Rajasthan Sub-regions. Proportions of urban population in Class I to VI urban centres are 85.37%, 2.27%, 5.52%, 3.99%, 2.72% and 0.13% respectively.

Greater concentration of activities and resultant population lead to higher density in urban area. The Region had an urban density of about 6,300

21

���t1WITTc8"�lW'�rFT� 198lff��6300��fcf;o.ft"o �I�cf1 fcf�� ff� l:@l � t fcn chl4c:hMl4

"'i �

� cf; chst14ch{01 c8° ��cf;��� cf1 � "CTIT t I � �� � i �ffi"CT cFT���� 7488 �, �ffoo �-acficf1 �.=q- �TTR"T rFT � 1981 # ��T: 6725, 6016,2764, 1835 � 1260 � I

� ��r "311" ITT# �mtt- cifu �mDJT rn t 1 �� � 1971 # 10.68 �ff� 1981 � 19_49�mTPft1 �>fcFR 1911-81 c11�� qfu � 82.5% zjt I mt7TTUTT "311" ITT# m 1911-81 cf;" � 57.79% cfiT"ill<;f"c£fu�� 4.41 �� c8" "c£fu � I 1971-81 cf1 � � � ITT# �� � � 56.63% c8" � ff crfu � I � >fcFR � ff m cfiPn't �I �Rl cf a ITT¥ TT$°�� ITT � �"<xf � �qcfi ill<;I" �I tRl ch{ uf c8" � m-rft �2001 �-acfi�IUlch{OI cFT� 720/om� I

fcFm" ;,llT ct\ JFI {1@1 c[fu c8" �ff�� cf1 � chlifc:hMl41. � � qR_o11Ii fqffi � cfTm" � "c:h1" 01 I ,Ii ti I a � c8" � � cf1 <sfTt # �� ml:ff mcfi t I � �IBU � c8" � -­!,I �Rill 1· � � �� ff qm � t fcn w ITT c11 ���T �IBU � # � c8" lf@"�-fTT;rai- cFT �'qfq t � � � � +r� c8" m ff � 1 -c.UI � a t 1 Ji,i{i@ll cf;��$ isllqJ[� irro, �' �' �'�'���ff� cFT � �� chliJij{ %, aj-�"tql���"chl" ��{<StlcfiaT I 1981 cfi Ji.-\{1@1 �ff m� -a-�� rFT qm � t � � ��ITTT 1Pn t fcn � -;:rrrn���U$°�ff�t1

iii) cfH<.IJf+tq, lq'��:-w ITTcfi �lW'�cfi"chi 4f ,ll ch fcmr�tcf){ur c11 fcf�� ff w � � fcfi�cf;" cfisflqch{OI � chlllf,llch�cfi"�'1Jidlc:Fl �� t1 cfiT7ff # � � � #� t1 � � -acfi cf1 ffm �T# chlllrc:hMl4� cf1 � # �qcfi �"TTIT � � t I"3ffilT, � � q I fol RI 0ffi �lfPTTTT# c§U m+TT-acFi m� Tffiffcrfqzj � �r # ffllR � ff Jfchcmmt1�iffOO�cf1��1981�m�chi llrc:hM I 4 <IT fil �<S ffl � t �� � cfiPlf �

m�ff���1 (a1f'1ch1 4.1)

22

persons per sq km in 1981. An analysis of the density pattern indicates that the process of activity and population concentration followed size and class of the towns. While the Class I cities had an average density of about 7,488, the other Class towns from II to VI had 6725, 6016, 2764, 1835 and 1260 respectively in 1981.

Urban growth has been extraordinary in the Uttar Pradesh Sub-region. The urban population increased from 10.68 lakhs in 1971 to 19.49 lakhs in 1981, thus registering a growth rate of 82.5% during 1971-81. The Haryana Sub-region also experienced a fast growth of 57.79% during 1971-81 with a population increase of 4.41 lakhs. A growth rate of 56.63% was experienced in urban population by the Rajasthan Sub-region during 1971-81. Thus, the already highly urbanised NCR will experience faster urbanisation trend in future reaching an urbanisation level of 72% by 2001.

The trend of population growth of a town provides an insight into its latent potentials to absorb eco�omic activities and consequent population. A study of the growth trends of the regional urban centres indicates that most of the urban centres in the Region lack dynamism in growth as they lie in the shadow of a large metropolis. Despite being larger in population si le, the economic base of many of them such as Meerut, Hapur, Khurja, Rohtak, Rewari, Alwar etc, is weak to sustain their natural organic growth. This fact is borne by the Census figures of 1981 which had shown that the growth rates of these towns are less than the national average.

iii) Functional characteristics: An analysis offunctional specialisation of urban areas of theRegion shows the close relationship betweenpopulation concentration and functionaldi-versification. Diversification in functions hasbeen the phenomenon in the higher order towns.All the towns upto Class-III have shown greaterdiversification in terms of activity concentration.Industries, trade and commerce and primaryactivities to a lesser extent in many cases, areequally pronounced in these towns. The Class IV toVI towns had primary activities as either dominantfunction or equally dominant function amongstother functions in 1981 (Table 41)

.2 �:

���TI"f.:ti.l�f@a �"3"�i:-

i) � cfit" �m{Uf crfu 2001 -acfi 112 �cicfi � cFl" �����ITT cnl" RcfiIB � � B 121-1 JI ( ITT cfit" � cfiT � 38 �-acfi M4Glofcfi"<TT� 1 �cFI" �cffi" 19 � �m.'t �cfil 2001-acfi� +i�HJI( ITTTI"o/cfi�m.'t �,, cFt- � � � � �mr � �

"JffQ," I

ii) � �l21-iJI( ITTcfio/cfi ���T-;,rm�1 o�rt ('1(TT � chi ;qf ,B ch � � rcrN"1fil cfiT

���1�cF!"crfuqrf.:14::101 <t��"ll"rft1ffei" -;;t· �T �w ITT� ti1R>ia rcrchltf cfirn�� � chi 4f ,�ch� rr � � � cfiT fcrchTT:r � miTI � � B 121-1 JI ( ITT "Ho/ W ITT cfi �TITT.'T � °q1f ��"4" fcrchTT:r m I m � cfiT +r� �� � tjt � 7ifTTTT �������etc� � �' �� IDU�lT�U� �m-=ft ITT� �1�q1t1-1 �qr����� ��lf<IT�fcfiw����ITT� ��qr'3hf: ��rnq1t1-1 mmt��� cfi ti°�� I �qlffi 41· 4° TI" 80% '3hr °# � c@"���I

iii) �:{jJiJll(�"flqf�cfi���� "# � � cfi lJPftur � ff �l�qlffi � � i 1 � cm- � m m � lJPftur �l�qlf1'1 "{Tchl""JiFfl"�I Wcfifu��� cfil" �� � � t1�f¾a m� ff� ��(j"mB� fcla::1a1 ct-m� Q,ch1ct1a � IDTIT, � � cfiT � � q:;)- � �

I

4.3 ffl �

i) � ffl � Pl �4 fcrchTT:r cfIB ��rntl"�ctt-��cfil �;:iJfffcla ���

atffct4,· ff m � � W ff RrnH1, � � chi 4\-h(>Jl 41· ell sn+f% fcrchTT:r cA" m����zrt� ¢tt-llft�mtrct1

ii) �, m ITT*� fcrchTT:r t rn� �� � cfi �� � UT?: �m.'t if;m � TTtcrf cfi � cnl" Q,cN �ct � � � I � cit IBt 41·

4.2 Issues

With this background, the issues that emerge are:

i) The extraordinary growth of Delhi is to becontrolled at 112 lakh population and that of the OMA excluding Delhi UT to be moderated to a population size of 38 lakhs by 2001. The excess 19 lakhs of urban population of Delhi by 2001 would have to be diverted to and contained in the urban areas beyond the OMA.

ii) Most of the towns beyond the OMA areshowing lack of dynamism and diversification in their functional character. A spatially and functionally articulated settlement system has to be evolved with purposive development of urban areas of the Region beyond OMA to meet the objective of controlling the growth of Delhi and achieving balanced development of the Region. This assumes additional importance as the study on 'migration pattern in the NCR' by the National Institute of Urban Affairs, New Delhi, clearly indicates that there is a large intra-regional migration taking place at present and, about 80% of the potential migrants within the Region would ultimately move into Delhi.

iii) The rural zones of the constituent Statescontribute greater number of migrants to Delhi mainly for employment and services. This rural out-migration to Delhi should be checked. This requires integration of the settlement system with functional dependence and independence with appropriate services to improve their economy which will dissuade the population to move to other places.

4.3 Strategies

i) The first strategy should be to revitalise theeconomy of the stagnating regional urban centres and to integrate them in a well-knit system of settlements with specific functions to encourage an orderly development of economic activities and increase their complementarity.

ii) Secondly, the development of small urbancentres and villages should be integrated in relation to priority towns to achieve the objective of balanced development of the Region. These could be achieved by developing a four tier hierarchical

23

� � � � �chffid � � "Jfl" � % � � �' -m � �, ITTT � � �� llicf �m-{ m � aj-�-� fcrnre cnPf cft � "ff fi • I fc3a "ITT I � $ � «R 1R qjt9;:ft;q Ji--lfi@-U � fl"� ffl f.-ti:.-if'1f«ld fil1T:-

�� 1)��2)"311�� 3) ITTT � 4) � Tfiq

Jt"1f1@.li

3.0 � � �� 0.5 ff 3.0 � 10 � "ff 50 � lO�"ffcfilf�

���aj-�"@f ���-m� � � � cfil<f-cR111TT cfiT �� chxlllch{OI "ITTllT I ITTT � � � Tfiq � � 1R � � I m���*cfiRUT���tr�� � fcn � �: � � cfiT R+rfu,- en{� � � X1�1.-i•1{ ff� "ffi+TT den m:r m1

iii) cTTW", � � � 19 � fl"��l!,lqlffilll

. cfi1" �lchf&d � � � �l!,lql�-1--1

cfi1" "CTcA $ � � � i ffl � � � cfif �en{�� -?r � m � rhft1a � �fcn � � � chl<:fch<1141

. cfi1" �f.-t;q1f-iid

� ff �lf -� � � !.llct-t1foa � "Jfl" � rnmf fcn fillf � � $ "chPf ��en{� � � {1-ii•II{ cf1' ���fill�� � � W� llr �chffid ��I � � cfiT R� � � cntTfT � -m � lll-ii-110, � R� � fcfi-m � � �-m � �, ITTT � � � Tficf m 1

i) ��

?J,m- ci!IB1ll1.$R�cf1'@�, aj-fcn ��

* w:r � men{ 'ffcfi, rcfcfiIB � cfif � jfi { 01�TPTT%1�$�,���;q I a 1 ;q I a � * �'lf � W1TTf, f1 1 Xi I DI ch ITTT-3TT� �� � � chl;,-fq,('-1141. $ �m-{ qr� � � � cf1' rcfcfiIB �� � � �{�%1����$���� �-l:!Tff � � cfi1" � � cft ���I

rh4tc{ � qr wmftr � �m-.-i­��m>rr, ��Xi�lcill�, &TT"r "TI� wif� � � � �" qr � �� � rcfcfiIB cfiITT $

24

system of settlements consisting of regional centres, sub-regional centres, service centres and basic villages with functionally specialised organised structure. Desirable population size and probable functions of each tier settlements will be as follows:

Level of settlement 1) Regional Centres2) Sub-Regional Centres3) Service Centres4) Basic Villages

Population-size 3.0 lakhs & above 0.5 to 3.0 lakhs 10000 to 50000 Less than 10000

The main centres of utmost activity concen­tration in this hierarchical system are the regional centres and sub-regional centres. The service centres and basic villages are mutually dependent upon each other. The regional centres being self contained, should be capable enough to form an inter-dependent system independent to a great extent of the Delhi metropolis.

iii) Thirdly, to attract and contain the Delhibound potential migrants to the extent of 19 lakhs, the selected regional centres would be developed on an intensified scale with conscious intervention to organise and stimulate economic activities to offer a variety in occupational structure and job opportunities. The regional centres are identified in the Regional Plan while Sub-regional plans will identify Sub-regional centres, Service centres and Basic villages.

i) Regional centres

To identify such settlements which may functionas regional centres, a development hierarchy has been followed. Every settlement, depending on its size in terms of population and areal spread, location with reference to transport network, availability of social facilities and concentration of economic activities, places itself, among others in a development hierarchy within the Region. In consonance with size and rank, these centres provide higher order services to the scattered population around them.

A study on 'Settlement System in the NCR' by the Physical Research Laboratory, Ahmedabad, based on computer model employed various parameters in selecting the regional centres such as revenue and development administration,

1) � 2) �3) ��TITT:" 4) �5) q1..ftqct 6) �7) � 8) �9) �

��cfiffcrcnTT:r��<lIB"°fi"��l\.fc11ff14i cn1" �ct�� Z3Ttt mtft � � flJtlll{ � q;l" w � � � �� chi 4cfw11 q")' q;l" -611 cnf€1 ct � ct rn-ci: � ��ct��m�1�zr�cn'l-�� >fcfi"R cF\" ITTTfi" fcn cf f� en',- �cfn Ji 1 f1@-ll cn1" �l,+lfilct cf){� I � � Jt1f1&-ll cfl ctchf1Jlct � cfif >f"lJl1f cfi{.=ff m-rTT I � Rmrnf � *�fcfi ��fcntTm+TT"(fcn "fi"� �1!.lqlR-141· q;l" Ucf) � � �lchf€1ct cf){ "flcnff � � ™

� �m;, �, � � � �m;fr � �'IB"d fcrcnTT:r * � �cnf(>4cn � � q-{ � �� � �lqlff14, q1fo1fJ-<.lcn 'ct"� �lEl1f11cn ftrm-, ftlcf11f.=tcn � �-ftlc{Jif.=tcn 'ct"� �� �m� en',-�, �TITT:" cFl" �mrw� �tr � -� �m� ct >frcfm;, �tr� qft��?:f en',- {I Ji J 11 { >f� � cFl" � ct �� � q@ fil�, � � �, � «r{" �R � 'ct"� ��7:f cn'1- atffct 41· * � �

population size, sex ratio, literacy level, growth trends during 1951-81, participation _ratio and industrial work-force, rate of migration, location of various facilities such as educational, health, road and railway, water supply, power, marketing facilities, financial institutions and recreational facilities in relation to population size. A total number of 38 indicators were employed for the computer modelling. The basic model that has been used to identify relative weightages of each settlement in reference to the 38 indicators is based on composite index By taking 10% of the higher composite value obtained by any centre, regional centres have been identified Due to the proposed moderate growth of the OMA towns, Regional Centres have been identified from among the centres that rank in the development hierarchy, and are located beyond the OMA. The identified regional centres by the study are:

1) Meerut 2) Hapur3) Bulandshahr 4) Khurja5) Panipat 6) Rohtak7) Rewari 8) Palwal9) Alwar

The regional centres would be developedprimarily to accommodate the Delhi-bound potential migrants by creating employment opportunities in secondary and tertiary sectors and, they would act as magnet-centres to attract economic activities. In order that Various regional centres are planned to accommodate the excess population of Delhi, a rational distribution has to be attempted. To decide the extent to which these centres should be equipped to attarct and contain potential migrants, the Central Building Research Institute, Roorkee, in a study on 'Alternative Developoment models for urban development in the NCR' evaluated the various scenarios of differential population assignments against development costs for residential, commercial, industrial, public and semi-public and community facilities, city infra-structure and provision of telecommunication facilities and, benefits assessed in terms of employment absorption potentiality of each scenario, acceptable rate of growth, standard of living and an acceptable level of linkages between Delhi and the scenario settlements. Cost­efficiency ratios indicate desirability of developing all the eight Regional centres/complexes with appropriate additional population mix. Growth

25

+fA<fi �� � q;) �4,Rrn � � fflTrff � � � � �� cfi fcr� Ji.-ffl@I �lcie.-11· cf;T '!Mi4l.=t �-�I cf;lf fflT@' � 'fl'cqf � � �/q,I iX4 (>I &ft 1 cR f4 q,ffHi � �qje;ft<rn1 cfft � � cR'ff � � tt1Ma flrITT ��Rlf{c@ �mtfil-�!f'lZ��-q� � � ctt' � M<!fa<fi � � lff1raT;an cf;T'!MicfH � 11?:IT i1 �� �-� cfi � �qi] chlJX4{>1cffi �ffl����� ftcnm ctt' chlJJ4{>1cffi cfi ffl � � cn'r ��l(ii�6.I � � �1efif11ch _·.;rm cfi �� ���,�mr.,mm,���� (� .;Tl"{) -� 2001 {o � -� � � Ji.-ffl@I Pii.=tfclRsia � � mtfi:

i!ll-lITTJ ���

�cfist 1. m2. �

��-cfil Al� cffi

4. �5. tfRtt@6.�7. tcrrtt-�-� cfilAl{ilcffi 8.�

111.:n%�1 (� �)

5.36 15.50 · . 1.02 4.50

1.03 5.00

] 0.67 �.00

0.47 3.00 1.38 5.00 1.68 5.00 0.52 1.10

l0.75

1.15 1.47 5.00

m--s ��.;rm, m � � m,r, o� � +161.-f�I{ � cfi .=JlTU cR �WIT 11?:IT �,

� mm � � '3TR cJm- � � � cf>l4f�q:, fl{i:HI cfi �� � � � � �� � f4��.-fl � � i I�� cfi.� q � �cfi t["af�-q-·"31l � �* � � �q{OI WIT�"Wfilrr, "31l ���cf;�� �

l

cfi ffl � m� � "31l +ju6.t414 1@1(ii41 � �-a�1(tjq wr�* cli m�-� �cfir �,:�- �Rlftcki ct. 'ffift �m [4qu1ii 'W'"�� cfi'ITT���-* '2ffi�li11ch � cfi � �- cqf q;flf .coDT ,· "ffqT � � mifri1t �m i � Ff lfrncfi tr%, fc«Rur '3W � q 01 .-f 0� � � � � cn'r "ffcrr* q;r �� �, � lffq1" q;r � lffq1" � {lJi+l{f � Ji(ii<tfi cm- i<T �cf; �f4q:,ffia ��1 ��o�.Ff cfiq;flf '3TR qffi � cfi fc«Rur � � � cfi � �f4qa1.:i cli � � �m lfrn' cli � cf;T � tt 6 ch I {1 tt � RI ll i cRm I

D

26

trend and regional potentials of each of the selected regional centres have been assessed. The regional centres - Bulandshahr and Khurja would be developed as a complex while Rewari would be planned in relation to Dharuhera and Bhiwadi industrial townships in the form · of another complex; The Regional Centres. (priority towns) thus identified and their assigned population for 2001 AD �re as under:

Sub- Regional Population (in lakhs)

region Centre 1981 2001

Uttar Pradesh 1. Meerut 5.36 15.50 2. Hapur · 1.02 4.50 3. Bulandshahr- 1.03 5.00

] Khurja Complex 0.67 3.00

Haryana 4. Palwal 0.47 3.00 5. Panipat 1.38 5.00 6. Rohtak 1.68 5.00 7. Rewari: 0.52 1.10

lOharuhera- 0.75

Rajasthan Bhiwadi Complex 1.15 8. Alwar 1.47 5.00

Rg 5. shows the priority towns which are the regional centres and the OMA towns.

The functional composition of the remaining _ hierarchical centres is being dealt with very briefly in this Plan since their identification and role wo'uld

· be spelt otit in the Sub-regional plans.The Sub-regional centres would serve as focal

points with development and, resume functions asthat of Sub-divisional headquarters with·corresponding facilities. In addition, they also willserve as first stage · industrial ·centres withagricultural and marketing facilities. While theservice centres would cater to the rural hinter-landas agro-service centres . in the collection anddistribution of agricultural goods and services withmarketing, warehouses and cold storages, thebasic villages would be developed to cater to theday-today needs of a cluster of villages· withcooperatives for distribution of fertiliser,agricultural implements and also for collection ofagricultural goods for marketing iri higher ordercentres.

D

Figure-5: Delhi Metropolitan and Priority Towns

Meerut

Hapur

�-� . I \ Bulandshahr-1 JKhurja Complex

� ".,;,;

0.M.A. TOWNS

PRIORITY TOWNS

27

5.1 ��

���ITTq;riJTl=fiur ITT��s'3TT% � ��T � iJTl=fiur rn � � t I w ITT � �,�11f(>ich �q;r 95% �iJTl=fiur ITT%,� WITT cffi" �'q"lf 53% ��%I ITT q;r :!� �qf114�%�m�-m�<ffiITT��T��� �I�() �a rn � ff�%� cnT+f cffi" ITTfm ct� �"ffi"CT �' f<f�N �ff� ii�l··PI( cffi" '3ffi � qTT>fi iJTl=fiur rnctt- � ctm" , . -:rn: -� ���%11981 cffi"JFti101-11 ff<ffilIBT� %fcfi�cffi"-3ffi �l!,ltjlfl-i q,f�'*l"lf 640/om-ffil" �rnfft��ff���TITT�uaj ��I

�= <ffi � t FcF iJTl=fiur rn ct fcrcFrn ff � � ct ��7:IT cffi" �Tell � "ITT � I � fcrcFrn ff iJTl=fiur � � � cffi" � �� � f<ff<fmrr ff � rn �� � +:I"� � · ch�IMfl �l!,lqlf1'1 cffi" cl1lTT "ITT� I

i)miftul'��

iJTl=fiur � � ��?:f ( 66 7 7 cit ffi1 4 i ) cffi" f<f �llS@T<ffi % � � +:{"� � � 1Ticff cffi" �� % � 500 ff 1999 cx:rfcffi � t � m�

� � '3TTmftci � � '3TIT� '3TTmr %1 � ff �'q"lf 1/5 llicff cffi"�� 2000 ff�� t � ff 1;5 mm ctt- � 5000 (jTT{ � � % I 500 � fc@ � "'i cffi" � qTT>fi Blit cit ffi1 qi

� (jTT{ � ct � � i � Tfrq cffi" � �q;r 1/5�%1��-ITTf<f�N�ff Blit cilffd�1· ff� s'3TT t, � "3"m ��T � � �-� � +:{"� � ctl cit rn141' ctt- � %(a1fc.lchl 5.l)<ffit<re 3ck>l@;f\ll tfcfi��-rn ctt- � � �Rt11011 �-ITT ct llicff �ff�� qIB" � l!,I q I RM")' cffi" � ITT'ff cfi+:f" % I �: iJTl=fiur �. q;r fcrcFrn �"ffitt ITT ct fcrcFrn q;r � 'ITT1lT I

28

5 RURAL DEVELOPMENT

5.1 Background

The NCR has a vast rural expanse and majority of th�ulahon live m rural areas. As much as 95% of the geographical area of the Region� constituted by the rural area accommodating about 53% of the Region's population. The Region has agriculture as its main occupation. The Region at the same time is one of the highly urbanised zones in the Country which has become a job­magnet for the rural population. The 1981 Census shows about 64% of the migration to Delhi originated from the rural areas and, most of them were from the adjoining States.

It is thus evident that development of rural areas will also partly help in achieving the Plan objectives. Development activities that would raise the incomes and diversify the economy of the rural areas would to some extent check the outmigration to urban centres in the Region and perhaps finally to Delhi Metropolis.

i) Rural settlement s stem

The rural settlement scene (6677 settlements) is characterised b the redominance of medium size '-;'.illages with 500 to 1999 persons �ith a stable economic base mostly of primary sector. NearTy, one-fifth of the villages have more than 2000 population of which the 5000 and above popula­tion sized villages account for one-sixth. Small villages with upto 500 population are in the form of clusters and hamlets scattered all over and, account for around one-fifth of the total number of villages. The Rajasthan Sub-region is typically characterised by smaller settlements while the Uttar Pradesh and Delhi Sub-regions do have dominance of medium sized settlements (Table 5.1). It may also be noted here that the out­migration from the villages of the Haryana Sub­region is minimum as compared to other Sub­regions. Thus, development of rural areas will be in

ii) m-ron

5lcliFtri � � � � � � fc:tchffictfam1q;t1lflftftR·mlJTlft,Irm�cnr� ·· (31.05%)��29.650/o��tt�tl "3TI{ �w � � '311"-� cfi)" ffllff"(ctl � �- � � � WAT � � i I lJTlft,Ir � � � � � -�-311 � ffllff"(ctl f;{l:;:r �&ftt1

.

Iii) � � ttai� ffl �

�wr���w��34Jil31�� ��ti ��cnl"� 34Jti3' ��� ���mlfff I� ����,rrr 80% q-{ ffift milt�� 60% �-ti"� atft' ! I � � '311"-� � � �- � t �33% 1lflf �tf �m'fft! I ��Wt�� ��Wl"��cfit"ffl�-tl"�clilt"aR ctft���tcfTT"{UT"Ff ���!I�� aj-a'-���ml"��"ff�!I��� lJTlft,Ir � $)" '3w:f $)" � � �� -qn;r., $)" '1�6:tl!_uf � ! I � '161•·PI{ "ff ttift4ctl � lJTlft,Ir � � -gftm $)" P-rr1RT 'cffi" � � � t1

� � � 66 77 lJTlft,Ir cit fkt lll0

� "ff �'ql'f 80% � �.,�����m-ct�t1� � � � � 5[{41011 '311"-� t TfTcTT �-� W'f� f � 88% TfTcTT q,t � �m mtct" t I fcffir.:ft Ji1t1&-11 cnl'��m�mil-t��-� · m����� 5ft41011 m-����!1��w����cfi)"�t10%cfil $H41� �wcrmmi:a-.-rtft1 (ct,�chl5.2 � 5.3) . . .

�) �wr�

lJTlftur � � � wcrm-31l � �� � "q;lf ! I��-$� 36% lftm� tf fcf;m., ����wrmt1����53% lJTlftur � q,t tf ·lJTq � � �m-ct mtct" f .1 ffl 1ft' 5[{41011 ���� �i��'cffi"

a way complementary to development of urban areas in the Region.

ii) Literacy

Though the Re ion consists of the best·developed arts of the constituent tates, the ruraliterate roportion is only marginally higher(31.05%) than_ that of the natkmal avera'ge of29.65%. The Uttar Pradesh and Rajasthan Sub­regions are lower in the literacy rate co·mpared tothe all India average. Among the rural population;the· literacy level of the women tends to be lowerthan that of the males.

iii) Agriculture and allied activities

The NCR forms one of the most productive areas of the Country. The Region is endowed with extensive ferti e and-an goo irri affon facilities. Of the total area, about80% is under cultivation out of which 60% is irrigated. In case of Rajasthan Sub-region, however, on y 3% of the cultivable area is irrigated. Agriculture suffers from the constraints of low operational holdings and poor operational capacity of farmers in Uttar Pradesh. Majority of land-holdings are less than one hectare per unit of holding. Animal husbandry plays an important role in supplementing the income of the rural population in the Region. The nearness of the metropolitan city of Delhi has given a great fillip to the establishment of dairies in the rural areas. iv) . Availability of services

a) Educational facilitiesf the total 66 77 inhabited rural settlements in

the Re ion about 80% are provided with some kind of educational facilities. Villages of Delhi UT and the Haryana Sub-region are better served, as 88% of them are having this facility. In -terms of population coverage too, Delhi UT and the Haryana Sub-region are better served. The Uttar Pradesh and Rajasthan Sob-regions have 10% of their population unserved by even basic educational facilities (Tables 5.2 & 5.3).

b) Health facilitiesAvailability of health facilities in the rural areas

is oor as on y 36% o t e vi ages o t e _ e ion are served by some kin o ea t acilit�. Only 53% of the. regional rural population. is provided with

29

� f¾fchffit ���m,:t�t I �ft;q1011 � � cfi llTcIT it "fl" sn+l"�T: 59% � 58% llTcIT � � � cfi sn+r�T: 78% � 75% cfTT" <TT?" ��nrr� t1 (a1f'Mcht 5.2 � 5.3)

1T) ��•

W � cfi"ff�llic:r��m�� ���0TT ctf � fcITTft" � fcITTft" � "ft" � t I � lTTcf it <TT?".���� t-�'3IBTelTllic:rit���"fl".�cfilrti

�) �

wfrtrr �tmsrfcfcf>ffictr���it "fl"� t, �ctf ��I �ocnl:f"ffl"�ch'l" �� cfif �� t � "311-� cfi 97% llTcIT it��t�99.8%���cfinfl" t1�q-�� �ft4101131l-�t �920/olTTcf '31T{ 96% � � 3tnra � t1 � ITT it�ifif 35% llicn: it � Rs t I W lTTlrn° it � �� ITTcfillic:r�t'31T{�� �ft<.11011 �-ITTcfif�t1��"3"m-��T�-ITT � i:frg t � � sn+l"�T: � 16% � 26% lltcrr cfTT" '31T{ 29% � 36% � cfTT" <TT?" �mmq� t,

s) � � -m-r-

W�cfi�27%llic:rCT� 51%wfiur�cfTT" � '3lercIT � '31T{ -m-r �m � t I ffl fen{ ���ITT� �ft<.11011 �-� tTftcrrch'l" � � t � � sn+l"�T: 54% � 32% llTcIT cfTT" CT� 7 3 % '31T{ 56% � cfTT" <TT?" �m�ti

�) �-me

wfiur � q I {�ft ch � -� cfTT" !ft ffi I fua�t�·;:i1:r�r"Rn::�t�it��t 1 �

. W�cfi��it�cfrn"�Z31t{mcr ch'1" "ff&fl 64 I cl m ft ch � "fl" � t I � 4% lTTcf � �ifif 9% � m � �/mer ocfi mq�llTTftt1

u)· �ch'l"�

ffi CT� "3"mllT -3ffi �: "ffl1lI � fcfcf>ffi cfi

30

health facilities. In this respect too, the Haryana and Delhi UT Sub-regions are better served as 59% and 58% of their villages and about 78% and 75% of their populations are covered (Tables 5.2 & 5.3).

c) Drinking water su· ly

All the villages of the Region draw theirdomestic water needs from one source or the other. But in man� villages the su 1 is not organised and protected. Moreover, the supply level is also poor in villages tapping ground water sources.

d) Accessibility

One of the pre-requisites for the speedydevelopment of the rural areas, is the availability of physical linkages. As regards availability of ucca roads, the Delhi ub-re ion has 97% of its villag_es and 99.8% of its o u ation covered followed by t e Haryana Sub-region with 92% and 96% of villages and population covered respectivel . In he Region, about 35% of the villages have bus stand. The Rajasthan and UP Sub-regions lag far behind with only 16% and 26% of their villages and only 29% and 36% of their populations having direct access to this facility.

e) Post and telegraph facility

Only 27% of the villages and 51 % of the ruralpo ulation of the Region have either pos or po t and telegraph facility. Again, De i UT an t e Haryana Sub-region are better served to an extent of 54% and 32% of their villages and, 73% and 56% of their populations respectively.

f) Markets/Hats

The rural markets encourage interaction and,act as centres for innovation diffusion. But in the Region, the number of markets and 'hats' held in the rural areas, is practically negligible and, only 4% of the villages and about 9% of the popu­lation have immediate access to such markets/ hats.

g) Power supply

Availability of power has emerged as one of the

� � � gtq iof �ffil� � "ff qcn cfi ffl � �tt-����i,���� 31t{ �f{<-11011 m-� cfi trm 7lTcTT cfiT � cfi cb�cf.JR � �, � � ��T "3"Cf-� cfi 83% TTTcTT 31t{ 90% � cfiT (1� � "311-� cfi 55% lfTcTT � 71% � cfiT � cfi cFfcf�R

�m;�,

�) ��

QI ckhe1 �T ff 'CffiT � i Fcfi 1981 � (� Titr ��cfiT91'?ch{)�m't����� 18.23��7.ITRrt!T���tj"{�� 7 34 �m, 1981�lJTlfiul"��� �<'hl�<TT $}" cfill1" 6.18 � m I � � cfilft co1" 1!{1" � cfi � � � � lJT1ftul- �-� cfi � fcr�fff chi{�� � � cm- ��<fcRIT i I

s.2 t1•fft11« aw�

i) � � cfi '3Tf��T lJT1fiul" � � ��' �Tffil, �, 3TT�JIR!ctl, ��� � � ID �frt<-11 cfl "ITTTT"� cfiT �'+Tfcr t I �� cfi fcTTn:ur cfi ��-ti- �m-ct cn+f t I 1lTcTT -ti- tT"&TT � � � cf1T <)- � ���i,��"ff��� ��T"3"Cf-����t I �R_;q1011 �"ff� � q@" �il,lqlffi<ll

0

cfif qlJl�l--1 �� �' � 1961 � 22.1%t�zj-��m, 1911 � 1981 *� ��T: 16% � 12.9% � lf4T, � � ��TcfiT 41Jl�H �chlf11�(9"m��� cF � 41.7%, 49.6% � 50.1 % �I� muf �m� c1i f.fB ���cm-� cfcfi � � %T � ffcnfil t1 � ��T ��ch',­�-q �R:<-11011 t trm lltcrr � � � � � ����cfimf��"ff¥�t� ���if���mmtfft1�:� ttl1�1�ch �m�, �7:f ��T +F-11{'31--1

• fa ..... �

......,.... I '-1

4--..--

' 1

tt I� ch, --1 PI R_ cfi � �;:;q- �m�T cfiT lJT1fiul" ����ch',-�� ��<fcfi(ff t I

ii) ��cilfu-tqj�����tmfcfi�m�-¢"ff��mm� �ttf� Q,� ��-t1-�wr��lffcfcfiTm��t, � � -ti- Wfm� cfiT � $"ITT � � 1TTcIT � ��ch',- ��<fcfi(ff mlTTI � .=ftftr ff f;t9R1�a ��7:f % mil":

- aj'� ftrnre '3TI"mr� � '3W �,

most important pre-requisites for agriculture, industrial and in turn, overall economic development. All the villages of the Delhi UT and the Haryana Sub-region have power connections, while about 83% of villages and 90% of population of the UP Sub-region, and 55% of villages and 71 % of population of the Rajashan Sub-region are provided with power connections.

h) Housing

Estimates indicate that there were 18.23 lakhliveable houses as of 1981 (excluding Delhi UT) both in urban and rural areas and, the occupancy rate in 1981 was 7.34 persons .. The shortage of dwelling units in the rural areas as of 1981 was 6.18 lakhs and, such huge backlog calls for a special programme of rural housing in the Region.

5.2 Problems and proposals

i) Most of the rural areas of the Region lack inmany of the basic services li e protected water supply, education, health, accessi ility, power Tnd comm�ions. Marketing facilities are inade­quate for agricultural products and distribution of agricultural inputs like fertilizer and implements. Both in terms of number of villages and population covered by basic services, the Rajasthan and UP Sub-regions lag far behind. The declining contribution of migrants to Delhi from Haryana State from 22.1% in 1961 to 16% and 12.9% during the successive two decades ending 1971 and 1981 may be due to availability of better level facilities while the increasing contribution of Uttar Pradesh at 41.7%, 49.6% and 50.1% during respective periods could be attributed to the lower level of facilities. As compared to Uttar Pradesh and Rajasthan, the villages in Haryana are all electrified and are connected with.pucca roads and, also have better educational facilities. Thus, there is an urgent need to provide power, roads and educational facilities in the remaining villages�

ii) As the rural settlements are spread over awide area, often quite distant from one another, while the lower order basic facilities could be provided in each village, higher order facilities wou nee to e provi e in service centres and basic villages. This strategy would serve the following objectives of:

- providing more specialised infrastructure

31

�����-�fuot�lTTcfTcfil" � � � � q;ir m- cfi cfiR1JT cffil �� � �'q'q � t I � 1licrr cfil" ffi cslffa<fi "fl"� crrcft-41ctl41ct �-#- "�'ct-���cR_";TT, �qo1;:, �� qldlq{Oj ��-� 3ITTf-qfff cfi � � � �, mn-;an cfi � � � (I '1 • II ( � � cfi � � "ITTfi, � 3ITTl'-1TT"ff ct- � ct- ��-�IM qj fft 47· cfi1" ��-�I

iii) �cnJ7.lf�� cfii'-t•ll(f qft-q����� <.hP II ( � Pi olf<-1 cfi � "fl" � � "fl" �IMqttt;:, cn't q{ cnl" �� cfi"{ tfqiff �I �ttfclQ,� q ffl cfil (1 cfi �!ff"UT ct- � � cfll 4rsfi'-t cfil"�,r����ctqj�q {lJiJii(-� � � cnl" '41° �� f I

v) ��cf)l-i\q+.uflcfi ��fufffl"� � '311cf� ��ct fll1ql�cfi �' ��;an��1qt.11flcfi '3��;antWif� � 'qJll"t� I �fufffl"cfil"m��ffl�-'3flt ·_ �, � � ffi � � cfi 6qjq�lflcfi �!ff"UT 1f{ � tft f, t1 �fil ct � 1f{ � � ���"fl"��cfil"m'f��I

vi) �fcrcnm���cf>'t"trn:�cfi1" � � ct- � � tt11ql�cfi �f-c0cfi �;ancf;l" 1,t1ffil�ct � ��mlTTI � � i tt11q,�cfi "filTcR � rn � � cfi1"

--���rni�m�¥R� -� � l 1 � "filTcR � tfGr� � � cfi

· "Wqf{-rnr{ � � cfil4r�,fl cfit" ��� fl�l<-ictl� �, � ti•ta,:fi cn't � � � � tt�1<-1ct1���"ID1TT����ctt-�1·ftqtfi� "ITTfi I-

· 32

and services such as bank, markets etc. to the isolated villages which individually may not have viable population size to support them; acting as a node. in the transport system linking the smaller villages with higher order settlements;

· providing an environment for marketing towhich nearby rural residents may commuteto sen their goods and services and, also tofind non-agricultural employment; ·andproviding an immediate alternative for thepotential otit-rpigrants from the surroundingareas.

iii) The upgradation of skills of workerseQga ed in non-a ricultural ursuits and employ­

ent op}lQiiunities ma decisive} influence the rate of outmigration from the rural areas. There­fore, there is a need to_ undertake a programme for

. training rural artisans and also creating commen­surate employment opportunities for them.

v) It is necessary to im art vocational educa­tion to the rural mass to train and equip them to partici ate in community develo ment, manage­ment of institutions and formal credit institutions. Adult education that concentrates on functional · literacy and on practical training on subjects like health,· nutrition and agriculture should he organised in appropriate places to ensure maximum coverage.

vi) To encourage participation of ruralpopulation in t e re iona evelopment, it would be necessary to encoura e rura based commu voluntary · organisations. Several types of community organisations in rural areas enable the people to mobilise resources for different community purposes. Such organisations help disseminate agricultural innovations and implement programmes. It should be necessary to identify such organisations and by aiding them to improve public participation.

vii) In the

viii} tafiSct, ti�1011'i � fllcfJi�cf, �. �1111n�,<t qi)-�� cfi � � TJtm cfirf;t°QT{Uf��tf{���m-lTT��lf11fu� :aTT� tr{ Q,cbl �a 41 Ji '1 I ct � ct,'t- ��I

D

sanitation facilities in the rural areas, suitable lowcost technology options need to be adopted.

viiil ,it' may be necessar� to identi� a gr�up/cluster of villages at the Block level for whichintegrated plans may be prepared on a pilot basis.The Plan should be, prepared keeping in viewparticipation of people, voluntary organisationsand public sector on a wider scale.

D

33

�{qq{€11

1981-2001

. �Jig1.-i11( �cfiqt�ITTcfi�"311rn� ���fcf�m,r ��cFl"�ffl"ff �chRia lJTlftu1"���31"�to��ITT �ri:R�������cfil �� � t I�� ctl; 31"� �� '3ffi '3A m� lITT!fcrr'� qr 31"fmfuf t, g1<1ifch �iEllfllch � qlfulf¼ch �� � +ii:kctioffcrcnrn 3;:m t 1 � ��1 � �, Ji1<{).-i11(, 11rfit41<S11c:, � '3ffi �; � � �, f� '3ffi W� � �ft;q1011 � Lfi{1C:l�UC:, 115llicll, 41-il9d, f11..f19a � C:l{c)�:SI � �iEllfllch $ITT cFl" � "311m cFl" "fl'l1TI 31"� � +i � fq iof pr rmt1 �WITT"cfi��"ff�, �(jffi � � �, � '3ffi tfi"{ � �, �' '-<11ffi:ch, 4<;:lf(>!4Ji � � �, � � �cfi J9ch(01 ���"3EIT1Tt����1 "311ITT � 31"f� � "ff fcrcnrn s;:m t, � �fl;q1011 �ITT��l:.!1ffi:lch ��, �'3ffi � � �, lf�iR°n '3ffi lf�fAT �' ���,������� cn',-�� ��"ff�chffid �ti� "311ITT � ��T "3EIT1T' "©lEl" �ef cfi Rllfur' � �Wfil�Rffl,����o�� cfi � cfi Rllfur "ff � t I

cx:rr:JIT � ct1fu1� � ITT cfi � ;:mm{ cfiT "Q;cfi '3ffi li�fcliuf � ti � ��T #" �o, lllM41ci!IC:, �' �'3ffi��m;�� � � m� '3ffi �R:41011 "311ITT #" 91..ftqa, 115lliq1, �' t11..f1qa '3ffi � � q1fu1fR1ch lITT!fcrr'� cfiT � fcrcnrn 3;:m t 1 "311�� � m+1fu:s;qit�m,-c:Tm,t1f<fui41·,�,lf�fRtt, �' � � � cfiT cx:rr:JIT 'ITToT t I

f1 ( chi {I � � t f1 ( chi {1 "ffcrr-3TT #" �{ l�Ji�l 1�1 ( �"&f. m "ff��#"� t � � ��T "311ITT #"

34

6 ECONOMIC PROFILE

1981-2001

6.1 Region's economic base

i) Background

The vast hinterland of the Region lying in the

area beyond DMA in the three Sub-regions, is characterised by a fairly well developed rural, as well as urban economy and, represents comparati­vely some of the best areas of the respective States. The Region's economy is based on agriculture and other primary activities although significant development in industrial and commercial sectors has also taken place. Industrial centres like Meerut, Modinagar, Ghaziabad, NOIDA and Khurja in Uttar Pradesh, Alwar, Bhiwadi and Khairthal in Rajasthan and, Faridabad, Gurgaon, Panipat, Sonepat, Dharuhera and Rewari in Haryana have· been playing an important role in the overall economy of the respective Sub-regions. Among the various types of industries, textile products, wood and wood products, leather and fur products,

rubber, plastic, pertroleum and coal products, electric and electronic equipments are some of the industries which have grown faster in the Uttar Pradesh Sub-region, whereas in the Haryana Sub­region, non-metallic mineral products, wood and wood products, machinery and machine tools, basic metals and alloys and, food product industries have grown faster than other industries. In the Rajasthan Sub-region, maximum number of industries are related to manufacture of food items, printing, publishing, iron and steel industries and manufacture of wood products.

Trade and commerce forms another important component of the economic base of the Region. Commercial activities are fairly developed in Meerut, Ghaziabad, Hapur, Khurja and Buland­shahar in Uttar Pradesh, Alwar and Khairthal in Rajasthan and, Panipat, Rewari, Gurgaon, Sonepat and Rohtak in Haryana Sub-regions. There are several wholesale mandis in the Sub-regions dealing in commodities like food-grains, pulses,

�'��ITT� Jllfviqlcifi�; �\{qt�ll-'.3"tfITT �

tfil1�1ci11�, 1J¥Jliq1, � � fl1..ftqa cf���ITT��, �R:;q1011 "31l"ITT$ q1..ftqa, ftqtm � � .=flRT � � ct�Hlct � "3tf­tf0G <-ft 4 m{ cl1 ��TIITT" $ �c@" � JH fi@-l I $� � � � cfii<fcficti41. $ chstl4cfi{Oi it m � � � 6l1 I q fl I� cfi fffufcrf'tf<ft tjt t I ftcrrgl- ii m=q iof CT1cf "Jfcf�R tjt t I

� ITT � rcr�mr "� �,, � � cF)­� t fut:t "� �" * m � m � t 1� * mrr� � Rcf�iT cfil" c1ssfl 4 cfi{a1 � ITT it���?:f�"f(llScfflit���R�W% � �m me;�cF)-��� � ;a,f��T1J11TTOT, �rntr � rn q I RP-n c11 mt:t � � cfil" �rt? t1�ffWITTit��·ncncfil"�?:TBIT � � � t FcF �ITT� fcFm tjt 41ctl41ct � &1141 R cfi cfi I ;,.f i:hm q � � � cfil" �cfiRFT"ITT s::3TT t I �= w ITT��� cA" at11llct1 0 �� � cF)- m � l-lt11tjJI{ cF)- cJ:fu ctl" t �

�cA"�t1�����u� Usr� ITT it � TfR� A� tjt cnr:n'T fc'lcfiffict � t � � 41{�R:cfi BT�$ fu"� � � � ctr cnITTT�T ctl" � t I

� l-lt1i1Ji{ ITT�� �lf'Efcn �: � J.j �I tj JI { ITT it � � � -,lT{"' �it� �Tcfi aiftqa1 $ cfif{UT, � � l-1€fHJi{ $ ��� '3ffi �� fl+l"Bll1t m * cfiT{UT � m $ crtTT' � � � "ff@TT � � cfii4cfictl 41· cFl" � � �1cfiMa�r%"�1��ctl"��,aj-�<54" ffl it�� t:R ::m� :4t, � ff fqRJ.1fo1 �� �1Ellt11cfi � � qftq@ct fil � t I � -=tlT{"T ctr �1Ellt1icfi >fllTTf $ qfto11J.1 cfil" �� � cf�?f it � "JIT "ffcfiill t FcF � ��T "31l"ITT � � J11fJ141�1� �m�ITTctr�qJfl�ct tcfcft"4Tcf160 ��TTf ff '3lf� ,tcl?ftzj � � � cfil"fu­� oqfcffi"7TT $ "ct71"� 64 >l'm�IB cFl" � (I Ji J 11 { ml<f �1 � m �ft41011 � ITT�� tjJfl�ct ll1� cfil" "ct71"� 45 >l'ra�T'ff � � cfil l-1 J 11 {r $ 66 >f@�TTf ff � cfilJ.iJii{ C11T � �' � q)()�l�lq��t1

ii) ��

� � 01-1J101-11 ctr� tt{il-11 �&hr�· mzjl:rcn ff � '3ffi � � ctl" TfTTfmf� �4 ft q J-1 '3ffi � � rcrrcr� fq1Sc m it ��mft�I 1971 "B" � � '3ffi � �(>lcfi{ �

vegetables, fruits, machinery, cloth, timber and wool.

The employment in Government and semi­Government services is mainly centralised in the District towns viz. Meerut, Bulandshahr and Ghaziabad in the Uttar Pradesh Sub-region, Faridabad, Gurgaon, Rohtak and Sonepat in the Haryana Sub-region and, Alwar in the Rajasthan Sub-region. Panipat, Rewari and Bawal towns in the Haryana Sub-region, due to their population size and concentration of other economic activities, besides being tehsil and sub-divisional head quar­ters, also have other local and professional activi­ties. Rewari is an important Railway junction too.

The Region acts as a vast hinterland and feeder zone for Delhi's population. The concentration of resources and investments in Delhi has been apparently instrumental in dominating the economic scene of the Region attracting majority of rural-ruban migrants, after by-passing intervening smaller towns. The total journey time from Delhi to the farthest point in the Region is so short that no big centre of transportation and trading activity has developed in the Region. Thus, the Region rather than aiding or accelerating its own growth has supported the growth and prosperity of the Delhi metropolis. In this process, a great deal of mutual dependency has also developed between Delhi and the National Capital Region which is now sought to be harnessed to the advantage of each other.

The Delhi Metropolitan Area or more precisely, the towns falling in OMA, due to the advantage of their close proximity to Delhi where diseconomies and other problems of metropolitan city exist, have been attracting large number of ecooomic activi­ties in the recent years. The economy of these towns, which was mainly agricultural has swiftly become manufacturing and industrial. The magni­tude of the industrial progress in these towns can be judged from the fact that in the Uttar Pradesh Sub-region, Ghaziabad alone accounted for more than 60% of the total number of registered factor­ies and about 64% of the factory employment. Similarly, in the Haryana Sub-region, about 45% of the total registered factories employing more than 66% of the total workers are located in Faridabad.

ii) Economic structure

The economic structure of the last two censusclearly shows the diversification from the activities of primary to secondary and tertiary sectors in the

35

� cnr �'ql"f 43 �� �, m 1981 � � 3 7 ��"ITT�I �m-;:ff'31:f����� �'P1"�cF{m������t1� � -tl" �� � ti{il-11 � � � � ���������fil(>tifrh� tflTlrt1{il-1I ����cf@f qftqJ-1 fflg:m �I Rllfurcfil<f, � � cilfolJ-ll, �"3"fillTTff � f°tjM+lfo1, .!mwm1, �os1{01 � �, � �' � � � �� cf>l(fi:h(>llqj· � � � �rm� 1971 � 93.4 w�TTr� jcf>lci!(q 1981 � 92.6 ��TT!" cnT � m � g:m � I

1981 ff�� ill°'1" ��Tcf>T � � -tl" �

� � fc1MJ.tfo1 � "fffiT� Tffufclf� � � +i t1� '£_Of chi qf ,J.i cf> � Z3ITTT � I 1951 � � 17 ��TT!"� �ITT@"��� cntr � � m 1981 � � 29 >ITTr�TTr ID� I � j� � ff f{cTT � -tl"�qr3:mm 1951 �43.7>ffu�TTrff� 1981� 31.4 W�TTr ID lf7TT I � � q I fol fJ-4 cf> � �cnWqftqJ-1 ;rtt 3:mm��m�'ql"f20-22��TT!" W � I (m--6)

1971 1981

Region. Agriculture labourers and cultivators together formed about 43% of the workforce in 1971 which declined to about 37% in 1981. The primary sector, leaving aside Delhi Union Territory, in the three Sub-regions, however, still dominates the scene. The diversffication and intensification of secondary and tertiary sectors has also occurred in the urban economic structure of the Region though it has not made any percep­tible change in the overall structure. The workforce in activities relating to construction, trade and commerce, manufacturing other than household industries, transport, storage and communication, forestry, fishing and other activities showed a little variance from 93.4% in 1971 to 92.6% in 1981.

In the last three decades preceding 1981, Delhi has experienced a significant functional shift in its economic structure in favour of manufacturing and processing activities. In 1951, only 17% of the workforce was employed in this sector which increased to more than 29% in 1981. This happened mainly at the expense of service sector which declined from 43.7% in 1951 to 31.4% in 1981. There has been no change in the trade and commerce sector, which has uniformly remained around 20-22% (Fig. 6).

Figure-6: Functional Shift: Delhi 1951-81

16·7% 17·5%

22·25%

23·9% 29-18% Legend

Occupational Category

D Manufacturing and Processing

D Trade and Commerce

22·4% 17·0% D Other Services

19·3% 22·8% D Others

12·3% 16·5%

1961 1951

36

i) �

��m-;ft- �cFl"� '31"�# �crm f � �� fcrrq� 3TT � I W a� cfi1" lfct_�;.pi{ ��Ni 2001 acfi �re-TT�# 70 >lfti"�·ff m �� � � rn ITTlft ¾-�c:;;qqfli4T#�.ff ��q=;p:r �m��Tcfil" � � cFl" ��<fcfiill "ITTTft I W ��<f � fu-q: � � �rntt- � * � qcflil'i � � cFm # 3ffifftctn ��cFf � �� �� trtwmftff "3m17TcFr��# m���fvn:rn"if �leRlch{UI cfil"tfITTU���lJllftur ��cnl"�qi(�I n� * � � � � cfiTTllT w ITT ch'1"

tffi� � 1981 #. 28.69 m=cr�n=r ch'1" � # 2001 cfqi �'qll 31 ff 33 m=cr�n=r m � ch'1" tt�

%1 �mum�� 1981 # 30.38 m=cr�n=r *�chi a:t � 33 ff 35 m=cr�n=r m � ch'1" 3TTW % I

ii) �°fi"Ef��

1951-81 # fclf.-p�fo1 (���) � mTT'tR( l.l I fi RP I ) ch'1" �� ch'1" � ch 1 ;qf ,11 ch q R q d'i ff qm- � % fcfi � # 2001 acfi �1t11f11ch ITT# � '31f� � �lfc@- � ITT � "H'lffcRT % I �l Eli f) I ch # (1-fP 11 { � ch'1" � cfi1" f� 4 f-;1 a qi( �� � �� 3TTm-{ mf� * fu-q: � # Rlf�11fu1 cnrff'# � � $1" BWTT 29 qfu�n, *� � mfi:ra" "{� � $1" ��<fcfiill % chi llT,11 ch fcrnT�"1"T � � � "{� � � cxTT1TTT � q I Fu I f.;q ch � � "1""rt"f wrrw # sfill�T: 22% � 31.5% � � � � cfil � %1 � # fffi� � 1981 # 32.20 ��rc; cfi �chla:t� � 2001 ff 35 qfu�nr m �rtl- "fl"�% (a1f(>lchl 6.1)

iii) � +Hil'1�1< �

�11�i-1�I{ ITT*�*�� (IJPII{ cl)� r.FI" � Rt &!.I q I uA � � % � JI '1 f1 � I # "R17JcJfu � lffiffcrr� # �� ci1 ¢l-a (l w ITT # ���ITT�� t I ID(>f ITT��# llTT!fcTT'� ij) cfistlch{OI � � � * �� # � �T # qftm"�. � � * 3TTm-{ q"{ 2001 _acfi $1""ff� (lJPII{ ��ch'l"�t (alf(>lcfil 6.2) I ��������q"{fil�� 1PTT t I� ch'1" � cfil 3,Tm-{ f�Af(>lf€1a %:-

6.2 Future occupational structure

i) Region

The basic character of the regional economy ofthe National Capital Region would become more diversified in future. The fact that more than 70% of the population would be living in urban areas by 2001, would entail the creation of more jobs ir.1 non-agricultural occupations than at present. For this purpose, there should not only be creation of additional economic activities in the existing and new centres outside urban Delhi, but a!so development of agro-based industries in the rural areas in order to support urbanisation and to stabilise the rural economy.

In the wake of intensified employment opportunities, the participation rate in the Region is likely to be around 31 %-33% by 2001 as against 28.69% in 1981. The urban participation rate is expected to increase to 33%-35% as against 30.38% in 1981.

ii) Delhi UT

The trend in the functional shift in favour ofmanufacturing and processing acivities over 1951-81 shows that Delhi is likely to have much higher workforce in the industrial sector by 2001. With a view to achieve a more balanced economic base by moderating the tendency of growth of employment in industrial activities, employment in manufacturing activities in Delhi is likely to remain around the present share of 29%. In order to revert to a balance in its functional characteristic, the workforce in trade and commerce and other services is estimated to remain at 22% and 31.50% respectively. The participation rate in Delhi is likely to increase to 35% by 2001 as against 32.20% in 1981 (Table 6.1).

iii) Delhi Metropolitan Area

Forecast of employment is difficult in case of DMA towns since spurt in activities and rapid population growth have been only a recent phenomenon in this area. However, taking clue from the trends exhibited by these towns in terms of nature and concentration of activities in the recent years, the likely employment structure by 2001 has been worked out (Table 6.2). Emphasis has been to derive location specific economic stru­cture. The assumptions made in the forecast are:

37

en)

"@)

� 1rn1.-P1< � i ".-flT<".� i tf1fri:r ��*��chi q'cficftl q''j r.n1' �t)l:rRl1"{'�1chf&ct cfitir��tt�Q 1981 q,'l- � � 2001 � �� � � � �I �� � fu�),sr � n '611El I A I ch fucm=r � � �m:;�';flf{'3El11TT�(lJPII{*� � � "WT I � Ji .-H4 @.11 � crfu r.n1' til'll..-ll «f'{''ct'cnmflrct°�i��'l �1 .. p I< � * ';flf{T � '3El11lT � Pi 4 GI ct crfu q,'l- fcft �ffl cft � I

. fucm=r cffl" � �� r.n1' 1TT'{ cg � ��*-=q"{Uf��m��trm � � R+rfut- ffl, �' qlfolJ-4 � lllallllct q,'l- � � {jJiJII{ * �. ·. ��m--wr1

iv) aT11ffl �

� 'l m .. p, < $'fl"1lt- ��cffl" '311t�

cffl" �rn-a- � r.n1' � � * �� � � m � fcn � � �� r.n1' �cfifttct � �·� � ;,rrct cffl" � * � � � "ITT I W �� � � &PTTIT � � 'ff fil "JITTI fucm=r �cnl" ����I� ;:m�lT cffl" � � fcn � �1ffirn-11· i ITTCT, � �� (1JiJII{ � �� ��cgtfcfllft I W"ct"�cnl" ��� �fcn {jJiJII{ � �cnl"�� �P!+-1fo1 �� c1iT � rn � (jJiJII{ cffl" tt-�� cffl" ��en{��� >i"'+llq mm�, � �1ei\JA�ct, t11111..;q 31ie:i'PA�ct � cfilf '61i Ell J A �ct·� ;:m� �>I"·�� m:; � I � � W!IB * �c@" � oq q t1I ll cff1" 53Pf �ITT@" cf,Tt@l(>fT]Rt�;,rrctcfif��, � ��qf �tl"� 6qq(-illl fi{il'il cfiT �� l1<TI" �I� ';fl[{*�·� c4qtil<.17

. �

��Tfc@"iA��·��i��� �q c41qtilf4cfi fi{il'il � 41{f4ftch ��*�

� � � �'Ell c1iT ;:mm{ lfRT l1<TI" � ( ct If� chi 6.3) I · ..

6.3 � � at� ij �

w o!ffcffi' � � � i !-llcfchcft'1l0

-q"{' ·;:m�w�i�rncffl"�t1<il'11 Efi.�� 'fl" <rn t@l � � fcn qd'll� � -q"{'1984-85 * � � q,'l- >Ira '&ffcfn � 4191 � 0

38

a) Owing to the location of the OMA townsadjacent to Delhi, the OMA towns· wouldattract economic activities at a greater scaleand hence, the participation rate would bemuch higher in 2001 _than in 1981.

b) These towns initially having specially beenplanned for industrial development, wouldcontinue to generate employment opportu­nities in industries. However, with a view torestricting the population· increas� to amoderate scale, controlled growth of indus­tries would be permitted in the OMA towns .

c) All these towns having crossed the initialstage and entered the take-off stage ofphysical development, wouid have the

· potential for employment opportunities · inconstruction, trade and commerce andtransport activities.

iv) Priority towns

In the context of the policy of deflecting urban population from Delhi to the priority towns beyond the OMA, it is proposed to develop such activities that are appropriate . to the location of priority towns, having due regard to their potential and the· growth process · that has already set in. It is expected that with positive incentives, such activities shall continue to thrive to provide greater employment opportunities. In view of the fact that the manufacturing activities have greater multiplier effect on the expansion of employment opportunities than employment in other sectors, base-oriented projections such as 'highly industrialised', 'm.oderately industrialised' and 'less industrialised' have been made. In addition to the past trend, the assigned population �izes of the towns, their participation rates and likely occupation structure have been taken into account to arrive. at the workforce in each occupation. For each town, all India average proportions of workers in towns of similar size and character have been taken into consideration for the purposes of assignment of workforce in different occupations (Table 6.3).

6.3 Delhi in Region's economy

An examination of the economic structure of the various segments of the Region based on the estimates of the per capita State Domestic Products, reveals that during 1984-85, Delhi with a

����cy;fr �ct����Tcttrm �����it� 3lf� m (mllTUIT3296 "60, � 1838 "6° '3Ttt � ��T 1764 ijo) I

���ct m� � cfIB §fctcfiR-ta lllllf� �mctcfR1JT��'Bf@ct��"��q1e:" 1i ffl it cfiT7f rFCTIT t I � 1lcnTPTTHfffi ���ct <11rl141a-ctrn-q:�-crrRm:-cRCTT i, � ct� � * m� � � t -3Ttt � t% � -err -crrffl f;r'lf{ t I fcf<Rur ��ct m� -m� � t% � �'mTf · � m i aj- 3lffi-l:fltf i � -3Ttt �IB"tt� ff �it m� cRCTT %-3Ttt � � TT1TcF +fTT>r "'�t�� fclaf{a cRCTT% I� �it 30ilf�a �� cfif qf{JilOI 0ffi fcwr� "ITT7f: � * �T ch'l" '- q���T GRf f.,mft, mtl- t I

fi:GT m-�� Ii tfq iof � ::31TmTI -;i- � it ch'l" � � ��TI{ t � t; �H chi {l '3W

f1 I c:{Ji R ch � ct ch I 4fol 4 , � cx.JllIT{ � � a-�� m, � rnit fcrq,m, � �� fcr�),ra-,-i:t0ffi � �'tfff � RAfc.if@f �:

i) � q,'\ St�fm�i

� � f1 (chi (l cfil 4T<14 ,· -3Ttt f1 I c{Ji R cfi � ��T � {jJPII{ *��ff�� i, �ft@:rT it ITT�ft ��Al er���� t1i�fct·cfi fl JI c3,:fj '8" �-;i- m � �ITT ctfcrq,rnitp�41J1�H fcfimt, 1921 BmfcrAr��ctf1(ch1{1 '"'..=t-,- '"'.,.....J;. " � ·v .;+ "\ 'J"ll� 'J"l'ei fi(chl{l chl<.ffW-u +1 -,-t{l.....,.Jt"TTJII.-...( (1JIIMI( � "{ID% I filc{JiRch � ct �r i {jJt JII( "chl" 4 �� � it "zja � � % , � tf("chTI: i chi 4T<1 <1, ·?irt-fi(chl(l �, � -i:r�m,.=r '3W �

I en) � � i cfiF4T<141· it cFT+r � �

�ch'l"� 1921 it� 8000 m"JIT 1985 it �2.30�fillfWI 1941-85ct��� it·2 � ff 3lf� � {1Jt JIil � (ct1f\'icfi1 6.4 f-q;r-7) I� cfil 4fol 4")' "chl"�ff qffi{��i >l<UIDBlft- W-mr it � 4R q J-1 ;,1fi � I

�) fi(chlll �r it 1961 it � 6000 �c@l:r� �aj-1981 it 1.41 "ffi"@filTfTJ: I� � ��m it "ITT "(1"1T'+f1T 1.35 "ffi"@ � cfi1 cil dil m {l � I 1971-81 i ��Ten it "(1"1T'+f1T 1 "ffi"@ � -;i­� � # {1Jtllll m��� ���� 1971-81 ct��rcnct� f11q'JiAcfi ITT"cfiTct�r

per capita income of Rs. 4191 at current prices tops among all the States and Union Territories of the Country let alone the NCR States (Haryana - Rs. 3296, Rajasthan - Rs. 1838 and Uttar Pradesh -Rs. 1764).

Delhi, with its well developed linkages with the rest of India, serves as the main intrepot of Northern India. The Region, thus, depends on Delhi for the movement of goods. There exist strong linkages and interdependency of Delhi with the Region. Delhi, besides being a distributive centre, is also a big consumption centre which is drawing in commodities from the surrounding rural and urban areas and, distributing commodities and industrial goods among them. The quantum and the range of goods produced in the Region are largely deter­mined by the requirements of the markets in Delhi.

The three main important economic generators which have shown strong tendency of growth in Delhi are: Government and public sector offices, wholesale trade and commerce and, industry. The growth in these sectors, their salient characteristics and issues involved are as follows:

A. Government and Public Sector offices

i) Growth trends

In Delhi, the employment in the Governmentoffices and Public Sector Undertakings has been increasing fast. The setting up of a large number of foreign embassies, foreign missions, research and cultural. organisations has also had its distinct impact on the growth of the city. The employment in the various types of the Government and Quasi­Government offices has been constantly increasing ever since 1921. The employment in Public Sector undertakings can be divided under four major categories, viz employment in Central Govern­ment offices, Quasi-Government undertakings, Delhi Administration and Local Bodies.

a) The employment in Central Governmentoffices which was only 8,000 in 1921 grew to 2.30 lakhs in 1985. During 1941 to 1985, more than two lakh new jobs have been added in this sector (Table 6.4 Fig.7). The planned attempts to shift certain offices outside Delhi, have not made any dent in the situation.

b) The employment in Government under­takings was only 6,000 in 1961 which leaped to 1.41 lakhs in 1981, adding nearly 1.35 lakh persons in just two decades. In the decade

39

Figure-7: Employment in Public Sector 1921-85

EMPLOYMENT

IN '000

200

160

120

80

40

0

230

CENTRAL GOVT

183 QUASI GOVT

149 DELHI ADM 8,

LOCAL BODIES

1921 1931 1941 1951

YEARS

1961 1971 1981 1985

�(\Ji•II{ cfilfT�"f!"lft°�cq-rr 5�ch't"�cFt° � �I 1981-85 cFt° � i � � � ll 42000 {lJPll{icFt° cil¢7ritl �' ��t@T� � fcfi � � � cFt° � lft° � � I

�m,�\f'r��"fl"� ��cf>l�41q)flffilll"�.-��� � �a1ct-11�a �cITTfr �� at1ct1_� � cf>l4tw-1 ��w:rrm��i��ocf>�� "fl"���i��ll��i�m ����'*fill

1T) ��m���cf>l4, Jf {l"PII{ m<r: 11�1�•R i � � � � ��mvr � ��cf>l41. cfit��Mut�IR41 cli�� � 11 �H • I { ch't" "flcrr� ch't" "ITT§![ 1f � !,I f<l � .-f �m-rn-�11921l)-��3000-affc@cfil+f ��' m� 19831{ l.82�"ITT�I �� 1985 lt 'clc cfi"{ 1.49 � cxlfc@ ��I -o:m �mm- � fcf; � cfrn" cnff � � fcrcfiR:r � 1{ �cm: "ITT"ml

40

1971-81, about one lakh people were provided jobs in these Undertakings, which means ·a total addition of roughly 5 lakh population during the decade 1971-81 through employment in Public Sector undertakings alone. During the period 1981-85, there has been an addition of 42,000 jobs tn this sector, meaning that the trend continues to remain as before.

These offices, inspite of disincentives such as insufficient space, costlier land and inconvenience and costlier supervision of their regional units from Delhi, prefer to cling on to Delhi and, as of today, there is no valid reason in sight for them to decide to move out.

c) The employment in Delhi Administrationand local bodies largely grew with the size and enhanced responsibilities of the Administration and the local bodies with increasing overheads of servicing of metropolitan city. In 1921, it had a meagre 3,000 employment which grew to 1.82 lakhs in 1983, but, the employment declined to

;r) l!lfci aqrqf{ � c.Ufol'*4

i) � 54'!�4i

cn7) � �retc:;:ie: � � q,1�;i-=t1 ��IDU��-qcF��#���t Fcn �# ffi"&JllU{_ � q1J111J-ll cfil" PiJ;;.tR>f�a �,.,..,,,.. � n � flfm t � rcn-� i � �rt��fJt�'j;i ���#>I"�™�ti

.

�� . i) "{Gif� $ � # � {IJi�R,i:f; Q.ci°��llf1Pii:h �TfcR:r cfif � t I

ii) �' �' llldllllc1, � '§fcr��,�...qlfl <Tit � ��?Jq; ���� /ti { ii -i I cffi" �� I

iii) ��ctl"����cfiCTctl"���lllc11lllc1ctl"��I

iv) � � ctl" � # ffi cb'1+rm (°cfi\ cfil"8>i?i:h{) cfif � 'ITT-il" 1

v) � � $ 11:hlcilcl � # cffg� cm-� � lITT" If{ � � qi{ q;r cfilf

�) 1951 # � � i:hlJ.fch1Jft mm#� 22.8 �� ffl � � qi f111 J-ll #��,�WU- ffl i�¢�trr�I � 1981 'ffcfi�-'i:hl1l � qf"ffict1-"ITT§!TT "3tft � (22.25%) � � rn,�����m+i'Rn� �cffg�t fc1PtJ.tfo1 $��cfrmr�m1��� cnl+f�cfTT>ITqfj"�"il"c1''ITT§!TT 1951 � 1981_$ �1.11�n�4.13C>f119ar�11911-81 i�� 2.4 C>f119�m�m°cfi\ 4.13 C>f119m� (c11�i:h1 6.5)1

� � ��T ffi-oqrqf{ qfj- �� l 9cff � 20cff �ldl�<fi � � � ��T ffi-oqrqf{ � � � � -qcF � $ qn:T-TITTT � �­R� ,cfi tilftcr wra- t I � � # ffi oqrqf{ ' ctt-� � Pi 4)f'Ji a � n-qcFm �qr� � � � �' � qf{UIIJ.ffq(t)q � � # � cf>lcllfi.cl cf;��� �-�

. � fitcf-i!Pti:h � cfif '61R,st,J,f UI, lllc11lllc1 �� �'[�-���qft f1J.ff-41Q,�'ITT

�ti �'fflIBIT����cfif q£q{1�,a �-�

rn i rcn m oqrqf{ ct1-�cfil"� ct� � « �= � rn # � � +fTlTT>fT # m� ��-� $ � � � �� # � Z3ffi �: � Fcn<JT �I � �-

1.49 lakhs_ by 1985.

B. Wholesale Trade and Commerce

i) Growth trends

a) In a study conducted by the National Insti­tute of Public Policy and Finance, it has been established that the growth of wholesale trade and commerce in Delhi has been facilitated due to following determining factors which have been favourable to Delhi and given it dominance over the Region:

i) Delhi as the Capital city is the centre -ofpolitical as well as administrative power.

ii) The availability of r·equisite infrastructuresuch as banking, warehousing, transport,communication facilities, marshalling yardetc.

iii) The low tax rates in Delhi as compared tothe neighbouring States and, the lowtransportation costs.

iv) Lower wholesale prices (exclusive of tax)as compared t� the neighbouring States.

v) Lower Central Sales Tax on re-export ofgoods in Delhi as compared to · theneighbouring States.

b) In 1951, Delhi had 22.8% of its workingforce in trade and commerce whkh was second to the services sector. Though, by 1981, it maintained more or. l�ss the same proportion of workforce (22.25%)� it occupied the third position next to services and manufacturing other than household goods. Inabsolute numbers, however, the work

· force increased from 1.1 7 lakhs to 4.13 lakhsduring 1951 to 1981. During 1971-81 alone, itnearly doubled from 2.4 to 4.13 lakhs (Taole 6.5).

Most of the wholesale trades in Delhi wereestablished in 19th and 20th centuries and arelocated in Old Delhi area, in close proximity to oneanother, and nearer to . the railway station. The

· wholesale activity in the central city has concen­trated in · an unplanned manner resulting in .congestion, encroachrhent on public land, trafficbottlenecks and parking problems, besides causingexcessive noise in the area.

The conventional-ap-proach to solve thes�problems has been the shifting and relocation ofwholesale trade activities from the central area,mainly to the peripheral areas of Delhi and, insome cases, even to some regional towns withinthe National Capital Region. The Delhi Master

I 41

�-1981 ����Tcn'l-�� fcl;� �­�' �: � lltt, mm lltt � cnl" � � :r,: ���I �ff� chi <.{<;h+ff cnl" f1Ch(>!cil'i,q\f> chl<.lrfT"C!ii ��� (�llm-m°"ITT lftt ), � -3TITTTcfi � ff m � t ( f1 I �fch<1-� ), 3TT{���t1��m�lTTR{�-2001� � Tf: w � cFf � fu<TT � � fcl; � �

cn'l-� Tfftrrnf� cl1) Rl clif�a cfi"{ � * �-'BT6 "q'@"�ff��cRR<TT�l�t ��m������ffW�llr�fu7:l"T � t Fcli ffi-�1 cm- fu:Rfr * � rn �

�Osl{OI �m�, "ii"� QIPlchl{ch Tfftrrnf� * m�-m�, � � � � � fcr!t� � ff � � � �!t� �t, fq chffi ct fco<TT � I � ff � tJJfi Tfftrrnf� * "ffGT� �' aj" QI H chi { ch g � � � � �� � cn'l- �!t<fcfrnl �' � �!tT���fcl;�� +iQl-iJI{ ITT*� ����I W "ii"v:f cnl" � � (� � fcn � Tfftrrnf� cm- fu:Rfr � � ITT� :r,: � cfiGff{lJiJll{cll����mir�� � � � �� �-�"ITT��­qfto11+1 � {c;4 �ITT� cnrtt � m-, � � ITTTfT fcl; � fu:Rfr +ltHJI{ ITT��� q@" .:tm � achWlch <lT �c@" � � fclchma � � I � � q;r l@T WfR * fuq �� l:f{cfi �� � 3ffi� ch"{" � Tfq t I

fu:Rfr � aj" �1:t � � t, � ff ��!tT fu:Rfr * � fq a ft a r.m � � 1 � � � *�' mm, irocfto * �' � � +mrm, �w:f-ftjfchffil � a$11Plch 34cfi(ui'l' ���� q;r fu:Rfr ff�� cn'l->ITif�TTITIT 80 � I � ,:� q I fa I f;q ch ffl-cITT111TT cfl fu:Rfr � qi sfl 4 cfi ( u I * chT(llT � '1n12,<1-1 cn'l-w:rftr�m-��1 w ITT* � .:tm � cfi+l -311 { � '3TT� * chT(llT � cfil<.fcfi<1141· cfif �mcf' � I

fu:Rfr � l@' m ��™ � �� �,El, fl I ch >flTfrr � t I fu:Rfr � '611 El I fl I cfi � � � fcrnre � mi, 1910-11 "ii"cFm��� m1frmt1 �1976cfl�ffm����t, 1911�'611E11fllch �chl�<-ll �chl'ITTsZTT 26,000 �' aj"�ff� ch"{" 1984-85 � 62,000 "ITT�'���9.90(¼i � qi( chi � ff � � I 1970't71 �

42

Plan-1981 had recommended shifting and relocation of some of the wholesale markets viz. vegetable market, grain market, steel market etc. Some of these programmes have been successfully implemented (vegetable market, iron and steel market); some have been partially successful (cycle market); and some have failed. The revised Master Plan Delhi :- 2001 has now again proposed the need for decentralisation of these \iJholesale activities from the congested parts of the city. In the revised Master Plan of Delhi, the main emphasis has been laid on the development of wholesale markets in the peripheral areas of Urban Delhi along with shifting of ware-housing and hazardous activities to the a.reas specifically assigned to them at the periphery within Delhi. Some of these activities which are hazardous in nature and require extensive space have also been recommended to be located in the OMA towns. Keeping in view the fact that the relocation of these activities in Delhi Union Territory would further generate more employment opportunities and · create congestion in the peripheral areas, thereby creating a contiguous expansion, it would be appropriate that alternative/additional wholesale markets are developed in the OMA and priority towns of the Region. Studies to carry out surveys and to identify such locations have now been initiated.

The major part of the commodities which are brought to Delhi are distributed outside Delhi. The percentages of exports outside Delhi, in some of the commodities like textiles and textile products, radio, TV. parts, fruits and spices, surgical and scientific instruments are as high as 80. Due to the concentration of trade and commerce activities in Delhi, a regional imbalance has been created. The other towns of the Region are lacking in economic activities with weak economic base.

C. Industry

i) Growth trends

Industrial progress in Delhi in the last twodecades has been phenomenal. The growth of industries in Delhi followed a typical trend, with slow progress upto 1970-71 and rapid one from 1976 onwards. There was a sharp increase in the number of u111its from 26,000 in 1970-71 to 62000 in 1984-85 i.e. an increase of 9.90% per annum. The industrial employment increased from

anel1fl1c:fj �41Jt-1 �� 2.15 � �, m 1984-85 � aracg s.58 � m �, (3{� • � � 11.3n{>�&t1Tt(a1R;tc:fj16.6)1

qJfl�a �,m fi•1fda ���cq-flf�,�� �1919t2984n��1985�4652m � t� '1flellfllc:fj �cfii�41

. � � 1979 � cfl1<fn:r

,. i-�c:fjl'1•mJct>'r��1984-85�� 1.85 ffllg fil � (a,�cfil 6.7; m--8)

2.15 lakhs in 1970-71 to 5.58 lakhs in 1984-85 registering a growth rate of 11.37% per annum (Table 6.6).

The number of registered industries, which constitute the organised sector has increased from 2984 in 1979 to 4652 in 1985 in Delhi. The number of daily workers in these factories increased from 1.41 lakhs in 1979 to 1.85 lakhs in 1984-85 (Table 6. 7 Fig. 8).

gure-8: Factory and Employment

Growth of Industries and Employment

INDUSTRIAL UNITS (In '000)

EMPLOYMENT

65�--�--��

- INDUSTRIES

EMPLOYMENT

(in Loldls)

6-S

6-0

5-5

5-0

4-5

4-0

3-5

3-0

2·5

�' fm:rcfiT 1951 '3TI'{ 1961 � � ��lltt�cfi ��,���t��1mfl1cfi���

�mi,�i�����-amTctr �� cfil" Aftcfil{ � � fcf> � �

cfi14'".cficll41q'(������ � � � q'(, � � t � � �,�cfi< �lf(, "Ucf>"{if"llT��l �cfif��� �1alflicfi llJt •Ill � � � n � 1toT � t fcf> ��WT fcrfmf �����I

FACTORIES WORKERS

(l)ally o-in'OOO)

!!.2l!O

5000

4750

4500

4250

4000

:rn!O

3500

/, '7 :;" /

// "' 340__!

153,/ 53

I

1 66

l!lO

�I 86 tll:I

?a/ �

t-r.1

t70

165

160

3250

3000

,, 31�

150

7 2500

22:50

2000

191'9 1980 1981 1985

- FACTORIES

- WORKERS

1984

140

130

125 ,_

Delhi which in 1951 and 1961 had adminis­trative character is now very fast becoming a city of industrial character. The first Master Plan of Delhi recognised the need to put a curb on the industrial activities of Delhi and prohibited certain types of industries, mainly large scale and obnoxious industries, from being set up in Delhi. The increase in the industrial employment in the intervening period shows that the curbs prescribed by the Master Plan were not sufficient.

43

� ct fi"�nf� � �� 2001 � 'q1" � � "t1- ��?:lcRff cm- fcf1 chi :c � 1T?TT � � ti �Fe1 a ��ct�� ct �itllfllch � cm­mft@" r� ��I� �IB1=hlft�Tctl-��� �����m����tttft if.,c�i:r{ �qcfi���' �"cfil�IBcn'l­ill �qcfi ���ID,� �-�ifc@" � �cm­"ffilf � � � � � .=f" � ITT -a-ey � ctl-��-� * m-q: -34 41 J A fil I � Ji j F<s 11 9ffit���f.:lffi6c �1twnr��cm­� � cfi �� � 'q1" � cfi � � !.I ff11 RI a � �� IB1=hlft�T cm-�� 1 � � �ill� � cfi � rcf!(lIB &hr cm-�� cm­� i � rcf!(l15f � "ft RI chm a ffey Rmft:r fcn7.rr 1T?TT ey, � �� � -.:rITT � "Ji"T flcfif I� ff �cm-fcR:ft-��i:r{��ffoo� �>f�-;ncfi��Aupf#;,r����� �fftf%�rn-a-%qmi��� cfi � � � '3TI+f � 'q1" '3TTcf!(�� I�� cn'l­(3TT!(Tcfif t � � CTcfi � �'ql" >f!(-;n cFT mer -merti+TT� -.:rITT � � � CTcfi � IB1=hlft�ff cnT chi 4H a cfi0TT ti"cqq .=f" ID "ffcFl1T 1

-3Elrll '4 l� q dli H � I shl 11 ch crey � >l"�ll"tr-l cf> !.li ffi HF1 iuf' Bl1� cnT � � � fi"cqq t � ��� cm- � CTcfi '111 ti i fl I ch &hf � 64 I q f1 I f4 ch fiFF-11 � 30% ff 'q1" �qcfi � ID �1 n� � i .=JTR i IBTJ: � � t � � o�<f q"{ lf<tj) (ci I 'i:cf � � � � �'ql" ���ff 011t11t11ch &hr�� "ffcttf� � ff ID rn t 1

6.4 � clft ��-� -ij � lt� � q;r <4i�l�i"1

� � � 1962 lt � 11ftrfclf� cnT � 11 � Ir! JI ( &hf cfi .=JTRf � � ff ��

\ ;:fmrTT cfi �jf1(01 lt �� � Wwf � � tj"lfCT � � �· q"{ �it! jfll ch 11ftrfclf� cm-RI chffi a � 1 � lfi<-t fq l94 � .=JTRT � � �-e:!(TcnT � �� � � I � .=JTRf � �1ti ifll ch � � � cfi � 0ilqltfl'4, qlfolfJ-;qch, �{t1�1:c ����m�cfi�.=f"��i lfi<-!fq{94 � � lt � � � "ff&IT lt �� ��t I �o�<f cnT ��"{� �� irn1•·P1:c &hr� 011t11i11ch � q"{ m� � 1

� '3Tfq�"<:JcF t, � �c@" � fi(chl{l '3W�effl(chlll mrftoRlct ch1<.1fw-1 er� �"6q"fq"f(""Jil" � cfi � '3Tfq!(� t cnT �cfD" � tr{ � tj"lfCT � "{� � tfcnoT t I

44

The revised Master Plan of Delhi - 2001 has also recognised the need for restricting the industrial growth of Delhi for achieving balanced regional development and, has recommended location of only small scale industrie.s in Delhi with stress on units which require more skill, but less of man power and energy, are not nuis·ant� creating and, largely sub-serve Delhi's economy. Recommendations· for shifting certain hazardous units and units located in non-conforming areas, have also been made both in the existing as well as the proposed Master Plan for Delhi. At one stage, a huge area in Bahadurgarh was specifically developed and earmarked for location of such industries, which failed to materialise. Shifting of industries from Delhi requires decisions on various related issues along with a consensus about such shifting among the various interests which are involved in the process. It is feared that unless all these issues are tied up, it will not be possible to implement these recommendations.

With the current aggressive entrepreneurship and local administration's promotional support, the share of industrial sector employment could well increase even beyond 30% by the turn of the century. For a city of national importance, the fact that industrial sector is growing faster of all the economic sectors, needs serious considera­tion.

6.4 DMA in Region's economy

In pursuance to the policies of the Master Plan for Delhi 1962-81 to disperse economic activities in the adjoining towns falling in the Delhi Metropolitan Area, the concerned State Governments developed large scale industrial activities in these towns. This resulted in a phenomenal growth of these towns during the last two decades. While undertaking industrial development in these towns, matching level of residential, commercial, tele-communication and other facilities have not been developed resulting in sizeable number of workers employed in the industries living in Delhi. This necessitates control on development of industries in the Delhi Metropolitan Area. Besides, some of the offices of the Government and Public Sector undertakings and the wholesale trades which are essential for Delhi can be suitably located in these towns.

5 � qft- a{�-� � �;ljqtjjf{ct, � c6l"6.

�

c_gt§ � �� ffl-cfi"ffilf Nff t, � � cn'1"w:r tm � fflf?:J" � 1:ll:: �� � ITTT mm%,�� chi lfcfiMI q ��-� * fPTfoo ZIT �'qTTr.fff �*���I tfRUiiJ-lct: � cfil<f-cfi"MT1IT cn'1" ��7fc@fi:t oerr � m-� cFl" � � crm fillT fITlTT� � om � ITT�T cn'1" qftf� it�� I �= �IB 1TT"1T ff1[1� �m�rom m� � �cffl" � l:f0� 'g 3ffi�� � ��m-�%1

'�-=ti9tj1Rch ITTcn" * �it �cfffi<l" chi <fcfiMl9 trm m2: 3ltt � �1 it fcFm � fcFm �it��� lf¥ m ti <1" m-m �JfiG-14(1 �, ��cR;:IAch �om�*� cfi 3�1�--1,

�oey���'1liEllfllch�, �� m-�, fclf'� 39ch{Ufj � �, �tlcrr� � cfi �it� 'g I � ffl � � �mm��mcftt, �mt�1:ll::ffl, �m:rr� tf\ R�, � � cfi cni"�IB cn'1" :oncr�<fcfictT, � cflf � «f{", � -�� \.Ii El I fl I ch1,� ��� �m�T cflf �����I

� m� ITT-� mt* m"CJ: t11m$a t"fi"T1:: sciM9iic�, ��IDUD��cy;ft­ITT it "'1l ..{\ q tj IR: ch ITTcn" cfi �� it �' �11fri lllcill�, �, lfi{l�I cill� '3ffi ttl.-fl 9ct <=flTT"fit� �� .. fl q tjl R:ch ITTcF cfi ffl-� tf\ �� fcn<TTTf7TT ey I �o '3ITT 91..ft q ct -..=nRf cfi �� it � �� cflf �� cfiT?T � "{ID 'g I W �� it���it -6i·-ti9tjlR:ch ITTcF � ���nm� � � � � � ft:r:Rft�T � � t fcfi '11 '1i q tj IR: ch � cfi cnrf-� cfi � cfi IB"CJ: � � chi ;,_fi;htj � fcn<TT � I W �� it W � � � � fu7TT -rr:rr t fcfi � ffl-� cfi @"CJ: � m-i:rrrar �� � �, � ffl­� ff� cfiPlTff{f cfi � -cni"�IB cFl" � � cfi � cfil<:fi;htjj: cf)f �141Ji--i � � � � 0Hi q tj I ft ch ITTcF cfi Wlf -cflill�f "cfil" � WI" ff#rrfoo fcn<TT � � 1 � m� ITT cfi -..=nR1 it, � ��-� cF fnTTTxf ITT cF � cF m�-m� � cfi1":fcfi<11q1· cf1l" J11:F-ta1 1g:fcfi Fcichf+1a � � cfiT?T-� cfi mtf � en', 9 ft cfi0H I cn'1" ll{t, �1i9tj1Rch ITTcfi�tf\fcf-� urRITTT � I � � � ��-� cfi � �Wfn�Tlfiltfccficf)fffl�lw#��-��it'3TR � '6ill,lqlffi41."cfil"fil� {lJiJII{ cfl � � m�

6.5 Role of Informal Sector in Region's

economy

There are certain economic activities which are generally overlooked in the planning exercise as these do not fall in the category of organised or well defined sectors of economy. Consequently, the needs of such activities and also of those people carrying out such activities, generally fall outside the purview of the normal planning and investment exercises. This unanticipated demand results in additionaal pressure on the existing infra­structure and services, thereby deteriorating them.

These activities collectively known as 'informal sector' are present in all the towns and cities in some form or the other. They range from production of engineering goods, electronic and electrical goods, transport and various other industrial activities to retail and wholesale trading activities, servicing of various equipment, domestic services etc. These activities are further characterised by some salient features viz small scale of operations, reliance on indigenous resources, low level skill requirements, low level of income, labour intensive technology, non-avail­ability of adequate infrastructural facilities etc.

A study on informal sector in the National Capital Region conducted through the Society for Development Studies, New Delhi for the NCR Planning Board had taken into consideration the informar sector activities in the towns of Alwar, Gaziabad, Khurja, Faridabad and Sonepat. Similar studies are in progress for Meerut and Panipat towns. The study, while emphasising the dynamic role of the informal sector in the development process, has recommended that a phased programme for the development of informal sector activities should be prepared. The study has als·o emphasised the need for accessibility to institutional finance, skill upgradation programmes for the workers engaged in such activities and, better organisation of the informal sector entrepreneurship.

In the towns of the National Capital Region where induced development has been envisaged by developing economic activities intensively, alongwith the development of organised sector of economy, the growth of informal sector would be carefully nurtured. This would then play the role of a vibrant component of the urban economy and provide gainful employment to the potential

45

ITTlll

�fcrcfimcfi����cf@�#c§U (!Jf ffl-m '4Tt, � q('.q(Plct �ff� �ff � m t � � fcr�N� cf� � cE1" �'+llcRT� cfi � -� aj"ra �-� � t I � � # Ff chi <{ch MI 4 'j cfi ft;rq fi JI @ct � ff Z3TT� -� �� �� � cE1" ��TT # � rn m � � i, '3,ct": � ffl-m �qJ.ll.=tch � t, FT m c1, �� q@ � #, "fTIB<TT � J1R1<.11�J #��at I FT m-r.FMT1TT cFl" "3ftrct-�qr��q)llf�cfi�# �mr. � c1, � # �mr � cf� � ��c@" Z3,Tm{-� �m-ct �� cn{R cf�!-liEl1f11chl ii°�m{�ffFrffl-r.FMT1TTcnr�'3-ruic@" WIT � � {j Jp II (T $ � � I

��·.{I� JII( $���cf@ ffid,ITTcFT fuct(lq TI$�� ITT# fcfi<IT � �' m-;, cfllf cfi � � t: fl(chl{l � fllcfJiHch ITT$ chi <.!TM 4, mcfi o!:fTtlTI:" cf� qlfolJ-4 -qct "3Wll" 1 w ITT # � cR<f-r.FMT1TT cfi � � fcrchrn cfi ft;r-q: � # � Br-"fcttr:r -;:ftra cE1" qftch0-1'11 cE1" � 'g1 <rn � � tfll1J H4::lOI cE1" ;ftra %, � � � � ITT# (IJiJII( cfi

. �RlH4f¾ct �����' �rr� ��+l�l.=tJI( �$� fig;R1ct H4::loi nm ��u$m�ITTcfi��� +l�l.=tJI( �ff� cfi rn #���en"{ !-lifffl�.=t ��I

f1(chlD chi <.!TM 41· $ �q #, � fl(chl{l chi <.!TM 41· c1, � f.rmf«r � c1, � � Rt� +11.-i t1 l chi D chi <.1T<i141· c1, � qr � c1, � m q J+11.-i ;ftraZ3W�%,"3"ff"Jiffi"{"ffl��I��# chl4'cn<itl41· cE1" � c1, ft>r-q: �-f.r� cnr �'©'l+11.-ic{:s � m-:n- � frf � m ��llflHch(fll H reR: q (1) cfil<f, .=t 41 tj I ( ( !-11 cl chl<il) cfi1<f � � (<itll!Jil-i) fflcfi"ra t, ���"ITT fcf �­u$m�c1, �fcfim �'rtl" �l:Jr� ;:rm fcfi<IT � tfcfifil m I (!Jr fet � +l I '1 chi llT<il 4 "i cnf qm � "Ji"AT �' -aj- '3q :{cRi �ff� 'qt cflrf �

46

migrants to urban areas. In the priority towns which have been selected

for induced development, there are certain economic activities traditionally being carried out since long and, also well recognised from the point of view of specialisation and their exportpotentials. Since in the past, no efforts have been made with regard to provision of adequate infra.structure facilities for these activities in an organised way, the economic activities are being carried out in substandard conditions, in congested areas of the towns, in lanes and bylanes. An improvement in the working conditions by suitably locating them with provision of appropriate infrastructure and improvement in the technology will enhance the prospects of these activities and generate more employment.

6.6 Policies and proposals

Major employment generators in Delhi which · need be dispersed within the National Capital

Region fall under three categories: Governmentand Public Sector offices, Wholesale Trade andCommerce and, Industry. For the dispersal anddevelopment of economic activities in the Region,a three tier policy approach has been envisaged inthe Plan: A policy of strict control for creation ofemployment opportunities within the UnionTerritory of Delhi, moderate control outside Delhiwithin the Delhi · Metropolitan Area and,encouragement with incentives, in the areasoutside Delhi Metropolitan Area within the NCR

A. Government and Public Sector offices

a) Strict control within the Union Territory ofDelhi

With regard to Government offices, the present policy and mechanism for screening the location of new Government offices and expansion of existing Government offices should be continued. The main criterion for location of offices in the Capital should be that they perform ministerial functions, protocol functions or liaison functions which, by their nature, cannot be performed anywµ.ere else except in the__National Capital. The existing offices which do not-perform a;y-of the- above functions should ._ be identified and shifted from Delhi. In the case of· Public Sector offices, there is an urgent need to scrutinise the list of existing offices and allow them

cl���"ff��fcR:fl-�� qz i ���I f1 I q'Ji M cf> � cfi chi ;qfo1 <li * � if fq � l-11 '1 chi ;qf(>l 41· ch'1- � ch'1-tfcft� � ch'l­-m-;fi � � � ��11t1f.-lcF> cl�� fflf* � � � mif � 14'11 Q, �if�� ch'l­���I �N��cnl"�"ff� f!ll-il�R:a cfit � �I _W � �� � � � cfif � � WcfiR � cf>l'4f<141· � ��<Ten�* fl;rQ: ��-�I

� if chi ;qf<141· � ft;rQ: � � � � � � ch'l-tfcft� � *ft;[Q: l1ftxr tJf4ra mu ft;[Q:. ��*��"ff�tfITT�tfcf; 17if"ff 27 m+rn1ifq-;1;qf(>l;q�ifm��cfif�rn<TT lf<IT_ % I

�) �"ff���l-151'1'1(�*�, f--l 4 5101

� ,-rn1 .:p I ( ITT � -;nm if � WcfiR * � f1 I c{Ji M cf> ITT � �- chi ;qf(>l 4 � � lR m �

cfif f.-l4sio1 _"(1gf � �I � fi(cf>l(I q-;1;qfwff cn1" � ��11t1f.-lrh (f¼if.-lreR:<-1<1), -1<-11=q1( (!,t1cicf>l(>l) 7:fT � -(<11<-1Jff-1) � � � �' �mur�ft;[Q:�if m��i, � �- l-1 ti '1 JI ( ITT * -;nm if � � � ch'l­����I� den f11q'J1Mcf> � *

.cfi chl4f<14l·cfif�q�, �IDU�cf>l<.lfWl ��<IT� chi 4f<14l ij- fcrIBTt � * fl;rQ: �m:t�q� J.ttl-=i'I( �lRmm� "ff���I �� cf>lllf<1ll1·cnl"���

if fctq-;11ia ���m�if�_mllf <rr m-t IDU � "cf>IJ..-c( �

,,�if �

-rr) � 1it1.:i,1( ITT � � � u� -m-� ������ !,t1ffiltrl

� WcfiR � m chi ;qf<1 <.11· cn1" � � �­'i t1.:i ,1 ( � � "31r-;,1ITT "ff� cfiB lR mR �"J1Trnt, � cfi1<-1f<1<.11·cn1"��m,:fiITT* � -;nm ij- t �����if cnN cfiB cfrn cf>+l tj IR: 41· ch'1- cqmr "ITT �T-r cf>+l tj IR: <.11· ch1" ctjt m cf>1<.1f<1<.11· � w �"ff��� m �

��,������-q:cfi mflRr � * fl;rQ: � �-� I � !-11 ffi I t-1 �*� fi(cf>l(I ���, ��ch'l­�T����T����� !.tlffiltrl m�

. .

.

to retain only very small establishments to cater for ministerial and liaison functions. The rest of the establishments should be shifted out of Delhi. The accommodation which may thus become available could be used to cater to the needs of the -essential growth of Central Government offices.

A study of the decisions taken by the Committee set up to scrutinise requests for fresh locations in Delhi sh9ws that in 17 out of 27 cases, the offices have been located in Delhi itself.

b) Control outside Delhi but within the OMA

A similar control on the opening of new CentralGovernment.and Public Sector offices in the OMA towns should be exercised. Relocation or expansion of Government offices which have ministerial, protocol or liaison functions which make it incumbent upon them to be located in Delhi alone should be allowed to be located in the OMA towns. In so far as Public Sector undertakings are concerned, the restrictions on their opening new offices or expanding the existing ones should apply equally to· the OMA also. Rest of them have to go out to the priority towns to be developed in the NCR or in the Counter-magnet areas identified by the Board.

c) lncE:ntives outside OMA but within NCR

The Central Government offices which areconsidered for being shifted from Delhi and the OMA towns should be located in other towns of the NCR and, incentives in the form of CCA, HRA etc, as given to employees working in Delhi, should be given to employees who may be affected by this shifting for a limited period. Other incentives like providing Government accommodation; allowances for study of their children also be given to act as an incentive. For locating the new Central Government and Public Sector offices in the OMA and/ or the priority towns, alternative sites sh.buld be identified and developed by the development agencies in consultation with the Board's secretariat.

B. Wholesale Trade and Commerce

a) Decentralisation of wholesale trade ai:idcommerce in Delhi

.47

� �1 � iitil,=t�,z ITT �/zrr � cf@ �r � � "fRcf1R * � mcf-iiHch ITT * � chi 4T<14 � cflA * ft>r� rcfcfiffi Q'1iTt141· cfl1" � cfifi�ql(>l4 cfil:fDli�ffftjchf�ch �cfiTqcfT� en"{ � � cfl1" fq chfft a � � I

�) ffi ot.rfCfR o� q I fol -RI

°q)) � cfi ffl � � q I f1i1 Js4 cfll fo 41.;;{) ch { o I

�� m�* !-l1ct-1rn,=t cfiIB��fcrnnc w:r � zrr cn"{l cFr cnlr �T filTT � * �1 cFr � � rcr�� q"{ �Prcfifn � � �, �*��m�'JiT�-�q@rn� wra- ITT* cfiRur �"@1'.f ��,AA 1-<>ilfR-ch '3fit GTocTToffio cFr�tj;, �, �' @W"i, mm � � "o'� $½ I { ct1 � � cfl1" � cfi � �cln �c@" � q"{ fc1 chfft a en"{ �

fcnzrr��I

�) � cf; 'a1ITT - � lJ� � cf; � �

� � � � ffi-"&fl"llR � � %, � �­� � � � wra-m * cfiRUf � 'qfU ll"T� � � cFiT tTT+TR � # � * cfiRur �'@lf cf@% AA 1-<>ilfR.ch �-Gtocftom cFf �l:t, �, �' �,mm� �(1� $½1{,fl fTT+fR I� ffi �1 (1� � �c@" � �1 (1� ��

lfftffqf� ��-ii-��# fc1chffta cflA *IB� \,Jl ct-I I 6'1 R<TT ��I

�-ii-� ITTt�r#����r � fc1 chffi a cflA cFr ti"� cfiT qcrr � � �I

lf) �"l=l"�ITT"HisfITT�U$�m;:ft­ITT * � rcfcfiffi

"&fl"1lR � fc1 chftrn � * �'tl � !-17 ct-11 titj rn cfi"A��lfIB�ctfu��"3"Cl"�r� rcrrcrq !-l1ct-11e;r1 � ft� � � � (1�

'3:rr�� �m"Ct �q ���I

ti)�

({)) ���ITT ifi � H4:iu1

� � "l=j"� ���ct "3ffllf1 cR � chT � ',=t" � cR qJJ.i.ltj -;ftfu chT � "{"@ �

�I

48

There should not be any special advantage in terms of preferential treatment or lower taxes by way of incentives to wholesale trades in Delhi vis-a­vis the adjoining States. Those wholesale trades which are hazardous in nature such as plastic and PVC goods, chemical, timber, food grains, iron and steel and building material and require extensive space may be decentralised by developip.g suitable additional locations outside Delhi.

b) Development outside Delhi within OMA

There are certain wholesale trades and storages in Delhi which are hazardous because of their location in congested areas and also due to bulk handling activities relating to plastic and PVC goods, chemical, timber, food grains, iron and steel and building material. These wholesale trades in addition to new trades and related activities should be encouraged to be developed in the OMA towns.

The possibility of developing modern Super Markets should be explored in the Delhi Metropolitan Area towns.

c) Development outside OMA within NCR

Incentives, concessions and intrastructure should be made available in the regional towns to encourage and accelerate the growth of trade.

C. Industries

a) Control within the Union Territory ofDelhi

The present policy of not promoting location of medium and large scale industries within Delhi should be continued.

b) Control outside Delhi but within theOMA

While in the long term perspective, the growth of large and medium scale industries in OMA towns may have to be restricted, these industries may be permitted in the OMA towns for a period of 10 years, whereafter the policy shall be reviewed. The emphasis will be on promoting growth of large

cftef"�������lf�¾Ri � ch'1" � qr m � � "ffcRfT i, �______...--."' � $ -;:mn � � � cF) f<ft �RI 10 crfctl' � (fcfi cfr � tfqi'ITT i ct�34{ict � ;:fiftr cF1'

trfi!ITT ��I�� lf� � $ � cF1'� cfi1' � �aHJI{ !ITT" $ � cF1' ��

��Richctl cfrn" ;pm� !.l1ct-11�a � � tR � ��I

lf) ���l.=tJI{ ITT"fl"����� � � � !.11 ffi rn.-i

m�fltchal ���llr�$�ttir�� ��,��ctt"�cfi�� � m � � ;rrm ��,€.I, f1, ch �mcfiTfcJcFrn qi'{$,�' lf� "ff��� ctt- � $ � � ITTCT mm fr.rm � � ITT � qffi" ITTffil�;fl" $ � !.llffil�� ���I ;:n.:f­cf>w<.f5fl:iJI, !,1�"401cf>l{l "ff� �IR=icf>IF-h � � �����l.=tl�lf<ct �ctt"��T &i'r �' cFl" � $ � � ��lr!JI{ ITT*� �re !ITT" f.:rmftf � ��I

D

and medium scale industries in priority towns in preference to OMA towns.

c) Incentives for industries outside the OMA butwithin the NCR

The towns selected for priority development should have a strong industrial content, and incentives comparable to those given to industries in centrally declared backward areas should be given for location of large, medium and small scale industries. Industrial estates should be developed in these towns. Specific areas should be earmarked in the Region outside the OMA, for relocation of non-conforming, polluting and obnoxious industries proposed for shifting in the. Delhi Master Plan - 2001.

D

49

7.1 �,r:r

u� �cy;ft ITT cF)- � w ITT i � � cfil"� Agf0a rcfcnfficFl" Acht>Y--tl IR '1fTmfta° t I � t<TT9l:f � ffl-ITT �-� m-rrr � � rcrfcr� � "&iT �� cf, ll\ffi Q,cfilch(OI �-=q-a- fui"m � I W -;:fifc-r i � Q,<tl�a 4 R ci �Ft � rcfcnffi cFl" "'61 j J 11 41 " � cF)- � ��cFZTfil

u� �cy;ft ITT# Rtw-111 m� qf{q�1 � "� l-frTr' (<:fs<.1c>1 chlR::Si() TTfcfiffi � �IB�tl �qf{q�--l �#-;:ft-�"&r� (� chlftsl()� (�-9) I ��cfn�BIB cfl� (�1(fci!cc>1) �, m� ITTi+r��.,rrm tm chl �#��I� chlR-sl { � chi ,1:fch<-1141. # ,- "&iTlf � cnm cF)- � # CT� Ji 1 A @-l I if � �� qfu � t, �= <ffi cicfifillci 'ITT m-rrr fcf;- � fcrRt"� ch I <-fch <1141. CT� Ji --t f1 @-l I cfiT � I chf& a � qfR � lTTllf "&iT 'frn1" � fulm � "ffifcF �� chi 4·chc>1141· "&iT w � � +rm cfi\ � -;,in:-r i TTfcfiffi i rn� � � � u� m-cy;ft ITT cF)­� * � cfiT � � cF)- � * �"@:f ��<fcfiT����I

q;) � �

� ITT ii RI si � 11 ffscfl � ff <IB � ITTfil � fcfi' 'ff'lTT � � cFl". � � t CT�� U�

. (IJP-Wff, 1, 2, 8, 10 -3lR 24 cri ffi\?.f f� # 'JlT cfi\ m ��I u� (IJi�lllT# 4 � i, "GTT Uo

r , A

' (IJIJ'.11ll-1 IR flH qa 'ffcfl, Uo (1Jil-11ll-24 IR r

r ll1Ji41cstl� ocfl, Uo (IJl�IJl-2 IR��'ffcfl, Uo( I JI l-W f-8 ll\ �}$ l Ii q I CTcfl -3lR U o (I.Ji� ll f-J 0

50

7 TRANSPORT

7 .1 Background

The NCR Plan is based on the concept of developing the R�gion in a balanced manner with optimum growth. It would be multi-sectoral in its nature and scope, ensuring inter and intra sectoral integration. An integrated transportation system in this strategy would rather 'lead' than 'follow' development.

Existing characteristics:

i) Transprot network

The existing primary transport network in theNCR exhibits a pattern of "radial corridor" development. There are nine major corridors in the transport network system

. (Fig.-9) In addition, there

are seven orbitals which provide the linkage among important urban centres of the Region. There has been a substantial increase in the volume of activities, workforce and population along these corridors over the period, and as such, it is only logical that these activities and population attracting corridors are utilised to gain the prime pbjective of the NCR Plan of controlling the growth of Delhi through induced development of the regional towns and by deflection of economic activities towards them.

a) Road network

The existing road network in the Region shows aconvergence towards Delhi, with the five National Highways (NH) 1, 2, 8, 10 and 24 terminating at Delhi. The National Highways are four lane divided upto Sonepat on NH-1, Ghaziabad on NH-24, Ballabgarh on NH-2, Gurgaon on NH-8 and Bahadurgarh on NH-10, and the rest of the portions beyond are two laned. The twelve State Highways also serve in strengthening the regional road network. Most of the State Highways are

-

l:f"{cll�1�{Jl¢acfi���,���'+Jllfm*1 cfrn" � I qITT � -{ I Ji� r J f � � lfflf � cfiT ��� I �ffl�T�-{IJi�-IJf, •IIM41cill�­� � JIIM41cill�-��TITT" � � � �cfif�cR, �2"ffWR4*1t, �*1 cfrn" <lT +f� � cJrn" 1TTlf � I

'@) � 6qq�l

TI$ D"Ji"m-;ft- � cn'l" Til" � � � � (�,1ITT���+f��)�5���1�

single or intermediate laned except for very busy stretches like Ghaziabad-Meerut and Ghaziabad­Bulandshahr which are two to four laned.

b) Rail Network

The NCR rail network covers three zonal railways (Northern, Western and Central) and 5 divisions. The rail network in the Region consists of both Broad and Metre gauges. Five· railway lines converge at Delhi. The rail network has two

51

ITTcFl"n-r��rnit �w��t I t-r � � � ,3iql4foJI � .(Jftoqo�o) "ff� � -31q14foJ1 � (moqolJJ[) ct� fl"� � � rcr�N � fl" f.fmfur � � t1

moqo�o mn �-�q@��R�R chi P.f � cftl cfiT � � "fftq J 11 fJi 41 cit I� fl" � fu:R;fT � � Ticfiill %1 moqo�o � � � -

1J1�cn1cit1� '3W JufJi41cit1� fl" mq �-�-cfi@cF]" ITT�R '3W � �' � �' 0TT �' �IJJl�'.1{ @en fl" ITTcR" �-.=q- ITT�AT � mm

U«ff�Tf<TT%1

(ii) 41i:il4H1 cb'tlITTIT: 1987

q ftc� 12'1 � ct fcrcnrn ct fuq cfiTCh't (3,f� � � �7q�� mi-ft � � ffl=r?:f '41- cfiTCh't (3,f� �I�: <ffi��<lcf)%� � qf{q12"1 � � � cfiT -311� � "ff� rcf�q ft ;:ft 4 � ct -311�1:f{��fclf���ct�IDI � � ct fuq ��T� m=Rf' � � ct +rr� fl" 41ct141ct � qftqt'i �m fcrNn=r -31"�Wqlf�l �-31"�ct qfto11+1�� ITT � 41 ct 141 ct ct � I q iJ I +I '1 cF\" q ff+I I '1 "ff� cqrft fcr��'311 cfiT "JlT fq q { 01 ITTl:n 3-311, cffi � m %:-

q;) �

TI$�� ITT� �'41-+r�fflq;"r� cfl"m"��{f{41ctl41ct��cfiT� � ct @lJ, 41 ct 141 ct cF\" +fBIT ct "Hcfeyurr fl" <ffi i:rcTT � t·fcn JIIM41citl�-� � (ct I Mehl 7.1) "Cf{ � (3,f� 4 lal 41 ct mctT % '3W � � fu:R;ft­lh{l �I cit I� '3W fu:R;ft-� IsfUsT � 41ctl 41ct cn'l­� � � -31"TTfi %1 5 u� {IJ1+11J1Tct fu:R;ft m"Cf{�� 41ctl41ct � 67.3 ��m<ITTft-�, 7.7 ��IB � '3W 25 ��N+fffi-� � t I� ITT���cfiT1_!"@:1"�%��� � -31"-.=q- ;pm � 'cfi11 41 ct 141 ct mctT %° I

ls) �

fu:R;ft � '3W � �-l:l"IB � � ctt- � "Cf{ � � � {'ITT %° I fu:R;ft ct � -l:l"IB cfiT ITT, aj-��' ��ct��%, �NITT B � �� !ITT"%� -31Tlf o1r "Cf{ "fu:R;ft ITT" ct -;;r+ffl"��% 175 ��N+fffi-41dl41d � 65 ��N'41:ft 41ctl41d ��T: 65 +fIB" Jllfs41· '3W 230 <ff-fi-J 11 Gs 41· mn � �� cnr<f � fu:R;ft ITT�

52

specially identified lines known as the Goods Avoiding Line (GAL) and, the Delhi Avoiding Line (DAL). The GAL provides a direct entry from Ghaziabad into New Delhi, bypassing the congested Delhi Railway Station complex. The DAL provides a direct passage from the major yards-Tughlakabad and Ghaziabad directly into the Delhi-Ambala-Kalka section, and the sections through Lajpatnagar, Patel Nagar, Dayabasti and Azadpur link.

ii) Traffic volume: 1987

Transport system development would be highlycapital intensive and of long gestation period. It is therefore necessary to base the planning of regional transport system appropriate to different policy scenarios on a set of sound and reliable data. For this purpose, various traffic and transportation studies were got conducted through Operations Research Group, Baroda. These studies threw up the following present and future characteristics of traffic flow in the Region:

a) Road

Traffic volume-count surveys to estimate thetraffic intensity on different road links connecting all important centres in NCR show that the heaviest interactions take place on Ghaziabad-Delhi section (Table 7.1) followed by Delhi-Faridabad and Delhi­NOIDA sections. The composition of vehicular traffic on Delhi corridors of 5 National Highways is of 67.3% of passenger vehicles, 7.7% of buses and 25% of goods vehicles. Delhi emerges as a major point of attraction and traffic generation in the Region, with relatively less interaction among the other towns.

b) Rail

The line capacity in and around Delhi is heavilystrained. The area around Delhi, within Delhi· Division of the Northern Railway distinguishes itself from the rest of the Region, and is commonly known as the "Delhi Area". 75% of the goods traffic and 65% of the passenger traffic are handled in this intensively worked Delhi Area through 65 goods trains and 230 pas.senger trains. Presently, the inflow and outflow of commuter traffic which has a peaking character is not catered to effectively by

mof t I � � �..-ll;ictlffl � (chRfctl) * �l'i�.-f, JfT chl4fM4 WPl" cITT � � � � �Tflf �� �mmt, '3,lq�l!chal Q, rn-qf{qt.=t mnr"i I q &ii £1 �ff�� cn'r � rn � I 8 TT!" 1TTl1ftrt79���w���cfictirn� � � � �..-ll;iqltfl � (cnRfc8) cn1" m<r:cfil 4TM 4 � cITT � cITT �'el" � �� � � q,'t-29�cfif���t1�qf{o11'1 <ffig�tfcfi���c:rrm-�*�lqlJl'1.=t ��*��tf+Pl"� !,l@'&M >f'qlq�tl � ITT ch't "Qcfi fcr�l1ffil <m m t fcF 11� � �*������wITTcm­� � R�m qr llIB � � � � ch't Wf�� m-* mur w ITT *.fcrMn=r � * @� � � � � cfiT m cfip:f cRCTT i, � ITT� � 'qffilITTT� '11M�ll�s<-fl��'3lTTIT%, �

· ff mn lITTT � lffc1-� &TU �rtf° -;pf{T cm­cIT1TTT -;:,m � �,

� ITT � ffcJR't * ffm � i � i �'11lctI�I+111 (�) ch't � �jl-11.=ta: 8,84,ooo (a1fucn1 7.2) t, � 4IaI4Ia if t>rct cfiT frn:rr 23.7 ��TTf t -3fi mc{Ji�ch qf<qt.=t cfiT "cfl"lf'qlf 32 ��TTf t I �ITT� ffcJR't cfi ff'ql >fcfir{T ff�� * �lctl'lll.=t ����ITT cfiT frn:rr ��'tl"cfi t, � � 3q1111(121 ITT t � �11fJ1<11ai1q,� lhl1�1cit1�, �, � � ��m

� � 4IaI4Ia if <-11�1q1.=t mt,��frnrr � * rn-ffi" ff �� cfilf mill t I

. � � * fITTi: 3 q .=t '7 fj * � >fftr-cx:rfcfn � ��*�0.021 ff��*m�

0.142tlqWf-�cITT��*@�0.007 �WR�* fITTJ: o.65 t -3lR n>r-� cn'r � 0.011 -?r � o.085 (a1fucn1 7.2) c1cn t, ��"Jll-� ITT*� ��fcr���r � t mur �i' 3Wf � <m � 1lt t FcF JiT1fi@I � qfu � � 3TT� � qf{qJ.=t * qfto1111 f4{ci4 ->fftr cx:rfcfn �I q!Jl+Fl cITT � � q1+fi­;a,r � t, � mrr cx:rfcfn 0ilctPlll.=t cITT tf"&IT �

. � w � cITT � tfcn cnW "Jll � �� cfilf �-R�t,

rail transport. The 79 suburban trains on the 8 rail corridors are insufficient to cater to this load and, the commuters have to often utilise the 29 long distance trains available to them during the peak periods. This usage has in turn affected the punctuality and departures of the long distance trains.

A peculiarity of Delhi Area is that it also works as distributive centre for the areas in the Region due to convergence of major regional trains at Delhi and, lack of loading and unloading facilities at other railway stations in the Region. Train loads of freight traffic are also received into the Delhi Area, but no back bulk loading takes place.

iii) Passenger movement - Road and

Rail

The generation of total daily passenger movement by all modes in the Region is estimated at 8,84,000 (Table 7.2). Share of rail to the total traffic generated is 23.7% and of public tr�nsport, about 32%.

Share of Delhi UT in the total passenger movement generated in the Region by all modes is the highest. There are quite a few urban areas such as Ghaziabad, Meerut, Faridabad, Rohtak, NOIDA and Bulandshahr which contribute to the regional traffic generation but their share is comparatively smaller than that of Delhi.

a) Per capita trip rate

The per capita inter-urban trip rate for buspassengers varies from 0.021 for Delhi to 0.142 for NOIDA, that of vehicle passengers, from 0.007 for Delhi to 0.65 for Rohtak, and that of rail passengers from 0.011 to 0.085 (Table 7.2). These variations are found to be a result of both size and characteristics of an urban area. The general trend observed is that increase in population size and diversification of economic base result in decline in the per capita trip rate, whereas, increase in per­capita trip is an indi-cator of lesser degree of self containment of a tcwn.

b) Movement pattern

Of the total passenger traffic by buses and that

53

� CT� rtt-fi{cfil{l � mT � �-41ctl41ct �B�mr�-�<W-fi 41ctl41ct 65 ��IB % �-it{ fi{cfil{l � mT 85 m=cr�IB % �mir41ct1<11ct (�c1i�<ff5ffc1i�ft:lt)cfif fm:m � cfi+1 % I�� 11"ITT � % fcp � ITT ff � TfB qffi 41a141a -tt- +ITTIT � m cf)+[% (ctlfMcfil 7.3) I

m�ctmc1i�11�"fftf� ITT ff � � mT TfB qffi m� 41 ct Ill I a -tt' m=cr�TTTTTT $c@" 8 t � 4IIM41csllq, �' 41..fl4ct, f11..fl4ct '3ffi lTTcft" ;,TT{" ff�� q'fffi" m� <.11a141a 60 ��IB%1 ���mrm+Wlf"fl"WRTfB cfTffi" <llif -ll I ct 141 ct 2 0 CT� 80 m=cr�IB $ 'ffi" � % I �: � "fq'1Sc t fcp <.llct I <.II ct cnT � I cfi� ct � $ � 3q�J1{14 ��utcrwrr, �lfllif"HWR � qffi 41ctllllfl cfiT ��'ITT� fil1TT ��ra-fcpm���lfTif 1l"{�"ITT I 1TTllf ��lf"311.,TR"cfi""ITT1l"{Wffit, �lTT�lZffi cfiT{1Jf % m m-lTT7lf * 41a141a cf)T � � CTcf1 >l"�cfi{"ctl%1 JQl6<:01 *� J11fii41cs11q 1)-aj-fcp � I q I 41 +i � * � 1];€1l 1TTllf * wr:r q"{ WIB % ' � � 3qimff4 41ctl41ct �%1

���ITT���-�"fl"� � � qffi 1fTT>f � ¥ +ITTIT �'qlf 1.92 � c.=r (mil 41a141ct ff ��qffi 1.84 �c.:rcfl� qi() t � ff � � � qffi 1fTT>f cf)f fm:m �'qlf �-fum{t, �fcp�m-�$"ITTcfiT fm:m�"rttl"����lf�cf>+f%1

54

191816 21585

59980 (32.5%) 12940 (60.0%)

by private vehicles, the share of intra-regional passenger traffic by buses is 65% and by private vehicles 85% and, the share of through traffic (both ends of the trips outside the Region) is very small. This shows that the bypassable traffic in the Region is insignificant (Table 7.3).

In the case of urban. nodes, the component of through. traffic by bus via Delhi. UT is only 8% whereas through traffic via Ghaziabad, Hapur, Panipat, Sonepat and Modinagar is as l�rge as 60%. The bypassable passenger traffic by other vehicles varies between 20 and 80%. As such, it is apparent that smaller the urban node for attraction and generation of the traffic, higher is the proportion of bypassable traffic, if the urban node lies on the main trunk route. Location of the towns vis-a-vis the routes being followed is also a factor which contributes significantly to the bypassable traffic. To quote an example, Ghaziabad, which is located at the confluence of three main corridors of movement is having the highest bypassable traffic.

iv) Goods movement-Road and Rail

The total volume of goods moved on the regional road network of the NCR is about 1.92 lakh tonnes (1.84 lakh tonnes excluding through traffic) of which the share of Delhi bound traffic is about one-third while that of the other urban centres in relation to the DUT is very small.

Daily goods movement in tonnes

Mode

Road Rail

NCR

191816 21585

DUT

59980 (32.5%) 12940 (60.0%)

In the case of railway goods traffic, the importance of Delhi is more overwhelming (60%) as compared to that of road. However, there are quite a few urban centres of significance namely Ghaziabad, Panipat and Meerut. Share of railways in total goods traffic attracted by the NCR (excluding through traffic) is only about 14%.

a) Movement pattern

About 63_._4% of the goods movement by road is

cJi) �lqi4i+M cnT �

m 1TTlf' mu +fTT>f ifi �1q1J1B-1 q?f �'+flT 63.4 �m�-��t� 33 ��m'3TTf: �

moT %, ��mu +fTT>f q?f '6ilqlJIB1 � t:fr:r ID" "ITTfil % I m-lTTlf' mu 1fTT1 q?f tfm3,JqPIB-1 cficfN 4 ��TTf ID"�% I

lITTfq;f 3tjqj4i+t'1

�=�

�-� mm-(m1141i:1

�-lfrlf �-lfrlf (m�rn) (mr�rn)

3.4 63.4

4.2

0.4 99.6 �-=rm

mlTTlf'mu�:�"RR'Cf{1fTT>fif:i�1q1J1B.--1 ��w:r�ITT����Bf211JI{ ��if;� ;=rm_ B�fciilui' � � � 1fTT1 if;�­� '6i1q1J1B.--1 �u�m� ITTifi� (I� cfiT � �� IB"ffiT "ITTfil % I� mu lfTT>f $ �lqPIB.--1 if; IB� � �lqPlli.--1 � ��lll'lql.--1 ��q?f�'g�����cfiT 41 J1qi1 ITTill i I

w) �'311 q;r �1q1i1+1'1

011 Ell ill qi � +fTT>f if; � � �'311 q?f � 41 a 14 a TTf mu �� "ITTfil i � rn 1TTlf' ID'{l" � I W@"fTTlTRifilfllffi� � (B·cf �lfrlf} cfiTIB"ffiT �m ��I €11 El I "1 ���TTf: � �mmmu�B��t ���

. �ffl"ff�-qftq�-1 &RT"ITT�B� \Tffffi %1 'ff�� cfTf"ff W qr(� '6ilqlJIB.=t ctl"

�TTri:iT � � � � � I

@Sll"1 ftfcii:ii4i �� Rt f-1 flt i:1 "{9TTJ -� 011 Ell \l I qi � RiHffta q� �� � �1Eliillqi � q�lf(>!4f1 �

�PR

m-

12.0 13.6 8.7 0.2 9.7 1.8 ,

19.1 46.8 15.7 5.0 20.4 18.6

6.7 0.4 1.0 4.0 6.7 9.6

100.0 100.0

inter-regional and 33% is intra-regional in nature while railways goods movement is inter-regional. The through traffic of goods movement by road is a mere 4%.

Goods flow Road(%) Rail(%)

Intra-regional 32.4 0.4 Inter-regional 63.4 99.6 Through 4.2 N.A.

In intra-regional traffic movement by road, OUT followed by the other OMA towns are the important centres and, in the inter-regional movement, vicinity States of the NCR account for a sizeable share. For railway movement, the largest contributor to inward movement is the Eastern Railway followed by the Northern Railway.

b) Commodity movement

Commodity composition of inward traffic in theshape of industrial raw material-is more through rail traffic and less through road. In case of building material, the share of both the modes are equal. Foodgrains account for a sizeable portion of road and rail traffic whereas vegetables and fruits are catered to mainly through road transport. There are, however, large variations in the type of flow from one group to another.

Commodity Road(%) Rail(%)

Food grains 12.0 13.6 Vegetables & fruits 8.7 0.2 Manufactured food items 9.7 1.8 Industrial inputs 19.1 46.8 Manufactured household

products 15.7 5.0 Building material 20.4 18.6 Other industrial products 6.7 0.4 Petroleum products 1.0 4.0 Miscellaneous items 6.7 9.6

Total 100.0 100.0

55

1.2 'ft� (mw-m, - 2001

+fTTf oey ?Tiit-� m � lllctl./.llct cft- ff�� � "{cil:f TT w ITT� "311"-� ctt- ff� G111ti&-11 oey ���tr{ m �� m;:ft­� oITTfi 2001 C1cfi �� "{cil:f "H fcrcfiTTIB ITT cft- fH:d .q ct I ff� f.-14 ::t 01 <TTTTf � cfi � *���<fcnl"���wt,

i) 'ft�� �lcll4i+l"1

���cft"tJtrrctl"'W:lftfo� qft=q1(111 i:rfITT� �cffi" cqrcft- <TT"fr-41ctl41-ct $ iqf1+il'1 � � +f"r-,l"lf<TTtfcfi:-

i) �mt m� TT �lqPll-111 (Jq11i1fi t�) ctl" B"&-IT fcFm "311"--;pf{ ITT cn1 G111 f\ &-11,��-f11J.i1Mcf>-3TT�oey��mcfilTcf>T 3lk fcr�"M- "{cil:f TT � � r%" cf>I l-1 � 11 {1.oey � �* ��mo/ � f.:r� cRcftt I � cfilTcf>T chi" � � m ff W � "llPTT>fm t Fcn cnW "311" � ITT fcR:1- mlTT C1cfi� -f.:r� t 1 "311"--;pf{ ITT chi"� -R�

��qqi'ID1ft��cxITTffi'�lctlJIJ.i'1("311" -;pf{f � �) � m cfi+f filllf, � FcFf� ��ITT$�� t I �-cxITTffi''3TT<f "ffey � $ fq{t\9�1ct �, <TTJRr �� � J.i6fqior-g, m � � �:

� � � "{ffl lf<TT t 3lttii) � $ f�p:� � I q PI Ji '1 chi" � ·� �"@'ff

rcrfcr� WITTr7TT "ffey wrm� chi"��,�o/��mmt,

ct�jfll{ w � � � � ?Tiit � (fey fllcfJif.-icf> qftq511-� &TU '611ctPlli'1 cfi1" ¥� (11 cf>{ � B"&-IT cf)f m iqf1+i 111 � lf<TT � % ��T: 7.84 � � 19 � (ctlf<ncf>I 7.4) t1 f.:rmftct' -ii11fi&-1I, � �� "ffey �lctPIS-!'1 '(�) cfi1" � $ �� o/ �-�lqPIS-!;J" "ll � chi" f.-l ki ct +i � � "311"-;pf{ � �tt J II fJ141 <iH C: $ � mrft (� � "311" -;pf{ � t @1Z q ftq-;f� ct �����chi"��� �qqi t) � � iqfjJ.i 111 t fcF "3"'1° "311"--;pf{f * @1Z � cf>T � I q P I +i '1 J-ctj ct { :R o/ fillTT � � ��TT chi" � tfcn � m--;pf{Tll, � �, q1-1l9ct '3lk1?�1iql � -611�.i)iAq-;{OI "ffey c4191flcf> cf>l?ffh(119 ffi7f � fl" "ITTlt I

q;) 'ft� 41dl-Qld: tt$c6+114f

56

7.2 Traffic projection-2001

The projection of traffic volumes, both of goods and passengers is to be necessarily based on the likely population size and economic base of the towns in the Region in order to accomplish the core objectives of achieving- a manageable Delhi subserved by an harmoniously developed Region by 2001.

i) Passenger trip projections

Besides behavioural and operational aspects offuture travel demand pattern, the forecast of future passenger traffic assumes that:

i) trip rate (inter-urban) by each mode is afunction of the population size of an urbanarea, its socio-economic base and alsolocational factors, particularly the relationbetween the resident workers and jobs.These factors are, in a sense, reflected inwhat may be called the degree of self­containment of an urban area. The higherthe degree of self-containment, the less is theper capita trip rate (inter-urban) as in thecase of OUT Other factors like per capitaincome and behavioural parameters, thoughimportant in some cases, have not beenexplicitly taken into account and,

ii) the trip rate for railway is both a function ofthe variables noted above and also theavailability of the facility itself.

Accordingly, the volume of trip generations through the total vehicle passenger and public transport for the Region as a whole are forecast at 7.84 lakhs and 19 lakhs respectively (Table 7.4) On the basis of assigned population, economic base and trip rate, the lowest growth rate of passenger trip will be for DUA and Ghaziabad, (though the projected absolute volume of increase for DUA is much larger compared to other areas), whereas a higher growth rate is forecast for towns with expected high degree of industrialisation and trading activity such as Alwar, Panipat and Gurgaon.

a) Projected traffic flows: Road

The total traffic projected to move by bus and

ftmfcrcr 4IMl4IM (�) cFI" � ��T: 13.99 ill"@ �4.77��1�ifaj-¥�1qlJIJ4-i (�)if B��311qp1J-i-1 �=�ifm�ID

�' �c>f1T'q11" 19>ffif�TTfcFm3i"AcFT iqfj'41'1 �I� 2001 -acfi JHfi@I if� cfi cf>RUf � if -q1M14IM * '6il<WIJ4;:i � �� ffl "ff c[rn ITTm I

32.2 23.7 22.0

32.6 26.1 32.6

w) afrottf) � - 2001

19.5 19.4 13.8

19.3 19.9 19.1

clTA-�: � iqfjliH � fcF � li�l-iJI{ ITTif; �T "ff '51 I q PI li -1 if � cfi ffl if � li � c-q io f qftqJ-1 mrrr, � � � � mrrr, �6ilqPlli-1 cR � filPTTf �:Tsfi<TT (� � cfi m�)��131lTIITcfffi�lif, �, 1�Jliq, c1;:flqa � � cfi m� �:ftFi<:rr if�� min� �N � �qr.ft ITT cR � � ��T if

. cfim���*�if �=Tsfl<TTifcFrtt� min I 4ictl4Ict * � * °TT: � if 31"� 9�c-qiof qR_qJ-1 � WTT fcF � 31"l� lllctllllct * ™cfiTlf"ITTq tjttf�: cfilf ID� I

Gfff: � if � -?r �lf ITT err# -qr � if ITT cfffi �-"lfMT ;q I ct I lll ct i m TI"� Lfill

� � fcn n� �qr.ft ITT if -qr� ID cfiT cRcfIBt ¥ �31"1 (�) if -?r c>f1T'q11" �-�

mftt (�)�"ff �lf IDcTT %1 � � "fflTPTT � % fcFi 2001 ocFi � c>f1T'q11" 19 >ITTr�IB ID � I "fl"�� 1R 3i"l� �3i"T (f0) cR

� if nr-wrrrm if m � �� * �� cfil" � if "{� * "qTq c>f1T'q11" � ill"@ cR � ITTm I {i I cf 01 R ch q R q � .=t cfiT �: � fumT c>f1T'q11" 54 ��ra qfuq"f1ITTf � 1T<TT %, aj- '3tct"= � fl I c{Ji R ch q R cHH � if � cfiT fumT m'qcfi micmur�fumcFl"�if ��1 j� � I q PI li 'i '+IT "3tIT m "WI" t frrtr � "lfRT � � � t � m'qcfi � cfi �lq!JllHT cR f1""&TT aj"� IDcTT % I �lf� iqfj'4 l-i � %fcF 3i"1JcTT err# -nm -a-� � lf� ITT * �1 * ffl" 0ilqlJIJi-1 �cR�if � �qcfiITTllfl

passenger vehicles are 13.99 lakh trips and 4.77 lakh trips respectively. The distinct concentration in Delhi of about one-third of the trips currently being generated and attracted by it. is however projected to decline to about 19%. But in absolute terms, there would be an increase in the generated and· attracted traffic of Delhi due to increase in population size by 2001.

1987 Mode Genera- Attrac-

ted ted

% %

Bus 32.2 32.6 Passen-ger 23.7 26.1 Truck 22.0 32.6

b) 0-D flows - 2001

2001

Genera- Attrac-

ted ted

% %

19.5 19.3

19.4 19.9 13.8 19.1

Vehicle passenger: An important change is predicted in the gain in movement to and from OMA towns exception being NOIDA which will continue to have a limited interaction (only with Delhi). Among the priority towns, interaction with Meerut, Gurgaon, Panipat and Alwar gains significantly so also rest of the NCR in Uttar Pradesh with Hapur as centroid. The other important change in the redistribution of flows is the likely reduced importance of Delhi based flows.

Bus: Currently, the bus passenger flow originating from or terminating at Delhi shows that about one­third of the total trips made within or through the NCR have one end of their trip at Delhi. This is estimated to be about 19% by 2001. However, in absolute number of Delhi based trips, the increase will be about 1 lakh after taking into account the impact of improvements in rail system. The intra­regional share of public transport is projected at 54% which is less as compared to the present share due to larger railway share in intra-regional public transport. Major movements follow similar pattern as that of vehicle passenger but the proportion of larger distance trips will be more. A significant forecast is of larger number of flows between the priority towns and the OMA towns.

57

1ITT1" 41cil41a � � JHfi&II * � * � � �-� * �m{ TI"�� � m-ITT � I ci�jfil<, 1frn"-41cil41ci · � ti"� �, �;f.141� �ritz"3WTTT# {jJiJll(��q{� ffi(fey��� t!ilcf>icf> ���mm-� (a1R1cn1 7.5) 1

�:��41-al......,41,..;.,.ctcfiffuml"��T�-�41?1141?1 ���cfi+f (36 ��ra)m� 12001 cfcn�cfiffuml" 25 ��"@"fl"cfi+f��lflT 15 ��ra � � 1 � qIB" m--;,rm- � � irn1··P1( � * m--;,rm- * � lfTT1 41a141a � ���ID� I <ffi �WcR ��fcfi � TI" � � mtf lTT;TT � lfTT1 cfif ;q I a I <-U a ITT1lT I rr�, JIIM 41 qi�, Lh{1�1q1� � 41..flqa � 41a1;qa � � �����I

7.3 ��l;J

qftq �'1 �cfif ��-;q-� * ��cnl" ��o��tfITTT����-�cnl" 41al41ct cFl" �-� TI"�cffi"� �I��* � 41a141 a cR � � cR �, � � * tr� � � � TI"�� tfcfi � m-lfflf�q-;r��Lh(>lfq�q ���*��

*�m��� � � � -� t�� 1ITT1" * qftq�-1 cn1" � �a1ct-t1�a � � 1 ;·,

7.4 �oerr�-�

qftq �-1 cn1" 31Hqi:<f � t � "ffcIT * �� "fflfffl � � I � � � "ff+rffi � 3 41011 � � i, �� qftqi:H #traRmfu:r rn (�qIB" rn) *�a���*�� cfif

... -· ffl������TTcnl"����I � -;:fiftr �- H kt R1 fl1 a qffi �� i:-

58

i) f.rcrrq �lqPIJH * � ��IB c=rey ��lqcf>lllq ftq �'1 � m:T � � � qzm �q"ffey m� * m� �q;

ii) ���-�cnl"cfi+f�*��� "3"Cf.:-� � � 41f1141ci � ��cnct*�o�����*�-�1q111J.11 * � riR oey f;-rmq lfTlf��cfi"CT'1T;

iii) ��*mil 4kll41a cfil"3ll�ITTU�q-;r � cR � q{ �-� cfilf �;

ii) Goods traffic projections

The goods traffic generation is explained moreby economic activity base than population size. Accordingly, projections of goods traffic are based on employment in large, basic an� small scale 1ndustry and indices of volumes of_ wholesale and retail trades. (Table 7.5). · · ..

The share of fntra-regional traffic wiJ] remain less (36%) compared to the bulk of inter-regional traffic. The share of Delhi wil1 fall from 25% to about 15% by 2001. The goods traffic flows between the priority towns and OMA towns will go up in future. Major traffic flows are expected with outside the Region. However, Ghaziabad, Faridabad and Panipat show an increasing trend.

7 .3 Objectives

The objective of the transport plan is to promote .and support the economic development of the ,_Region and, relieve the Capital of traffic congestion. It is to provide accessibility to all the parts of the Region and discourage the transit of passengers and goods through the core area -Delhi by providing bypasses and thereby opening areas for economic development of the rest o{ the Region.

7 .4 Policies and strategies

Transport is essentiall� looked upon as a service, though h has all its economic by-products. A sound transport policy will be a catalyst for the growth and economic development of the Region and also influence the direction of growth. The development strategy includes:

i) interconnection of regional centres amongeach other, and with the Ciipital by efficientand effective network syster:n for free

....... , movement;-ii) provision of shortest and:�free movement

net:\vork to inter-connect the maximum tra"ffic attracting and generating urban nodes in 'the Region to diminish the centrality of Delhi;

iii) decongestion of Delhi roads and terminalsby diverting the bypassable long distancethrough traffic;

iv) 4-i�c:{R � ��IB o�nr1-t1cFhl<-l '6ilcWl+l.-f cli� o� ITT� "3"tf � cfim � � cnPf���chl"����filg1Tffimm �c@" "3"tf-� � � �� cfi{".-fT. �

'

v) �' � Ilt11.-f JI{ ITT o� �N ITT ��qrf '6-ld{l�t:dlll (��{4iRPI) 'Wf����+rm 0� nf +rm� cnfQ/nl q-; { o I cfi{".-fT I

m-10��mIB��t,

iv) provision of suitable fast sub-urbanoperating system for efficient and effectivemovement of commuters and for boostingup of the development of economic activitiesin the urban nodes of the Region;and

v) integration of road and rail network systemin Delhi, OMA and rest of the Regionwith appropriate 1nter-facing facili­ties.

Fig. 10 dipicts conceptually the proposals.

Figure-:-10: Concept Plan for Transport Network L )

FROM PUNJAB

FROM SOUTH

FROM

EAST

SOUTH

59

qftq�.=t ���qif��ftfiw&hr# 2001 (f"cf> fcrnii1.-i qftq�.-f � <-11a1<-11a cfi� W:fffi ctl" ����r cfil" � � t m� -wf�

� -a-� �'+fTcTTIT.-f" fillTI" I cl Jii 1.-f q ftq €H � ctl" cfilft cfil" � cf)"{� cFi m� w � # Pt 9 fc:1 f(9ff m �� t :-

tj chf0-1 ch �-m � ct � i ch--1 cfi �qr{ tR-a-��cfff7:JBIT-llldlllld c"Fl"��#�­� ctl" aj ff� � mTft, � �qr{ T-J{ mm� l) Pt9fc:1f<srff m �TIPTT'f miT ( lfR"fu;r -2)

. cfi) �/fliil.=tl.-fl{ � (�<-11�.:4c:) T-J{ ��-m (Q,cffi�fl �)

"€I") fctEliil.-f CT� {IJiJ.!Pff criT�-;joAch{OI Tf) � -a-� � ftrm qif fcrcfirn' -'.3ffier) �-��-l=fTTl'�Icfi) � fctEliil.=t D� � �-{IJiiiPl°fcfil"

�� -lfflff � q R: q ffi a � # 1TTlff cfi � # � crr@r rcr�ITTr RffIB � cfil" � -a-� 1TTlff it 'BTtl"mszrr # � cfrn", rcr�N- � -?f �-�o -'.3ffi � -q 1..ft q a cfi � -lffllf # � cfrn" �cf�T.-fT / � cfil" tjt � cfi � # � �mi:t ��1tm �= � mm � -rr:rr � ftF � � /fl ii I .-f I .-fl { "ff("@Uff T-J{ �� -lffTf ( Q,cffi � fl tj Ji ) � -mc-;mtfi-cf-100 lTic"{ "fillTI" ��'3ffif # 4 �#rcr�m'3ftt��$m '3ffi B'+fi !,I@ -i:,g c{'i (� Bci-�R) T-J{ 'ti ii 41 { ch ( irsITTm) ctl" �� ITT I � "ff(� T-J{ �� -+TTTf�-?f �-"ff+f7:f �Rt� ctl" � # cfiT1:ITT � fillfl" �R � tjt R<m'tl er� w, TITTr -?f mTft, � q Ro II ii � fci El J.! 1.-f �-lTTlf � # �qr{ cfi cfiR1lT � qfffi � cfi �cfff � P-i <-11 ch{ (1"lf'Bll" 100 qft,�Rf � � tjt mTft1 !.ltct1fc1a m-;,�� -lfflff ( Q,cffi � fl �) qif fcTTRur w m � :-

2001 �:

i) �-JllfJ1<-11i±11�-ii1c{).-iJ1{-�o cfi � -'.3ffii i) fl 1..ft q a -q 1..ft q a t � tPTT-TTm -@� T-J{, -'.3ffi� � T-J{ iii) Lfi(l�li±ll�-�-JllfJillli±II� cfi �-�I

60

7 .5 Programmes and proposals

The transport plan study concludes that the existing transport system will be highly inadequate and ineffectjve to cope with the projected flow of traffic in the Region by 2001. To supplement the present transport network, the Plan pr.oposes the following:

i) Proposals for the road network

On the basis of evaluation of alternative roadnetworks and also, expected role that railway system would play in carrying additional passen­ger traffic, the road network will include (Map 2).

a) Expressways on new/parallel alignments,b) Upgradation of existing National

Highways,c) Development of inner and outer grids,

andd) Sub-regional road network.a) Since the conversion of existing National

and State Highways to Expressways will face several constraints in terms of clearing the large built-up areas within the right of way and, also provision of a very large number of junctions/ crossings, particularly on the Delhi - Meerut and Delhi - Panipat corridors, development of Expressways (4-lane divided initially with full access control and all intersections grade separated) with 100 metre right of way on entirely new/parallel alignments have been proposed. The Expressway on a new a-Iignment shall lead to sizeable savings in travel time, fuel cost and increased convenience of free and faster travel leading to an overall monetary savings of about 100% over and above the savings by improvement

· of existing road net0work. The three expressways have been proposed as follows:

Upto 2001:

On parallel alignment i) between Delhi­Ghaziabad-Modinagar-Meerut, and ii) between · Sonepat-Panipat, and on new alignment iii) between Faridabad-NOIDA-Ghaziabad.

Beyond 2001:

On parallel alignments i) connecting Delhi-

2001 c6 GfTG::

i) �-1¢Jliq-�-� cfi1" � �ii)�-ft141qa � ffl" t11414a-q1�lqa �� +fT1f(�cR-i�fl �) cfi1" � � flJ.iHl.fl{ �H@oi'i 1:R,�iii)�-lli{l�lisll�-�-�cfi1"��� l.fi{ltilisllti-JIIM<.llisllti ��� ffi� ��cf��� l.fi{l�lisll� � m- � 41MllllM ���@ft&n &PTTTT��I

'@) 2001 �RIElJ.il-=t � (IJi'iPi'f, cfiT� 531uAcf>{UI/� � �:

i) � (IJMPf-81:R�-1¢Jliq �cfi1" 6"ff-=tT� RlcF>ma �,

ii) � (l:JiJ.ilJl'-241R" JIIMlllisllti-� �cfi1" 4 "ff-=tT � Rt cf>ffi a �,

iii) �(l:JililJl-8 q-{ 1¢Jliq-�cfi1"4�-if fctcF>ma �,

iv) � {IJiJ.iPl'-10 1R" isl�l�{Jlip-�­U� "CT.Ji"� � "ffi"lTT cfi1" 4 "ff1T � fq cf>fo M�,� f

v) � {IJiJ.ilJl'-2 1R" Cf1(itilisllti-� cfi1" 4��fctcf>IBM �I

Tf) � � ftrg � � � ftrg cfi1" lqcf>ffiM � (��-if 2 �-if��: 4 �-iffu� {IJiJ.ilJI) � �-0flT.fi-� 60 lftTI fillTT I

�m:

"i) ��-� cfi1" � � -;:p)- ff{� 1:R,

� .......+--++,......-r ii) �-t1141qa-��, �--�-ra cf� �-1?Jliq-Lh{ltilisllti rn: RIElJ.iH tit�cfi1"�����1

�m=

i) �-�-�-�, �­�-q1;ftqa, lTT"o-���m-�­�, �-� U"Ji"� � "ffi"lTT(�) � lTT"o-� "CT.Ji"�� "ffi"lTT(�) cf� f�-ITTTD-fcfWf"";{Tf�-�

1R" fct El 1111 � cfi1"� � � ��I

1I) "31:("-��-+fflf�

� mm-tr � � � .nm -if �� � rr

Gurgaon-Rewari-Behror ii) between Delhi-Sonepat connecting the Sonepat-Panipat Expressway, and iii) connecting Delhi-Faridabad­Palwal-Hodal, with a link to Faridabad-Ghaziabad Expressway and creation of additional capacity for traffic between Delhi and Faridabad.

b) Upgradation/widening of existing NationalHighways by 2001:

i) Development of Delhi-Gurgaon stretch to 6lanes on NH-8,

ii) Development of Gurgaon-Behror stretch to4 lanes on NH-8,

iii) Development of Ghaziabad-Hapur stretch to4 lanes on NH-24,

iv) Development of Bahadurgarh-Rohtak-NCRboundary to 4 lanes on NH-10, and

v) Development of Faridabad-Hodal stretch to4 lanes on NH-2.

c) Development of an inner grid and an outergrid (2 lane initially with ultimate capacity of 4 lane divided highway) with 60 metre right of way.

lnne·r Grid:

i) On new alignments to connect Murthal toBaghpat, and

ii) Strengthening and widening of existingalignments on Rohtak-Sonepat-Murthal,Baghpat-Meerut and Jhajjar-Gurgaon­Faridabad stretches.

Outer Grid:

i) Strengthening and widening of existingalignment on Palwal-Sohana-Rewari­Jhajjar, Rohtak-Gohana-Panipat, Meerut­Hapur-Bulandshahr-Khurja-Palwal, Khurja- NCR boundary (south), Meerut-NCRboundary (north) and Bhiwadi-11jara­Kishangarh-Alwar stretches.

d) Sub-regional road network

Smaller towns of the National Capital Region have been stagnating mainly because of their location in the shadow of bigger urban centres. However, their economy could be revitalised by providing suitable infrastructure facilities so that they act as link between the rural areas and the

61

�ftR;i Q, Jlffi�-1ctl ffi � � � � � � $ �'qfq ITT# ��I "ff�� '3Pf-� q,1 '3q1<ffl ���wrmtt�cf){cfi�:�� � W-RfT � mfcF cf 1JNfOT � $ IBtJ; �-� $ � # cfi1+f � $ (1i Ri R: c@ 1JNfOT � '3ffi �

mtt � � ffl" � �-� cfil m cfillf cfit �· 1 ��m��rct"Q,cnm�$$ITTcf11m� �# � � '3ffi �� $$ITTcf11� Hcficct� '3-r:.ilft( sfill"cficfisTTff��1 cfif<f-�,�1il1f11cfi �� � f;:tcficct� � m "'31l-� $ITT cfi m� � $IB��-ttrm ��cn'l­"Q,cn >f"CJTfffi fq cfiR-i a cn',- � I � � "'31l-� � # fcn:ffi"{ ff cn'l- � I

� � mft q I a I lH a ff � � � � fcfi �->fUITT>fr#y��cm--3llq"�<rcRrf�I ci�jftl( "Q,cn � tC'f-"'31l-lTTlf "ff��� $ � � cn',­qftcfi0H 1 (J.il.=tf-tj::1-2) cn'l- lll � I

cfi) �n-r-�

� �m't ITT cfi � q Ft q �Fl-� cfi �� # fcf>Q: lf1Z '3T� ff� � Ji I fu1 ct ITT�� Fcfi � ITT ffmi1 q1ct1tJ1a $�$rnTJ;�lTTlf�ctl­'3lTcf�<rcRIT � I W '3T� # � �ftf� Q, � lfr � � � illfcn � �m't ITTT # �m't '3Ttt � AclTT:ft cfi4 ii I ft 41 ( cfiR£cR) $ � ll I a 141 act! Rm� 1;, � $ ffl" cfiT cfi+f � � tfcfi 1 � � "'31l-lTTlf ff � ITT � cfit w ITT cm- '3Ti­� ����ITT���� +ITTrr # lf@ cfil" �-� "JfFl" $ � ��� cfiT � � # ft�lllfll tjt � I ��R fn:ref TT(� � .-�-) ITTCT fcf>Q: � '3T� $���"PTT cfiT

. � � ��<rcRIT� cfi mPTTr cnTUr ff m�� � �� �, �= � � -qp:rr fcf; �ffll�ct m-lff"Tfcfif�� 2001 $�m� I �-�a� mt cfil �mR � fcfiin:"o-� --��ITT-�--�-�-� '3ffi q1..{)qa ff. m cR �i- � "'31l-lff"Tf � ITT cfi a� �

�m't ITT ct C(ch1 �M "Qci t1 g;F� a fcrcnm cfi ��<ir cn'l­� cfi � ��-lfcfi � I W � cfil � 'qTlf � ff in:"o-� -��m--� '3Ttt � q1..{)qa cfi ffl fqEJJ.ilrl � � �-�-�-� '3ffi

62

bigger urban centres besides acting as service centres for the rural population. Efforts would be to inter-connect the same order centres directly and the lower order centres with their nearest higher order centres. A system of feeder roads of higher standard would be evolved to connect the work �contres and industrial estates with the nearest regional or .sub-regional centres. This will be dealt in Sub-regional Plans in detail.

ii) Proposals for the Railway network

The projected total passenger traffic suggests aneed to improve railway system. Accordingly a regional rail bypass and several improvements (Map 2) are envisaged:

a) Regional rail bypass

Studies on transportation network for the DelhiUrban Area have established the need for creating new railway lines to bypass through traffic from Delhi Area. This has also been found necessary in those studies in order to release the existing capacity for the needs of sub-urban and daily commuters' traffic in the Delhi Urban Area. Such a Regional bypass would further give a tremendous boost to the economy of the Region by opening up of new areas and help in fulfilling the national objectives of movement of bulk goods. The study conducted by Operations Research Group was required to approach this issue from the narrnw­angle of the regional needs only and hence they found justification for the proposed bypass only beyond 2001. The Planning Committee and the Board have considered regional bypass passing through Meerut-Hapur-Bulandshahr-Khurja­Palwal-Rewari-Rohtak and Panipat to be essential to further the objectives of an integrated and balanced development of the Region, including the Delhi Urban Area. Part of this link already exists between Meerut-Hapur-Bulandshahr-Khurja and Rohtak-Panipat and, new lines are to be laid between Khurja-Palwal-Rewari-Jhajjar and Rohtak for about 205 km. The proposed rail link should also connect the newly emerging industrial towns of Bhiwadi and Dharuhera. It is understood that the Railway Board is already preparing a Techno-

� cfi � �� 205 �o-ift"o � � � � � � Jq{1c@ �«11�a n-r-mcn "fl" ;nz.fucf>R-ia m rt f� qci" t11��151 ;pm cn1" m� ��<fcfi � I � fllf"ffl � � fcn � � � "fl" m � � � cli � � ctcf>41c61-�t� 3l� � qi"{ rn �, � � 3Ticf�<fcfifil cn1" � � � � m f1�14cf> � I <9) �m"TT"fl"oo'��:

cfM1H1( � fuElJlH � � � �� �' � TI{"-� ch't- � � � � fcmm" �cl;���� flcfifil t1 �"fl"�� �� Ji�tqiof �, � Rkif(>lf"<9ct �: i) MEll-iH TI{"-�� �@Uc@ �-41ctl41ctch't- ��llcf>MI Q, g:CT q:;r-:rr Iii) � mm �-$ lITlf' � """"qR:.....,c:1 ........ J-----1 � "3-7 lTTTJl'tf("�cffi"��I iii) �/aft<-11011 cnl"��cTrR�� <-11ct1<-1rncn1" � � � "ffifcf> q d¥1 i '1 cFl"���mcR�ff�ficl,�01 ff���, iv) �cffi" �m1t � � mif-mifqf<_c<-11· q"{ � �m � � q:;r-:rr, �:�-1-h{1�1cil1�-� m�R tr(" m'61@Rc@ �lITlf'���I

·- �-�-� 1ff1'f tr(" � � �fcil 01.-t I I�����*���cli m� � � �fh_ RI 01 -11 � % m�R cfiffu g ffi cf> { 0 I q:;r-:rr I �-,11fi1<-11ci11�-� 1ff1'f tr(" m '61@\{c@� 1TT11f cn1" � q:;r-:rr I v) � lfffc(-tz.IR 2001 cl, mTc:11 cl,�� � tr(" cffi -1 e1 �m� cnT � 1 vi) � � � � ��� cli Jq {1 cR1 mTc:11 cliIDTI � � * 3q(1� m RJ...if(>lf@a�I � f� chct I cl; �mr tr(" ¥ Tft!: � Tif 1ff1'f ff��ff qTqff ��I� ;,rm��"fl"� cl,� qi1" � �����Il) �2)�

iii) �1'Tlf"-q;��

��cfif rcrcnrn" 3PTI1Tcli �mr TRTTfi<TT"� � �rcrcnrn" �� m-�*�� ff��I ��cli�-fc:1+11.:-fi IDTI�'31f-

Economic Feasibility Study for the new lines which would further help in establishing its need. b) Suggested improvements

The existing network has a number of bottle­necks which can be removed to create quite a large capacity in the rail network. The most important of them are: i) The carrying capacity of existing passengertrains could be substantially increased byadding to the number of coaches,ii) Creation of additional capacity in Delhi areaby re-routing certain through trains,iii) Rationalisation of movement of freighttraffic to Punjab/Haryana to avoid theirconcentration in Delhi at present,iv) Elimination of existing bottlenecks on shortstretches by providing additional facilitiessuch as:provision -of an additional pair of lines onPalwal-Faridabad-Delhi section,laying of a single Broad gauge line betweenDelhi-Rewari-Alwar,addition of a line to the single line betweenMuradnagar and Meerut Cantonment andelectrifying the entire section, andan additional pair of lines between Delhi­Ghaziabad and Khurjav) Development of terminal facilities at fourlocations·in accordance with the Master Planfor Delhi 2001.vi) After the implementation of the aboveproposals for augmentati -n of the railnetwork, the following Priority Towns andtowns in the DMA would not have a rail link.Studies should be carried out to as ertainjustification of such rail links·:,,�,.� . .o;.;:.:�·...:_��S' 1) NOIDA 4,v r �i·

1/�'t

( 2) Kundli .-�· ( Regd. No.f.::\L ... · · -�: I\. 1r o I 1 .-; ·, 'i( Coda.\. '":"1.�.� i..::,

iii) Proposal for Air Ways . t

� ,,,::-- '-- - - ' '': �Regional Centres are to be d�cp JpL(m a priority basis by inducing their growth through economic activities. It is necessary to study the possibilities of extending air services to these towns through short distance carriers. 63

;,-rm��-��� "tl-��3TT cfJT 3l���t1

�m=fficf�@r�"ffWITTcfi�-� �lq!JIJ.Fi "tl-��7fcmf3TTlf{ 3TTmftl-g I qftq�-1->fqffi cfir 3l� J-rnf:i9;uf tfccfi 3hr: � 0ilqlJIJH % I � � cfi � "JIT ffir� ;:mcf�?Tcn % , % lf{ffi -oo'� ·-w=rm3TT (�c{1hf1P1) cR" �cffi" � � ff ID �<qq "ITT "ffcFaT % I ql" �@f �� � wmt:

cF) �-� 0ilqlJIJ.l-i cfir 3hr: � q R tj 1 (>I -1 q R q I a q-{ �'llfq, 3TT{"

�) � qfta11J.i� zrfu � R�m cR" 3TTq"�<fcRTT "ITT "ITT � ITTDJT I

� 3TTW cFl" � % fcn q R tj I(>\ tj cFl" fP1f<TT ITT cfi 3lrtl" � cFl" 3N� �@r � t � � m � cFl" �, � 3W-fcfif �T 3lrtl" -;pf{"f cfir cnP=r � "31l llPWf �t ("lf� !.l«tlfqa)��, �mir lllcil lllci cFf fflTT<IT cfir ��"ITT� I 2001 CTcF llfn;rf� � ;q, a 1 ;q1 a, m � -t1- �-+ffTf � cfir � cRTIT, � lllcillllci "ff 44% ��filTTTI

cni � � lfffi � � �

1987 53890 25370 77320 156580 (100%)

2001 92270 42400 149500 284170 (100%)

�cfir�ftlrm :m :�1.-an:ch ftlrm, m� ;q I a 1 ;q I a * Rn-i-:rf.-i cfi �@r +IT� t, �lSZf � �-� 41dl41<i cfi � 3ffi fcH-Fi.=t cFl" 3TTq"�<fcRTT3lT ���I q chi {l �ff� '1ITT cR" �, <-ll"f!" 3ffi � cfi 31 I qi JI J.l .-f c8" � :mcf�<fcRTT3TT � � cfiB * �� � m-� � � m ffir� °ffi+R � I � W qTif cfir �'qffi" "ITTITT % fcn � � 3lrtl" fi �� a ftlr ( ch.-fi f�ch ftlr) � cR" 3TTq"�<fcRTT %, � 3TT�JIRJ<il � m cFl" "ITT 3ffi 3lf�: � ;q I rl 141 a cfi rn� � �@r � 1flf/���m,

� m-� � �mu ITT cFl" m-� cfi m�, fcf�N � t � cfi � � � q@" Q,cfi1ch{01 cFl"��lffic\� 2001 � !.IRIIMci � Q,cfil q-; ci +f � H JI {l ll re�m 3ffi � ch I J.4 cl cffi ,·'

64

iv) Inter-facing

The foregoing proposals are primarily based on the inter-urban movement requirements in the Region. Another important component of transport flows is intra-urban movement. The synthesis which would be required between the two can only be achieved through a. proper planning of inter-facing facilities. The two. major points for consideration are:

a) the effects of the inter-urban move-ments on intra-urban circulationpattern, and

b) the consequent need for new terminals, ifany.

The problem of circulation is mainly expected to be felt in Delhi rather than in other centres of the Region, because most of the other towns would be served through a bypass road (as proposed) which would mitigate the problem of through traffic. The projected daily traffic by 2001 which would use Delhi's network will be 144% more than the existing traffic:

Year Passen- Buses Goods Total ger vehicles vehicles

1987 53890 25370 77320 156580 (100%)

2001 92270 42400 149500 284170 (100%)

The existing outer ring and ring road in Delhi which are the main arteries for dispersal of regional traffic will not be able to effectively cope with collection and dispersal of inter-urban traffic in the future. Similar will be the problem in rail network in catering to the needs of the future pass<:·nger and goods movement. This suggests the need for another concentric ring of a limited access type and preferably not having any major points of origin/destination for the regional traffic along it.

The integration of the regional network with that of urban area network specially for Delhi should be examined from the point of view of accessability to the four integrated metropolitan passenger terminals and freight complexes

m � �rnl•·PI{ ITT $� � Jqlf)�A mil,� �cnl"�#"{�����I

�R�R � chi At<Rcffi fich�ct ftlr (ch-=fif?ch ft7r) i m�-m� � � � � � � � ftlr mff m ��orfcf> � � <-mw-11 a

cfiT 011q1t1'-i., <TT m ��ff m � <fl !.ltt11Rta (3TT� llPTf ff '3W � !,I fct I fq ct ITT ocf5 � � +lfiH�l{l<l �R�FIT/chlitt<Rcffi'i � !.lfctlfoct ITT $ �chcct+i �-+TPTfcfiT >f<TT1T � � 3n>f1T ID �1�m,WITT$�+1gfcliof�mtr� # R�FIT� � �'tIT'3TT# <TTCTT �%fcmITT ��mm <TT fen"{ �qn" � q-{ � R�R �mill

�{Grfm;fi ITT#� qftq�., �tr+!"� �� m � � 1 �# qftqg-,-�m�r '3W

' "ffqf(311 � � �, � fcrcFrn "ct"���� fvv.?t � 1 ll � 4 ft q �., mf� chi ft <-i'i / Q,i1fw-i1· � %1 �WITT# ���T �# ��ff 3n>f1Tcf ��fffflcRm-�1�qfto11+1 �'ITT"ct"T%fcfl ���m-m���tf+f�-a-��m �'9"<:fi � %, � �·� tfchfil %1 qftq�., �met�� ch'1- fJi��IR<li '3W R<T+rT '3W��<1+11·cn1"��$"ct"Ucf)ID<f:��� m �1 � qSiff141· $ qrn � fJ1��1ft<1i mm �' � � � � % � � o:m ff+f� �cfiT llo-i'� m � %, �� qftq t-i mf� cfiT �� ID m n+r� cfiT cf1f+r � � m ITT� ff+fF-r qftq �-1-� $ � � fPl1I "ct"� Q,cht�ct ef� '61q-,1ch{ ffl �1��tITT$IB�mrft� �� � eJf.fch1fc.lch c>l"� mm,��# r� stJ: cffi (�) qftq�., �(311 cf>'t fl+IRct � � 'Q,cfi � � � � ctqljfll{ � fcrcFrn �I

� {Grfm;fi ITT$ fu� � fi�Rhct � qftq t-i � (<-p

""

rilfil�s (i Jf-i <1 C:ifi 41t ��) cBl" � $ � � �-2001 $ m#-a-��� fi41Jt-,1 �cft1T{ft:r:nlft�r �i-ro fcrcFrn �� GJU � � (c1�lh1R) 'chl' �11"{�, ��$IB�"Q:ro�oifo'QJ{o -a-��m$mf�ur��$>J"�;:rtR� fcfl<TT 1 -a-��� (clf:filh1R) � ftl-ltt # w�� # m ft:rcFirft�T ffl cBl" 11"{ % I � � i-� qftqt-i �� � � qffirf ��' 1939 �

proposed in Delhi Master Plan 2001, which will also serve D MA.

These terminals and complexes should be along the proposed concentric ring and, also conned the existing outer ring road so that the inter urban traffic would flow either through these regional roads or proposed expressways and, follow the proposed ring upto its metropolitan passenger terminals/freight complexes. It would branch off using the existing connections nearest to the proposed terminals/complexes and to the proposed ring. Similarly, in other important urban nodes of the Region, the terminal facilities would need to either drastically expand their existing facilities or go in for suitably located new terminals.

v) Integration of transport services

The problems of Regional transport in the NCRare of a varied nature. At present, various transport authorities/agencies are responsible for planning, development and managing transportation facilities and services. They operate, in large parts of this Region independently of each other. This results in avoidable long journey time, and more expenditure. The responsibilities for providing transport facilities and enforcement of rules and regulations are often fragmented and vague. The agencies charged with such responsibilities need to be strengthened and, a coordinating agency needs to be constituted with representation of various transport authorities, which would coordinate and take an overall and integrated view of the total transportation system in the Region. This agency will be for the entire Region, having a long term goal of planning and development of a co­ordinated network of transport services.

The recommendations contained in the Draft Regional Plan-2001 and the Interim Development Plan for setting up of a unified Regional Transport Authority for the NCR was referred to, by the Ministry of Urban Development, to the Task Force which went into the question of MRTS and similar Authority for Delhi. However, no recommendation in this regard has been made in the report of the Task Force. An earlier attempt by the Ministry of Surface Transport to achieve effective co­ordination through inter-State Transport Commission under Section 63-A of the Motor Vehicles Act, 1939 on a much bigger scale has also not met with much success. There is no other

65

mu 63-cfi cfi �� � �-� qflqlM � cfi l{T� t � � � t1r ��ffl � m >r\i1qq;1(\ ttii..q4 �cf;fm-��, �1:ftm

� flll,(1\11 ffl � I � � � � � � � mcf� ffl t, � �� � �cn'l"�<Ft��'ITTI ;reftu$ m���m���� mcf� t, �= � � cfi � � � ctl­�mm�� cfi � 252 cfi � (1) cfi �� �cqp"ft � cfi1" � t rtt- � � t m fcfir � cfi � � &m cfi1" � � t, m�: � � cfiT m mrrr, ���� t FcF qJii,.., ���mcfi�&mm� � m fcFm � ttii;:q4q;1(1 � cfft �<Ft��t1

0

66

provision in the Motor Vehicles Act which could enable the setting up of such Authority. Nor does NCRPB Act has any such provision. An Authority for the Region could therefore be set up either through fresh Legislation under Clause (i) of Article 252 of the Constitution with the consent of the participating States or, through a Resolution of the Board itself which obviously would ·be· of a non­statutory nature. It is felt that in the present situation, only this course of action of setting up of an Authority or any other co-ordinating Body through a Resolution of the Board would be achievable.

D

8.1 ��fill-lif-iich-�fcrcfiTT:rcfi�� l-!�fq9;of (fey �lTTUflf ti zrn- cfiTl'.R � ocF oll fcH JI a lTBIT cfiT � "R fl"cITTTT t, �: zrn- � cfi m tR ���ID fl"cITTTT ti��� fcfcfiTTf � � if � � m�rt � � IDffcRfi � 3ffi ���if Jt<il�cha1 oey cfiPf C:lffiTT � t I

� ITTR �m;m � � cnr n� "{Trfcy;:ft­ITT* fR� if FcT�N �ID� t, � � � zrn-q n: ch(>Y -11 ctt � t fcn � cfiPif cn1 "{Trfm-=IT fffci&if�a cfitcfi � � if "R � � � � � � cfi � fcfcfiTTf � � chl" ffi'-Filft�T � � t I � �T cfiT fcfcfiTTf � 1TcfiR ff� cfiT � t, � FcTFcr� � �� mit", � fi;:dlllch 3ffi �ctlllch � chl" �­chi <-{chm 41· if �m;:r � m-rft 1 � �-� -ITTR ��l:JT�qcfiR���,��cln �' -m-�����t, ���cfiT � ��{%in 3ffi � �cfi@�� � cfiT cfif+f � 3ffi �-� �w filCT � oll q f1 I <-1-frcifm f.:ruM cfi � ��7:fcfi � '11 Q, ��if t1m<-1chmit"1

3l1TTTT cfi �� tR fcfcfiTTf cfi fu� Rmfui 8 �1 if��-� �mi:t � � oey !.ll q}-ll f) I ch1 � qft�ur cfi ��if 31 q I llfta � I � ff� �m;m cfi �� � � � rrr � -a-ey ��qf14l<-1 Q,ci"�t1� l-l�i-1Ji{ ITT3ffi

3l1TTTT � "3"tf � if fci E1 B 1-1 � -ITTR �m;m cfi � q (17 chrl H <[g 'Cfof � t fcn � fq W-l H � 100 ff 7600 �cfi fflt��� -�"# � � � ff&lT 3 ff 7585 �' -m- t.fi{1�1iill� if 1987 cfi � cfi � � �� t ( rl I f'1 chi 8.1) I

�:z:m:r · � m�if � �·'-1� � '7 '4 1\1 , Ci • r-. -rl-,- "TTT"lr--� ........... 'H1�1 csti�, 1-f�Pllq, qH1qa, �, +-i (o, JIii Ji <-11cst1�

3ffi � if �� � 3ffi <[g ��Tr � isfTTft t fcF; � ����* 3TT1ocncrfucn{ctt �, 3ffi � ocF <[g q I{ ch (>Y '1 I m chl" Tf<.TT t fcn � �"ITT11"{ � cfi -a-ey � � � 3ffi

8 TELECOMMUNICATIONS

8.1 Telecommunication is a vital and essential infrastructure for socio-economic development. It can replace to a large extent the personal travel and as such, can become very cost effective. Tele­communication services could be complementary to other investments in the development process which enhances the productivity and efficiency in other sectors.

Provision of telecommunication facilities assumes a special importance in the context of the NCR, where not only decentralisation of economic activities is envisaged from the metropolis to areas outside but also induced development of the priority towns. These towns are proposed to be developed with a diversified economic base where secondary and tertiary sectors will form the dominant economic activities. These sectors are much more dependent on telecommunication services. Moreover, Delhi, the mother city will continue to remain in the centre of decision making and, a window to the outside world and, telecommunication links shall provide the means of information so necessary for business decisions.

In the 8 priority towns/complexes identified for priority development, the existing telecommuni­cation facilities are inadequate in terms of their capacity and sophistication of technology. Some of the existing facilities have out-lived their design life and, are unreliable and inadequate. An overview of the existing telecom facilities in the OMA and priority towns shows that the existing capacity varies from 100 to 7600 lines whereas the wait­listed demand ranges from 3 to 7585, the maximum being in Faridabad as of 1987 (Table 8.1).

The telex facilities are available only in a very limited number of towns such as Faridabad, Gurgaon, Panipat, Alwar, Meerut, Ghaziabad and NOIDA and their capacities are expected to be augmented by the end of the Seventh Plan when a few more OMA and priority towns of the Region like Rohtak, Rewari, Bhiwadi, Palwal, Hapur and

67

.=f1TCT, � ciltl�(11¢, clllt\�?I, � � �-� Mcffi �m-ct � cFl° � (alf(>lchl 8.2) I

���cfiT��1TIBff� �� cfm ���chi 4'ch<114 �� � �"ffcfi I ���cFl°>f�lqchl{l cPTffmftncfl�� fu�)1:r � ff �, � � qi fa1 J-ll ff �� � chl<{chMl41° cf) � cf) IB� �-ITTR �'?.TT� cfiT � � Nlll" 1 � �c@", {1-r1111{cF���crm��mcF �������er�� irn1.:111{ ITTcF � �r cn1" � cF ff+fR tr��* rn� ����fflwcrm-ctm��, -aj-� ���%1

8.2 � ��-m cFl" mRn i rn� �� ITTfilq �

>fcfi"Rt:-i) e:'1

"'

1!.hl-i ffcrr�cnl" � fqtjlf(>lc1 �;ii) � �cfffcl°Jil. ���fTf-f t:fl ;q ch 34ch(Olj.

cFl" Jflq-11qfq � m 1Pft i, "3"-i" B"� cFl"isl q("!-il;

iii) e:<4, :-hl -i � Mcffi cFl° WCfm-r:t c4 I q 6 I ft ch�fflffTfq-{�cfi0TT;

iv) �'mc@T mu s14RP1 cFl" �m-ct � �� +-151r111{ ITT i �crm � cfffi�r���;

v) � elm" crm � +-151r111{ ITT cF ��r "i:Fl" fu�q t1 ..fl 4 � m m7TT +rr�WU_� cfl m� �;

vi)· �cfrn"����+-151r111( ITT_'.i��TcF�fft�s14Ri 11 &rCT<TTlffTf­- -"f{qf� mu fu�qft..fl4 � ffcTilt � �;

vii) B"�����cfl�cfRef(�m� cfiJ fcn:nR �; crm

viii) � ��ITTcfl-3f;=;q-���B"�6 k1 tj f(>! a crm � �cfffi1

.Ji 'i cF � G"{

$ zq cfi;:1 R ch � cffi ii Ji � I

� � ITTR cFl" WCfm<t � � cFl" � m��li1lch wcrm� cfl ff+fR tr +-16fcj(�uf %, �: �crm� ��·m;q

"'

f "chl"��"i:Fl" � UfR �r������m� Wtfmr� cFl" � * � �c@" � G"{ � � cFl° � ch'1- � B"cfl I

��Rm� "flqf� cf)�� -3Tfq�-;qcfi "ITTlTT � e:rnlh,-1 �cfft-ihn· * � � �� (�8�ffla 1�)cFl"�ch'l"�crm��

� ITT * � � � e:<47--h,.:i * � * �

Bulandshahr are likely to be covered (Table 8.2).

The priority towns.are to be developed faster so as to absorb more economic activities and thus to attract the Delhi bound potential migrants to the extent of 19 lakhs by 2001 A.O. For an effective realisation of this goal, and dev_elopment of economic activities especially relating to-industries, trades and commerce, telecommunication facilities would be essential. Moreover, in order to make the priority and OMA towns as attractive as Delhi in respect of provision of employment opportunities and standard of living, the facilities in these towns should be made comparable to that of Delhi.

8.2 In order to achieve the objectives, the long term proposals for 2001 AD are:

i) full automation of telephone services,ii) replacement of all life expired exchanges

and related accessories,iii) provision of telephone and telex facilities

practically on demand,iv) extension of subscribers dialling facilities

to OMA and priority towns.v) connection of priority and OMA towns

with Delhi by reliable cable or radiomedia,

vi) provision of reliable trunk services eitherby direct dialling or through demandservices among the priority towns andOMA towns,

vii) extension of telegraph office facilitiesto all the towns as may be justified;and

viii) replacement of all the manual andmechanical exchanges in Delhi as well asother towns of the Region by electronicexchanges.

As the telecommunication facilities are as important as other community facilities, the planning and development agencies should take note of the proposals so as to provide adequate land in appropriate locations for provision of these facilities right at the planning stage.

It would be desirable that for smooth services, a separate electricity feeder to the telephone exchanges and underground ducts in Delhi and other big towns of the Region for telephone cables for their safety and better maintenance are provided.

68

� cii I �f.-p:j'j ( � � -gqc) ctr � ctr m?:f orfcfi � "ff{f!ITTi � trcF 311{ � �� m�Wfifr"ITT�I

. 8.3 � tj=qqtffq � (1985-90) $ rn<t i{ t1 +.1, < f<f'qpT � m ctr wa- -a-� mm Qcffi-a· Ji � (ma�a�o) $Rm{llf o� ci1¢1cttl cA"WR n$mo/��RmrnrfcF<ti���ff t:

i) "ffm "W" o� "� e:cfltn1.--1 fsfk:ck.." if30.9.1986 (lcfi ctr � 1TT1l" ctr iffi- 0�e:cfltn111 � * "ffm "� rs�ck.." if1.4.87 -acfi "�"ffl"-I", 1.4.88 ��cfff-II, o�1.4.90-acfi�-III ZIT"�� Qcffitj

.Ji'' cfiT

mer�;ii) 6qlq tlftch �ff lTTlf o/ 1.4.90-acfi "Mcffi""

�ctr�m�;iii) "ffm � �&-11<141· cpl" �@:I"� WIITTft ff

�ff����lfl�ID"D�Iiv) �"ffmQcffitj·::rH��lO00�

ff�% t ���ff �{IAii�

lfl�ff�I��f<f�ff .Q,cfif¾ct ctl-��� ctlf('icfil

8.1 l:f{'6lq(1jcfi'1 �ffffloITTITf���� � * � (lcfi 11 R�R � ;,r:r lfi{1�1ciil�, ciitl�{Jl¢,1¥Jliq,�,�,�,�, JllfJi<-llciil�, �, � o� � �if �:!Hchctit ctch"il� o/ �� Q,ffi-8J11· ����TI ctr� t1

8.4 ��Fcf'qflf �· tj-tjqtffq � (1990-. 95) * rn<t � �@:I" ��<TT cA" Rmfnf en{� ctr 3TT{cfifm-t 1 <r��<r��� -��m� * ii1511,itch � 101qf11 if �mr � WR i 1 �� mm;:ft ITT�� cA" � m'B" ITTITr 1 �@:I"ffl ff <t ��<f f.,-q Wfifr ff t:-

i) e:cfltn"'i-1 �w if TTm � � if+f�� cf "ff+fR � 1.4.90 -acfi 25 q"lf

% "ITT l1<r t cFl" cii�<>l.--11;ii) "ffm t k1 ii I f('i ct Q,cffi -a· :;ff cFl" fq ii I f('i ct

Q,cffitj.Jjj. ml"�;

iii) "ffm "Jll � "ff� �ctt�t1,.++n�<1 �� o/"� a a am a,, ctr �m � o� �n� � ff wM� � lfl'tlTli ff�;

iv) �TTm Q,cffiifJ11· �� 1.4.90-acfi �500 � <ff � �% "ITT � t,

8.3 During the Seventh Plan (1985-90), the Department of Telecommunications have the following national objectives to meet the demand and addition and allocation of direct exchange lines (DEL) for the corresponding switching capacity.

i) To meet the average demand upto30.9.1986 in all the metro and majortelephone districts and the demand upto1.4.87 in MAX-I, upto 1.4.88 or MAX-II,and upto 1.4.90 for MAX-III or manualexchanges in all the minor districts oftelephone circles.

ii) To provide telex connections practicallyon demand by 1.4.90.

iii) Connecting all the district headquartersto main trunk network through atleastone reliable media.

iv) To connect all exchanges having capacitylarger than 1000 lines through a reliablemedia to the National network.

According to the information collected from Department of Telecom (DOT) (Table-8.1), 11 sti:ltions namely Faridabad-Bahadurgarh-Gur­gaon - Dharuhera- Palwal-Alwar-Bhiwadi-Ghazia­bad-Loni-NOIDA and Khurja will be provided with exchanges equipped with latest technology by the end of the Seventh Five Year Plan.

8.4 The Department of Telecom is in the process of formulating their broad objectives for the Eighth Five Year Plan (1990-95). These objectives are mainly for further boosting up of telecom services both in qu�iity and quantity. This will benefit the NCR towns also in a big way. The broad objectives are:

i) All worn out equipment in the telephoneexchanges having 25 years service upto1.4.90 to be replaced.

ii) All manual exchanges to be replaced byautomatic exchanges.

iii) All Sub-divisional and Tehsilheadquarters to be provided with STDfacilities and to be connected to thenational network by reliable transmissionmedia.

iv) All exchanges of capacity of 500 lines ormore as on 1.4.90 are to be provided withSTD facility. An effort will be made tocover all NCR priority towns even withlesser capacity than 500 lines, speciallyindustrial urban areas such as Bhiwadi-

69

�oito-tl"o �m � �I � �� ITT� trm � -,lT{T chl" �m �cFBq,')-cn=mr�rq,')-� 1 ��� m :ifITT 500 � q,')-&PTTIT � � m ��' @ftqi( "Cf(" 01iE-l1fllch -,lT{T �: f�,'tll{c\�'?I cf �o�oqo-� �;

v) trm �, El I fl I ch � �' � �� � � '�oito"tto-il"-�' q,')­�m � q,')-�;

vi) o!.llq�IRch m-?, lTTTf "Cf(""�" ��Rch'l"�mcft°�;

vii) trm � �&ll<-P-11· "Cf(" ftlc{Ji�ch �ch1<-1fw-11· (t:ftama�) ch'l" �mm�;

viii) trm � Q,cfflilJi �&'1�1�ch � "Cf("�mm, filll I

34{lcffi �� cfl �cffi" e:<41 1:n1-1 fcflfPT � � tj =q q tff<-1 � ch'l" �� � � i.=i f'1 f� a � -?,cn-;m cnT � fcn<:rr �:--

i) � "rcrsn+f" cf) � "�-�",-.. Ri fs ll 1 -�" "� -tcRl" -a-� "�&'I cR.1 � ch�" cnT �� �-'

ii) oK cfl 12 � cfl � 500 � fll(�d/fcf� oK tR1 -?r � � ch'l" �m chl"� �� � of{ trrf q fcf�oR tRT� �I

ITTR .:f"� mr u� �� ITT cfl � �cr�+1�1-1ll( ITTcfl��tr��� lffifrcff� chl" �m{ � � ITTR ch'l" �m;m � cnT >I"� fcn<:rr � d� � mfu cf) (>f"� chl"� 1990, 1995 d� 2000 � aj- "ft"@"cff, � ..� � lTT-Jqffl" �cf)� �m11, ����fcf����(a1f'1ch1 8.3), -a-�� �T�T q,')-� � � � ��� q,')-mfu ch'l" lfft:I" chl" � m � �1 ���ITT ��&TU�� "f, "JLI" � � cnl�, "J1l � �;m aj" fffi'qJlTT � ft(chld &TU� �, � r, fcFizrT � I i-, � q,')- � ITTR ��"q"cfifil;m q,')-iffi" cfl ��mer� chl" ��;m � �� � cFl �� � e:<411-n 1 -1 fcrlfPT -?r ffl fcn<:rr � I

D

Dharuhera and MIA-Alwar for STD facility.

v) All industrial growth centr,es, tourist andpilgrimage places to be provided withSTD Pay-Phone Facility.

vi) Providing telex connections practicallyon demand.

vii) - All dis�rict headquarters to·:be providedwith Telex Public Call Offices(PCO}, and

viii) All Telex exchanges to be of electronictypes.

In addition to these, following new services have also been envisaged by the DOT during the Eighth Plan:

i) Penetration of data services under theproject VIKRAM (opening of more·nodes) tele-tax, video-tax, telefax andelectronic mail to be increased.

ii) The delivery of telegrams within 12 hoursfrom 500 Central TelegraphicOffices(CTO)/Departmental TelegraphicOffices(DTO) to be expanded to cover

. more number of CTO and OTO. On the basis of likely level of economic activities

in the priority towns and the OMA towns, the telecom demand has been projected by the Ministry of Communications and targeted to be achieved in three successive phases namely by 1990, 1995 and 2000 AD coinciding with Seventh. E1ghthand Ninth Five Year Plans (Table 8.3). However, necessary adjustments should be made in the plan provisions wherever possible, to accelerate the achievement of these objectives. The Board shall be separately identifying the sub­regional centres in ·the Sub-regional plans to be prepared by the participating States. The telecommunication 0eeds of these centres would be then taken up with the Department of Telecommunications for adequate provisions in their plans.

D

� Pci cfH tt

9.1 ��

� m � cfif � � l:rnfct.'!_Of � �' w� � cn'l- "ITT11T-�rm �, �� �� ctrn,z, �cm�mlff��mmct�­m cm-��, irniz�qfh�1<:f�1.

cFi) ��•11.-1-�:�m�ITT� � � # � � � � u: � 3flll�'1 cfuf, qr-qfilllcfuf-a-��llff-Jtjlfc;>tct �cfifJ:fcfi{ {%t1����fcrn"{ur�(�)IDU � � cfrn" R�R � � �nft:@" ITT#�!� �°N � � m� ITT ct 6RlJ1011 � 'qT1l" # t, �' � � ffilJIOII � � mi

(�o�ofo�o )IDU � �-��AZ{ ffl tfTcf{ mm�R (�oitolfl"otfto )IDU��t I� � 3flll�'1 cfiID cn'l- � � lfflTTTT 1834.1 �oqfo (1987) � I · �) f.:t¥tfoir4A: 1665.3 �oqfo cn'l- ���cJrn Rlifa11m;:rqt-q��#��filll�t,��������� � � ( a I R1 chi 9 .1) I � � # -=cnl:"� � 815 �oqfo ���ID� I ���m� ITT# 1995ct 3hl"Clq)�� 3 fLI I� '1 � �cqTT 2 644 � o cfT o "ITTTft I

ii) �-�cit�: 1986-87

cfi) � � � �: � # � cn'l-�� +fTlT � ID 968 �oqfo (�, 1986) (f"cfi � � � I � cfi qn:r � tTTct1 � � cn'l­� �� � � �'qTf 200-250 � o cfT o -acfi mfl:rff � I 180 � o cfT o cn'l- � lfflTTTT cITTfl" � %-� J\--i{c.( �, 1986 # � fcnlff��tm�#����* � cn'l- ��<fcficTT cfil" � cfitlrr I � fil1l �Wffi

9 POWER DEVELOPMENT

9.1 Background

Electricity, one of the most important forms of energy, is the life-blood of modern society. It is indispensable for any development whether industry or agriculture, and for improving the living standards of the people.

i) Power generation

a) Existing: The National Capital Region fallsin the Northern Power Zone and has in operation six power generating stations-five thermal and one gas fired. Three stations are in Delhi UT run by. the Delhi Electricity Supply Undertaking (DESU) and the rest three in the Haryana portion of the NCR, two run by the Haryana State Electricity Board (HSEB) and one by the National Thermal Power Corporation (NTPC). The aggregate installed capacity of these generating stations is 1834.1 MW (1987).

b) Under construction: Of the five powerplan� with the total installed capacity of 1665.3 MW under construction, three are thermal, one micro hydel and, one nuclear type (Table 9.1). 815 MW of p0wer would become available from four plants within the Eighth Plan. Thus, the total installed generating capacity by the end of 1995 in

. the NCR would be around 2644 MW.

ii) Power supply position: 1986-87

a) Delhi UT: The maximum demand forpower in Delhi has already reached 968 MW (August, 1986). The present availability of power to the DESU from its own sources is limited to about 200-250 MW from I.P. station. A gas turbine generator with an installed capacity of 180 MW has already been commissioned .in November, 1986, which will take care of the peak load requirement of Delhi. The Badarpur Thermal Power Station (BTPS) supplies 400-450 MW to Delhi. The DESU

71

� (motl"oifto�o) 400-450 �oqTo � cF)­.�cm-cR"ill%1 ff1Jl{1rn � �q-(cf{ R�R, �l1Bl<1 �q-(cf{R�R�m� q-(cf{R�R��GJU !.l1<11fJia ���cfif m IBttIT % 1 1986-87 i mR � � �TITTTTr ITT cm-56 7 6 i::i:r o i o � ��<fcfifil m, � if 56 7 4 i::i:roio � • � 11{ m, W � � 2 1J:f olo ::3T� 0.04% � cfi1TT {fil I

'€f) 'ITTJ.41011: tft;q1011 � lTT"1f � � t IBiJ: � 3f4-Hq+cf>m if � � � t �c@" � � chlP.l@l cffi' � � �� � (momo�omo) t ::3T� ?&IT � tfm ��r���TT��cRm%1 tft"-41011 � 1986-87 tcIT{R� 5945 lJ:folo cF)­��<Tcfiill���� 51471J:folo �'31:1"­����W� 13.40/o�cfilftrm, �W'31:!"­ITT ����cm- m � � % 1

lT) �: � cFl"� cFl"lTT"lf � � � � t 30-Jlq.-j cf>ITT, ·�tomoi::i:romo.�, ffiJl{1cll � �IBR+f, ��� GJU � cFl" � % I � � 1986-87 t cIT{R 8090 1J:f olo � cFl" ��� cFl' �- � 7448 lJ:foio �����w� 7.9%

cFl" cfi1TT {'ITT I omftr � � � t �lcilf11ch ITT cfii'·� fcr�N m�f�cna1 � t mor � cFl' cfi1ft � � � � �m -;:rm rm I

�) � ��T: � ��T, "� ��T � �"t Q,ch1�a mTTo�� �mTT �'ITTt:a"cnnTT% I ���T��cfif qfttjl(."f.-j � � 1116 t �OT (IB % I •·11 �;§\ �R) if� � rm t w m � �-cfl�lTTr, �, mJ.iltj(."f ��T, �ft;q1011, �' ��lf���Tcfif� 'qTl1' �TrflTT>f t I 1986-87 t cIT{R 20204 1J:f o lo � ��<fcfifil cFl" � � • � 1 7198 � 0 i 0

� �' W � � � 14.9% � cfi+TT {fill JI IM 41 isl I q � � � '31:1" �1 � �i cil f) I ch �cm-�-· t �� � fcr�N m�f�cnct1 � �rm%1

�, 1986 if lfrif, 1987 � '3fcIT� t cIT{R �­crr{ � cFl' cfi+ft t �TT� 1TTTT � % FcF � � 011§ch{ ffi7:ITUTT, � ::3Tft � ��T � � crlf

. � � cfi1TT {'ITT omftr �� ffi7:ITUTT � ���TcFl"��� �I

m) �cb'l'�cnr�

1985-86 t cIT{R � � ¥ '€f1TTf 7530

72

has also a share in the Centrally sponsored schemes like Singarauli Super Thermal Power Station, Bairasiul Hydro Power Station and Sala! Hydro Power Station. During 1986-87, Delhi UT required 5676MU against which the supply was 5674 MU-a shortage of only 2 MU or 0.04%.

b) Haryana: Haryana, in addition to, receivingpower from its own generating stations, receives power from Bhakra Nangal complex, Dehar and Pong power houses under Bhakra Beas Management Board (88MB), Bairasiul Hyde]. station and I.P. Station(Delhi) to meet its demand. In Haryana, during 1986-87, against the requirement of 5945 MU of energy, only 514 7 MU was available and thus there was a shortage of 13.4% which reflects the power position of the Sub­region also.

c) Rajasthan: Rajasthan's power demand ismet by the generating stations owned by the Rajasthan State Electricity Board, the BBMB system, Singarauli Super Thermal system and the neighbouring states. In Rajasthan, against the requirement of 8090 MU of energy, 7448 MU was available during 1986-87, and thus, there was a shortage of 7.9%. However, due to some preferential treatment to the industrial areas of Alwar and Bhiwadi, shortage of electricity has been a minor constraint.

d) Uttar Pradesh: Uttar Pradesh receives power from the integrated grid of the Uttar Pradesh Power System and the Northern Regional Grid. The Uttar Pradesh Power System is being operated in synchronisation with the Northern Region Grid compnsmg Jammu and Kashmir, Punjab, Himachal Pradesh, Haryana, Delhi, Rajasthan and part of Madhya Pradesh. Against the requirement of 20204 MU, the supply was only 17198 MU during 1986-87; thus, there was a shortage of 14.9% in the State. Once again, the towns and industrial areas at Ghaziabad and NOIDA have

been getting a preferential treatment in respect of power supply.

Month-wise energy shortage during the period April, 1986 to March, 1987 shows that except Delhi, the other States of Haryana, Rajasthan and Uttar Pradesh faced energy shortages throughout the year. However, the position of Rajasthan was comparatively better than that of Haryana and Uttar Pradesh.

-�oto �,�ff�@mfff���cF1"�.Z111El1fl1ch ITT IDTI, (1'1T'+fTf �-m� �-�ID"CT � � � 'lWT �-cfil<ff � cF1" � � I

�������cFl-�t����ff��I �1Ellfllch ITT���� ��cfif ��"3"Cf­ITT�fcn<IT-rrrraj-w"3"CrITT��cF1""€1""C@"cfif 80%�I�� �R:<11011 "3"Cf-ITT� 51% ��"3W ��T"3"Cf ITT�� cfif � 40% fcn<IT 1PTT I �R_;q1011,� � "3W ��T "3"Cf-� � � cF1" � ��cfif���I ���nft@" ITT���� � cF1" � � �� �-ftrmf �mm-����Z111E.11fl1ch ff�q1fo1Gr<tch w�

'3wTT cF1" � cfif sn+f � I (alfi1chl 9.2 �� �-11)

iv) Rftr-'c3llfcRr �

�-cxlfc@" fclw cF1" � � fcfcfiffi cF1" � � I 1985-86 cB mR W ITT� filff-cx:rfcffi � � � cF1" 580 � cF1" � cb'l- � � (1'1T� 340 ��1���ITTi����� �-cxlfc@" � ff q)lf � m"ITT � � "3W ��T�

iii) Pattern of energy consumption

During 1985-86, the total energy consumption was of the order of 7530 MU of which more than one-third was by the industrial sector, nearly one­fourth by domestic use and one-seventh by agricultural use.

In all the participant States, the energy figures refer to restricted supply only. The Rajasthan St,tb­region relatively tops in industrial use accounting for 80% of the energy consumed in the Sub-region, followed by the Haryana Sub-region with 51 % and the Uttar Pradesh Sub-region with 40%. Agriculture ranks second in energy consumption in the Haryana, Rajasthan and Uttar Pradesh Sub­regions. In the Delhi UT, domestic use leads in energy consumption with one-third, followed by industrial and commercial sectors (Table 9.2 and Fig. 11).

iv) Per capita consumption

Per capita energy consurr:iption is a barometer of the status of economic development. As of 1985-86, the per capita consumption for the Region as a

Figure..;...11: Loadwise Energy Consumption 1981-86

. (Per Capita)

LEGEND

D DOMESTIC

II COMMERCIAL

II INDUSTRIAL

II AGRICULTURE

525 500

400

i 300

�-� 200

100

0

..J LtJ 0

z <I :c .... C/) <I -, <I a:

a: u

z

• OTHERS

TOTAL

73

ITT1f cn+f 31"� 236 � ch'l- "@1TTf � m I rcrf� w # ff �lEllTllch � # � 3,f� � ch'l­"@TTl"filITTi, 31"����# 78 �'3W ¢'�ITT#4s�ch'l-�# 127��ch'l­"@"C@" "ITTcTT % I q I fol fJ-4 ch ITT # � cn+r 31"� 4 2 � ch'l- "@1TTf filcTT % I

"fficrf cfiT fq�ffich{Uf "ffey t:M"-ffct cf> fu� � ��lJPfiur�-��� Jflq-ifct{ cfil� � cf) fu� 3,qft"ITT?f % I w ITT # � �Ml ch{ ��80%rjqt#���'g1���T '3W � "31l -� # +TT"ef, 19 8 7 cf> '3TTf � ��T: �� 60% '3W 90% Tftqt # � "<1"TTT m � 'g I w ITT#�� 2.12 � q-p:r-ffc1 cf> fu� � � ch'l- � % I tITTfcff � ch'l- ff1ITT1-0 o"cfi � "H"&IT cn+r ff cn+r 2.37 � o"cfi � ch'l- ti"� (a1f(>jctil 9.3)

w ITT cf>�#� ch'l-�#mm�� ff "RTTf TITTf ff � m HIT % I 7TTPTT1T ffi� � ff � ch'l- �� ff cnm 31"f� q� � %, � "cfi"RUf � cf> 3,ffiqf � t ITT#� ch'l-� 31"f�cfjtjtm�%1wf�ff�cf>fu�� � cs!Ttf4u# ��cf>cTT{"R t=rip:r-fflf�T.l\� '3W � ch'l- 3,Tq"��3,r � T.l\ rcrf<+r-;:;:r �� Wfffi {% i I� ch'l- "@1TTf # � � cfit" � ch'l­�� Jfi -i cBl �� # � "ch1" ��T@T 'g I 3,o: "@"(Rf T.l\ � lT� �m cf) cnf"{Uf �% � "ch1" m� # {� cf>��� cf> tg�fjli 11 # f1 li Ill I Ji -i � 3,fq"�?:fcfi "ITTTfT I

n� TT"Ji"m;n ITT cf> fu� � cf> 'lfR cfiT 9;qfjlil-1 wrra fflf� � cf> fcTTRur, � '3-1.-ilqtjlRch �' 0-llEllTllch �ey oq q Al ll >f"m-;f 31"� �-ch1 ll[ch<11 q1· cf) '3W 2 m ll ch oq c1 A 14 r cf) �� # � 31"Tf� � T.l\ rcr�hr � � ��?:fcfi 'g I

� # � � � % Fcfi lJPfiur-�ffitt Ji-ifi@..11 cf>�# 2001 ��3,f�qft� ITT1"IT I m cf> 31"Tm{ T.l\ fcrcFm cf> m� �-;r lT� "31l -�r # ITTtf fcrcFm m 31°fffl�IB= 011E.11fJ1ch �� q I fo I fR-1 ch ffl-cR>fPTT cf> � # �ey -;:frfir -��ff cf> � ITT1"IT '3W � li 121 --1 � 1 { ITT cf> oey mqTT{ "31l -�r # � -ircrr3r1 �ey � � cf>

74

whole was about 340 units against the Delhi's 580. All the NCR States consumed less than the region's per capita consumption and, the Uttar Pradesh Sub-region is the least with 236 units. Among the various loads, the industrial load leads with a per capita cosumption of 127 units compared to 78 by domestic use, 48 by agricultural sector, and 42 by commercial sector.

v) Rural electrification

Electrification of villages and energisation ofpump sets is indispensable for improving the living standards of rural population. In the Region as a whole, about 80% of the villages are electrified. All the villages in the Union Territory of Delhi and in the Haryana Sub-region are electrified. In the UP and Rajasthan Sub-regions, only about 60% and 90% of the villages had been provided with electricity respectively till the end of March, 1987. About 2.12 lakh pumpsets have been energised in the Region. The figure is expected to reach a minimum of 2.37 lakhs by the end of the Seventh Plan (Table 9.3).

9.2 Load Forecast - 2001 AD

· The demand for power has been generally risingat a rapid rate in the constituents of the Region. The demand has invariably outstripped the availability of power causing wide spread shortages of power all over the Region except Delhi. To manage the situation, the State Electricity Boards have imposed varied restrictions from time to time during the last decade, both on th� demand and energy requirements. The increase in electricity consumption reflects the increase in availability rather than the demand for it. Adjustments have, therefore, to be made in the forecast to take care of the suppressed demand on account of restrictions imposed on the consumption.

In forecasting the load for the NCR, the intended economic structure in terms of dispersal and informal occupation biased composition of the industrial and other economic activities, including the tertiary occupations, need specific attention.

At present, the broad indications are that the rural-urban population ratio will undergo a substantial change by 2001, the induced development in the selected towns for development on priority basis will be mostly in the form of industrial and commercial activities and, also as per the policy directives, the norms and standards of civic services including power supply

1-11-1qus �llT'=t"cfi�WT �TITTfff ITT� J.tl-iqu-s1· 3W+IT""1cfil$ fl'-11� m-it1 �cm-��­�� cA"� ��"B" ��� � �� $ ffi "B" lfRT "JfT tfqifil t ��, � rn�' #r q I fol J-ll $ ITT "B" tIB'BllTT D"J-ll" � cm­ci1 { I cil {I ;nfi cf){ �, � fcf1 uzj "B" � cm­W@" $ � �t:�� 21% �cm-��"fffi'BllTT U"J-llT � 5% B � cn+r t I

D"J-ll" � � � � cnT � cg�fj+l I -i t fcf1 2001 "ffcfi 'qf{/� � +fTlT �nmrzjl@ mlTT ��- � mf� � fcrcm:, �qt � c8" � "B" � � 1g�fj+l l.-i $ � cnT "3�@" fl J.t I lll Ji -i fc8rr t I

i) mocft�all{200l'ffc6

fITTfcff�cm-�ll"{�cm-�lfrlT3077 -?f oqfo ITT1fl" � � +fTlT 2001 "ffcfi % cf){ 12032 -?f oqfo "ITT��� col a�j{9cf1 'lqfjJ.tl-i· ��T: 15871 "Q:ro<!_o � 61624 �oio � (alf'1chl-9.4) I

q;) � � � �: � "B" � cm-0{f� +fTlT � 968 -?r O qf O ( �' 1986) "ffcfi ��%'3ffi��mf�cm-13cff� �Tfcffi"frl�°ffilfIBG:RJ�l"f���$� � +fTlT ·fITTfcff tfqq� � $ � "ffcfi � 1423 ·-?r o cff o CTcfi '3ffi 1989-90 B BcR 1999-2000

. "ffcfi 839 -?foqfo � �ffi zj'� �� (� � � 31"� 4Rll7Ji-il� B m� m cfIB mm cFl" 0,?ch{) � � � 1999-2000 "B" 5871 -?r o cfT o "ffcfi ��cm-"R"� t I zj "ffcfi � cnT �� t 'lqfj+ll-i $ � c1qj{9cf1 +fTlT ��T: 7 586 "Q:r O i O '3TT{ 28233 "Q:r O i O "ITT1TT' � �� ll"{ fcrcnrn" � 9 .5% � crf "ITT1TT I

�) t:§R41011 "311-�: � � � Tfm tfcfi fITTfcff � $ � "ffcfi � 3,f'� 'qR 825 -?r o qf o "ITTlTT m 2001 "ffcfi � - 36 7 8 -?r o qf o m� � M�jfll{ ��T: 4046 "Q:roio � 18024 "Q:r o i o � � 3Tfq�<fcFaT mlTT I � fcrcnrn"-� 9 .61 % � cpf "ITT1TT I

l"f) � "311-�:.� � � Tfm tfcfi 1989-90 "ffcfi 0{f� 'qf{ 154 -?r O qf O "ITTlTT � 2001 "ffcfi 706 -?roqfo m1lT I � ��T: 811 "Q:roio � 3716 �oio � cm- 3Tfq�<fcFaT ITTlTT I � � fcrcm:r � 10.68% � cpf mift I

in the OMA and priority towns will be comparable fo that of the Delhi UT. The categorywise percapita consumption as of Delhi can be taken as the targets to be achieved in stages. In certain sectors, however, like commerce, the participating States cannot match with Delhi as is evident from the energy consumption pattern of the States: it is less than 5% in the participating States against the 21 % consumption in Delhi.

The State Electricity Boards and the DESU have forecast the unrestricted load/energy demands upto 2001 and the Central Electricity Authority has, in view of the development proposals adjusted the forecast upwards.

i) Upto the Seventh Plan and 2001

The regional demand for power will be 3077MW by the end of the Seventh Plan which will shoot upto 12032 MW by 2001 with the corresponding energy forecast of 15871 MU and 61624 MU (Table 9.4).

a) Delhi UT: The maximum demand of powerin Delhi has already reached a figure of 968 MW (August, 1986). As per projections made by the 13th Electric Power Survey Committee of the Central Electricity Authority, the demand is expected to go upto 1423 MW by the end of the Seventh Five Year Plan and 5871 MW by 1999-2000, against the expected peak availability of 839 MW from 1989-90 to 1999-2000 excluding shares from other Central sector projects. In terms of energy, the corresponding requirement is forecast at 7 586 MU and 28233 MU which gives a growth rate �f 9.50% per annum.

b) Haryana Sub-region: The peakload isestimated at 825 MW by the end of Seventh Plan which will go upto 3678 MW by 2001 with the corresponding energy requirements of 4046 MU and 18024 MU. The average growth rate is 9.61% per annum.

c) Rajasthan Sub-region: The peakload isprojected at 154 MW by 1989-90 and 706 MW by 2001, the corresponding energy being 811 MU and 3716 MU. The growth rate is 10.68% per annum.

75

el") � ��T � �: tfTTfcfi � $ � ncfi � � 675 -?i"oqfo fillTI" � 2001 nrfi � � 2883-?i"oqfo "ITT�� o�j{cicfl �-tt­lfflT��T: 3428 trf oio � 13651 trf oio "ITTlft" ���"CR fcfcFirn" � 9.65% � cfll 'ITTlft' 1

9.3 �

i) �����tfcfcnrn"�fcf�T'fm"ff f1 � 14 d I � 0� f1 I J.t 1.;q � "ff % ITT � fcfcFirn" �$�Am����1{B{f�%� �� �������I

ii) ������@flc@���� � >11l?-l�cfia1 '3W � � � tR ������I

i) w � � fh-lcch"'i 'cfi1" ��"ff �{'"'1{ � "ti- cfi+ft" cfiT �cqq "ITTm" rn t '3W w �� qlfflfctcfi 1filT � nft �I 13ct � � �rm trcf!fflJT mr � 1ft � 1!@" � W-ITTr t� 4!c-4icfitj ff �1@T��fcfi 7cff �t� nrfi � "ti- co1TT � 'fftf �nft:@" � � 16.6% ocfi����28.1%ocfi��� �fl41011 cf���T���T: 7.10/oo:?TT 5.10/o'ffil:ftff ��T'f (J.ilfJitj(ii W�) cfiT � IDTI '!qfjJ.tltj fcfi<IT1PTTt I� 3�@..fi4 �fco��� �t � � � 1986-87 $ ffiR � � (� 'fftf �nft:@" ITT 'cfi1 8l?cfi{) 25% "ff 35% $�\ITT I

ii) � '3W � � '@'CT "CR � � �rrtt'� i q fl cfiRti a mo fcfcFrn" i � � � � ���ITTTft1lJli:fiur�rfi�'ql"�� fcfcFirn" $ cfil <{�J.t � � � t � � � �� � � ��?:fcfifil "ITTlfi" I W WfiR: � ��ITTt��q@"�rfi�� ���cfi�'qflll-tt-����� �cfn�"tl-lfflT�I����­� q-rtj � cfio IQ, cf� "ITTm �, '3TTf: � �@fl c@ � � • � !.141Jitj * � 3ITT � *Z3r��cf@"� ��ITT"rfi��'cfil" fcr�ftl m "ff chll �I�� cfid I ffl e: � I � tj ;t I (ii 4 t � fcf� cfiT � � t fco fcr�T'f m ff���ff �cfn � cfiT � � � o:?TT � m � '3TT{, 'flcfl''3TT *!,l@ql \11 d l(·J.t cfi � 'cfi1" in� rfi � � � t'3W w ����ITT t � �cfn

76

d) Uttar Pradesh Sub-region: The peakload bythe end of the Seventh Plan will be of the order of 675 MW and this will build upto 2883 MW by 2001, the corresponding energy demand being 3428 MU and 13651 MU which gives a rate of growth of 9.65% per annum.

9.3 Policies

i) To help develop the regional and sub­regional centres in particular and the Region in general, uninterrupted power supply in adequate quantity should be made available in the entire NCR.

ii) Preference and priority in making availablethe additional power to the NCR should be given utmost attention.

9.4 Issues and proposals

i) The constituents of the Region have beencontinuously experiencing shortage of power for quite some time and, their actual demands have thus always been the suppressed ones. The tentative assessment of power position by the 13th Electric Power Survey of India shows that the energy shortages would be to an extent of 16.60/oin Delhi UT and 28.1 % in the State of Rajasthan by the end of the 7th Plan though both in case of Haryana and Uttar Pradesh, it has forecast marginal surpluses of 7.1 % and 5 . .1 % respectively. It may be noted that in the Sub-regions of the NCR, as of 1986-87, the deficit varied from 25% to 35% except in Delhi UT.

ii) The envisaged induced development of theselected urban areas at the Regional and Sub­regional levels would require more power. The rural areas where accelerated development programmes are to be taken up would also require more power than at present. Thus, the portions of the States under the NCR would demand substantial additional power as against the other parts of the States. State Governments with their own preferences and priorities will ·not be in a position to treat areas of the NCR under their States in a special and preferential manner for the purpose of supply of additional power. The Department of Power, Ministry of Energy is of the view that the allocation of additional power particularly, from the Central power stations is to meet competing claims from different sectors including central core industries and services and, thus, it would be difficult for allocation of additional

�cfif���Nfll"I�� tnr� � cf, ��?TT cn1" � � cf, �' aj­fl'i 4 � � �<ffi ���<Tcfi�Fcn�m�ff m ITT cn1" �Rlfti:ffi � 3,cf�<Jcfj � cf>'1" �1 � mcnr{ � �CT&!" cn1" � cfitff �fcn � ��cfil"����' ���� Ji .:n\ &-111 cn1" � � 4 ::ta A .q � � � n¥f i ��?:f" cnl"� ����cf,�� m�·ITT � mi cf>'1" � cn't CT�� miGRT�����lfQ;.�cfi�� � m� ITT i � � � �<S£T ;nff cFnt � �ill ���?:["cfil" � � cfi� � tl"'qq .:nffmWfiTTr1 �: -qmfmcnr{cf,�<ffi��<Jcfj �Fcf;�����cf>'l-�Rlftcffi � cf>'1" • 3,cf�?:f � I

iii) �CT��#° lfff � c{<Stl�'"tl cfiGRT � Jt<t I �-i � � cfi m � I l 8Q � o cfT o cf>'l-� Jtttl�-1 �i�, "Jfl qff.Yl-1 lfff c{<Stl�-1 cfiT � wft, �-fcit(>ilfl'.!{ #o (�o�o#o) l1Wf � cn1" � ff � cfcfi � � cf>'1" tl"� � I � lfff � cf>'1" � 3Nl�'1 � 400 �ocfTo �I rt'H c{citl�'"tl tr( .'3TI"mfui � 3Nl�'1 cf>'1" tl4-i<1ctl cf,1 � �CT��W� m�ctch4l� ��, ���ffq;+f"fflf<fCT� �� qqfq{OI &ftwmcf>'l-�ffcfi+f �l�chl{ch fflcf,cfif{UT�ITT�� 3Nl�'1����R � � ct," tl"�� ct," � ct," ��I

iv) �Fflftcffi����<S£fcfiU��tr(, � � ( �7 ti);y;y ��R) CT� fc@"tor� cf, lll"� ff� cf, "ff��� CTcfi '3lq�?:f��I����� �� � <ffi � t Fcn �i@" � cf, fc@"torcfi � fcTTRur � � qJ;y I '1 WJITTft � �mlft1 �=��mf'f-lchlft<-fl·���lTTllT� fcTTRur � ct,- ��?:fcfi'ct'T� qiT q ft cfi(>i '1 cfi(fw:rrt����"3""CT�, ���.CT� fcTTRur � � �� mlfi I

v) ��(���, 1948cfi�m­cf, ����m� �i�� � '61 Rt f{ c@ � cfi 3 t<t I � '1 '31R fcTTRur � # �crrm cf>fo-11�41· ���cnl" m ��nsra� � ti "1 ;q <-{ AcfiT7r (chin;� fe� I �) � cfiT m � lf<IT t, aj- �/� i mm ff �m� fff;f i � �RlRi:ffi � �<S£T cfiU1Z � � WTTff. � � � ff � cf, fc@"tor ct,­� cfiDft � � "fflf-;:qlf cR1'fi" I �'ffilfftr cfiT � � m� ��-anti� i

A

power for the NCR. But in order to meet the objectives of the NCR which is time bound, it is an imperative necessity to provide, by any means, additional power to the Region. Jhe Central Government, on the recognition of the fact that it was its responsibility to save the National Capital, created the National Capital Region Planning Board to prepare a Plan to achieve the objective of a manageable Delhi in the foreseeable future, and as per the Plan strat�gy, if adequate power is not made available to the NCR, it would never be possible to realise the objectives. It is, therefore, incumbent on the Government of India to provide additional power to the Region through appropriate arrangements.

iii) There are proposals to generate powerthrough gas fired turbines at Dadri and Delhi. The HBJ Gas Pipe Line is expected to be extended from Dadri to Delhi to g.enerate an aggregate capacity of 180 MW in replacement of existing gas turbines. The Dadri Gas Plant has an aggregate generating capacity of 400 MW. Keeping in view the successful performance of the gas turbines in operation, the ready availability of its technology indigenously, the minimum gestation period for its installation and also its relatively non-polluting nature, th�possibility of more gas connections for generation of electricity in the Region shou exp ore .

iv) The additional power, once made available,should be reached to all points of consumption through optimum transmission and distribution network. The State Electricity Boards and the Central Electricity Authority have indicated that the present system of distribution network would not suffice to cope with any additional power di'stribution. The constituent electricity authorities have, therefore, worked out · the distribution network requirements in the respective portions comprising sub-stations, tie-lines, transmission and distribution network etc.·

v) Under the provisions of the CentralElectricity (Supply) Act, 1948 and also in view of the problems and difficulties envisaged in orgamsmg generation and distribution of additional power for the NCR in isolation, it is proposed to set up a Coordinating body which will mainly arrange and coordinate distribution of power, if additional power is made available from the Central/State sources for the NCR Such a Committee would be set up under a resolution of the NCR Planning Board. The C-ommittee will be

77

D

78

headed by the Member Secretary of the NCR Planning Board and will include representatives of the State Power Departments, State Electricity Boards and representatives of the Department of Power and Central Electricity Authority.

D

�-�, lllf-� f;tq51tt, �f.:I q,I tt o� +f (-1 csl I sraf�

10.1 ��

i) �-\ffr

� �1)-�m-�1WTT, �t�ff � cflm"�(f�� � �Icff-"ffilrrclifcn.:rrt­fcn.:rrt � cflm" lfTfT t I � � �� � � � cli � "ff �, �' lfi<.1�1�1� ��ITT Z3TR J11frt<-11�1�.�q)l"m���a�it�� '3fil�"{g""C@"cli�l:fRT�cfiCTft"t1 �� �� "@c>f mITT � � tfllTT, ��, Ji (>i cg4i ITTCT Z3TR � 1)- M �m "ff � � � i I amN � cli qf� 1)- �� �� Ji (1(511 a � � Z3TR � �� qr;ft � "@TI mfil �' � cf;R1Jf ��cli����H-ql�tc�I�� 1)- � cPt t mur �-� tma- � mf4cr m�ia�����i, �.ll+fft �1)- ��-���"ITT"Ji'RIT�I tlllil� (Citf "ff � i m� rn 1)- �-1!ffr cn'1" colft �� � �-�1)-tn".frcn'l"tf+WU�fucfic "ITT� �I

q;) �-rntt: � 94 �-rntt � 1)- "ff 20 q1l" e)'?ch< � �� �-rntt � � -1(12t_4\ �� Z3TR �"ff tn".fr � � -����I mt,� �-� 17"ff24O�otfto'fftomo cli�"ITTm�I � 20% �-rntt-� 1)-� -� cn'1" � � � � � � 1)-, � '3lITTTcfi � (ctl�chl 10.1) I

10 WATER SUPPLY, SEWERAGE, DRAINGE AND SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT

10.1 Background

i) Water supply

The Region is endowed with three perennial rivers namely the Yamuna, the Hindon, both traversing through and, the Ganga skirting its eastern boundary. A good network of water canals benefit the districts of Kamal, Rohtak, Faridabad,

- Bulandshahr and Ghaziabad providing water forl[rigation and domestic consumption. Otherdistricts draw water from sub-surface sourcesthrough handpumps, wells, tubewells and, in Delhi,Ranney wells also. The sub-surface waterresources to the west of the Yamuna are, however,insufficient, and often brackish it1 quality render.ingit unpalatable for domestic consumption. Scantyrainfall in this area leaves the groundwaterresources limited and, the tubewells go dry as thewater table sinks deep in the summer months.There is generally shortage of water supply in theareas west of the Yamuna and, the problemsassume acute proportions in dry months.

a) Urban: All the 94 urban centres except 20have organised water supply systems of drawingwater from tubewells, wells and canals. Toe per.,capita supply ranges from 17 to 240 lpcd. Only in20% of the urban centres, the water treatmentlscomplete and in others, it is partial (Table 10.1).

b) Rural: Rural water supply position in theRegion presents a very dismal picture. Manyvillages do not have adequate sources of watersupply. Only one in every eight villages has someform of protected or organised water supply. Themain sources of water supply are canals a�d wellsin the Haryana Sub-region whereas handpumpsare invariably restricted to the Uttar Pradesh Sub­region (Table 10.2.).

79

ii) � .

cfi) �-�-RcfiTH: � cft- mrsr � "ff�-f1Uil'-tq,i TTl1" d� tfR1" 3ft"{ �"ff� D1T � ��t I �m-� ���T�3TTcft­�-"ITT§!IT cft-� �� w � cfiT � t fcn w�����$�cb't-��mrsrt1 lfc>f-RcfiTH �-.ft� 1/5·� � tf �� t 3W � -.ft 3lITTTcfi ffl"ff I���� -cfrncfimm·t3Wm<'.f:"Aftccfitcfi3ft{��11=q1(>i<.1) &f{l" � Wff cft- 7if@T g I ��Tm��� � �11 tjl (>i 4 � � t I 1fc>f -RcfiTH cfiT � �Tcfi ffl TT � � � � � t I � tr-.ft -;pm � � +rc1-� cn1" 11,R;i 4

"'

j, � � 6lc>r � � % 3W � lff1TTTT � � +fCT-� � � � � cf){ "41 -i I R;i 41. � � � % , � q4fq(OI � � � % (cilfC?icf>I 10.1) I

"@) cflTT-� cfiT RcfiTH: "(>i"ll"'ql"f 60% � � �-� Rcfil1f � cft- � t � � \"ll(>ilq,i( �m�������$ � t I "(>i"ll"'ql"f tf'ql" � � -11R;i4j � t I � -;pm � m • -11R>l<-1i t, � ciinmf1 qr;ft-3ft{ lfc>f-� � � m� -anrn- t I isl nmft qr;ft- $ f.:t qe.1.:i $ � � oT{ q'{ � � m � �i������TTm�ll'{, 1'f¢ �, � 3W .:i1R;i<-i"'i � � � � t (a1R;iq:;1 10.1) I

lf) � cfiT f.:tqe.1.=t: "(>i"ll"'ql"f 60% � � � $ f.:tqe.1.=t cft- � f?teMl.=t % I��� � $ f.:tqe.1-=t $ � m- q�ffl;qi �=qR;ia t, � ffl' cft- � cl $1 I f.:t q:; � TT � lflZ Tr¢ � 6l"(>i" � 3W �-� 1l'{ � � � � t (a1R;iq:;1 10.1) I

-q) TfTqT � � cft- �: � -.ft TfTq � �cf f<1�0c11 ��cft-��cft-� ��.,mt,

10.2. �

i) �.:fllU��?:JTCr'1"$ffl'{����$�Rei:h101 ?r�m;ftfu���rcn� �-�, �· �-RcfiTH d� � � � �f.:tqlll

r � � qjg4)4 �1-i�s"'

i d� lfRcITT 'Cl"{ � cft" �' °aj � cft" � f.:t q I�{ ffcrr3TT � f1 � g�

80

ii) Sanitation

a) Sewerage: Poor sanitation gives rise to highincidence of water-borne and, water and sanitation related diseases. The percentage of high infant mortalities in the NCR is indicative of the poor state of sanitation measures available in the Region. Sewerage system, that too partly, exists C only in one-fifth of the number of towns. The system is mostly water-borne often supplemented by septic tanks and sanitary latrines. A number of urban

.,. centres have only sanitary latrines. The sewage is ,, .. treated partly in four towns. In all the others, the

raw sewage is let off into the drains, rivers and in ·many cases, the sewage stagnates in thedepressions or in drains that create an unhygienicenvironment (Table 10.1 ).

b Storm water draina e: In nearly 60% �e towns, the storm water drainage system exists: but in all, only in two towns the coverage is full. Almost in all cases, the drains are open. In many towns, the system is combined where storm water · an t e sewa e flow together. The disposal of the storm water is invaria ly unplanned and is allowed to flow its natural way on land, into depressions, ponds and drains (Table 10.1).

c)_ Solie waste djsposal: A system exists to dispose of the solid waste in nearly 60% ofthe towns. Unscientific land refill and open dumping are the methods prevalent in the towns in disposing the wastes. (Table 10.1).

d) Rural $Onitation: In none of the villages, asystem to take cam of its sanitation is reported t2 exist.-=--

10.2 Issues

i) To improve the quality of life in the regional.towns, one of the strategies is to upgrade the essential services such as water supply, sewage and sanitation in them at norms and standards comparable to that of Delhi. Presently, the supply standards are far below the desired norms in the towns and, in the rural areas organised or protected water supply is rarely provided for want of institutional and financial arrangements.

ii) Sanitation in the Region is poor resulting inhigh incidence of water borne diseases. The

aTIW��;pJU��*�qffu-a-+11.-J�-s) fl" � m � «R * t � lJT+ftur rn � m� ���* �'qfq� t14iMct, � ��-��ch'l-�%1

ii) ����ctl-���%,�qftu1111�{eiq ffl � t1st>l+1cfi ITT���t I ffl * q ;qfq ( 01 ch',- fcil • I �6) � � "ff� � �!ffl" ti"{"� fflfl" ���ch',­��� % � � � � Plctii4'i � �� t1(cfi1(t*�·�fl"m��� ffcFffi" % I

iii) cst<mtft �cfil"�B=ff�"ffmfffil�ti"{",��,��� .-JI Ri 41· � �� �%1 � cs1<t1161 mtm�ffPTT>n"� � % isl(tiltft mt * '61Pl48ta � ff � cFic -;jffff t � � t, � � trr� tJm� � m � %, � cfiRUT q;qfq{Oi �� � t111t<-1,0, �m7ifRftt1 ��rr��-�*f.:tqci.=t * � � qjJt.-!iisl& "ff� (tcfil�ct gR-ccfllOi ��%1

iv) �ti"{"�-�* Plqc1..-t ti"{"�?.filf �w:rr�t I�* �$11Rcfi R�ff� 3TITTlcF ffl ff �: 34414ft � � ���Ml ff � P!qcj.-J �"fl" q4fq(Oi q11°�qtfTT.n. �� ti�l4ctl �I ����%fcfi ti I J11 ""'1.I ffl "ff m-m cfi1" �r� m � � mmrn �

� � ��'M" ffl fl"���� m ch',-� I

v) lJT+fiur �ti"{"� ��Bcti * "J1TTm cf>T���'qfqt, ����%� � � � ��T P� � � tfcfi,� � lJT+ftur � � rrm ff �

environmental degradation and insanitary conditions need proper and imrnediate attention with the conscious efforts of the local bodies and the State Governments concerned.

iii) Storm waters are invariably allowed to flowtheir natural way on land into depressions, ponds and drains. More often, it is combined with sewage. Unregulated flow of storm water erodes as well as silts agricultural fields and stagnates creating environmental problems. This needs a planned and integrated approach alongwith sewage disposal.

iv) Dis osal of arbage in general is given theleast attention. Scientific management o so i wastes would help in recycling it partly and through sanitary refilling, that would render the environment hygienic and clean. This requires proper education and training of the people in general and institutional arrangement in particular.

v) Rural zo_ne which greatly lacks sanitationmeasures needs adequate attention to be given so that healthy living environment is ensured which will help the rural population live healthier and also avoid possible out-migrantion to urban areas.

10.3 Policies and proposals

i) Urban water supply: The water supplynorms and standards of the urban areas,particularly of the OMA towns (excluding DelhiUT) and priority towns should be comparable tothat of Delhi and should also be uniform in theentire region for rural and urban areas.Accordingly, keeping in view the minimum level ofwater supply expected to be achieved, thefollowing norms are proposed:

� � � 4itJ1qtffi4i· ch',- �-rntf rn ch',-� Urban Centres with "fl'�� "ff��� I population lpcd

275 225 · 10.3 � o'IT mrcr �\n =_ 2 to 5 lakhs

j · 5 -lakhs and above � 1 to 2 lakhs 100 minimum

i) �tro �'q�-1tftf: �-rntt rn*, ��'M°fflff�+i�H•I( �*"3"4"�, �tTTr�TITTTTf &hcfi1" e 1 � cti<, � � cf@ "31t � * � -tffer111.-J�s �llRcf)�*��*+1H�s1· iftr�*t1+12,� ��-1�m�mw&h*�-rntt � lJT+ftur fuRrr * � 'lfr � +11.-i � s � m��I ct�jtil( �-gnl * � �"ictll W cfi1"����������Tr ch',-��% fcfi� � cfi"{ IB?TT �' Plkif('ifuict 111.-i�s,· cfiT� � � %:-

}:or the OMA towns and priority towns, the s·tarting point should be 225 lpcd with the , !arget of achieving 360 lpcd by 2001. Therequirements should be graded according tothe size of the projected population of theconcerned urban centre. In four towns vizRewari, Palwal, Dharuhera and Bhiwadi,where water scarcity is experienced as achronic problem, minimum of 225 lpcd maybe taken as the target to be achieved.

81

�Tro ffif cb't JMff@U � tft flt � 5 � � � �'1rcn 275 2 ff 5 � 225 1 ff 2 � 100 ('i._•·H1J.l)

�J.l�l'riJI( �iFm�'ff��� m�iF��� 225 �tfrmmffctr � � � 2001 ocn 360 � tfr m -tr �� cfil �� nsRT �I�-� ctr '3Wf�<fcfifil� cfiT � �Tro � ctr Ji'rif1€lll iF � � iF � �uAq:,(01 ��I� m .,-rm "3T� �,�,���#,zj � ctr cf)lft- cfiT �� � c{lt{cfi1f<:1ch � iF�#�"JfTTTT�, .-i_11aJ.1 225 �tfrm-tt "cfil"���q"@"��iF�#lfRT� � I fcnm � �TW�ll�-� 100�tfr m -tr ff "cfi+T � � � aj- �11aJ.1a ch.fl ch) '3Wf�� � I

ii) 1Jllftur �-�: TJTlITOf � "cfi1" ctr� cnm��-�iFmnR�����������rtt-����rtt-�� «TD � � ctr � �' aj- TJTlITOf � rtt­chl llf\J.l ch � iF � ID I TJTlITOf � � � 1r��iFfu"Q: 30 �tfrmmrtt-�� .-i_11aJ.1 70 � tfr mm ct1-� cfiT � � lf<IT� 1 �1:ffilf�f � � � fcn �����RITT� ctr � # "cfi+T ff "cfi+T 100 � tfr m m rtt-1!TTf rtt-"JfAT � I � ll\ �� m"ITT ff "cfi+T ff "cfi+T 40 � tfrmm��1!TTfctr�"ffcfiITT���mo�&TU ctr � crrm Ji (>I@ ctr cf)lft- "cfi1" � � #tl�lqch ID�� I

iii) �\ffi't��:��iF��iF�� llfCTf � � '3icl(lt{l<-i it<r � � 'ff� fq·dJa1 ��TTfl-1981-1990 q:,1,:fstiJ.11 cfi" 31"� +ITEf,1991 ocn min���� (1� iF � # . ��rt(-�'���� {Rf�� iF �����:-

82

'ffcllq;'f� zj tf�a ID crni" "f.PTT fpg I lll. "cfi1" � ITTCT � 1ffe", +fflf tfl:lfr 70-250 � tfr m m, 3ffiTTf 140 Q,(>lcfttfltL1

In no urban centre, the supply should be lower than 100 lpcd which is the minimum ter:hnical rquirement.

ii) Rural water supply: The sources of watersupply to the rural areas should be identified and,the water supply should be organised to supplywater at the levels commensurate with thefunctional character of the rural areas.

A minimum of 70 lpcd including a supply of 30 lpcd for cattle· is proposed for rural areas. If independent connections are given, a minimum.of 100 lpcd is advised. Spot sources may supply a minimum of 40 lpcd which can supplement the piped supply.

iii) .. Targets for water supply: In view of the lowlevels of coverage in water supply, the targetswhich have been agreed to by the Government ofIndia under the International Drinking WaterSupply and Sanitation Decade 1981-1990programmes to be achieved by March, 1991 maybe adopted for the NCR:

Coverage

Urban water supply 100% Level of service

Piped water supplies in all com­munities, where feasible; Demand range 70-250 lpca: average 140 lpcd.

Stand posts in fringe areas, if -necessary at strategic localities; average 40 lpcd.

Rural water supply 100% Piped water supplies for 30% of the population; .Q__emand range 25-70 lpcd; spot source water supplies for 70% of the population in the form· of dug or tubewells with handpumps and/ or power pumps; average demand 40 lpcd.

� � ��<rcfi "ITT m fftJ-uqdf ffl"5IT # +t �rq iuf cil ftfP-11 #1lT.:ft cfi �, � 40 Q.(>\tflffttl

lll1-frur � � 100 % 30 ��TTi Ji '1 f1 @.11 cfi ft;i-Q: � ITTCT � iffi";1TTlf-ffl+{T 25-70Q.(>\ tfl fft -s1 ; 70 ��ra Jt '1 fi @.11 cfi ft;t-Q: � l"f<r � � tj,:rr � � '1(>\cti,41. ���cfi

tj,:rr � � � �dl � iffi"; � 1TTlT 40 Q.(>\ tfl ft1 t\

�m�fcn� '1�HJI{ l[;fcfi"3'Cf�� mcfrn""31:r�t�Riftcfd �trm"3'Cf� �trmlWfrurrn#� Jfffif{ga c;>f"�l991 acfi mt{f � � I

� "ff� � '1�1'111{ l[;f cfi � � JUfiiqpsUq, �, Lfi(lqlciflq, "ff� 1/foJliq #m-Nm �1TI.:ft���cn'l"�m�1 �mm-Nm# ���<rn��%fcfi tt1111..-ll cflU�mcn'l" �-�<rn��Tt'4Rm�% 1 �lfml!.I q 1 �ct � cfrn" mITT � TfTIT, -�-�-;�nnrcr��r "ff��tR�mftr� !.1011@<.Hcnl"�� tt{i:fill1·# � tt '1 �12\. � I � m� l[;f cfiT �fcr�Pl �%"ff�� � # � -iffr cnl" fcr�Pl ����I 3Tif: <rn ��<rcfi "ITT slTctT % Fcfi �l[;f # � cfi � fflfil cfiT trctT wmt � oqp:rcfim��1 �m� 11�HJ1{ ITTt;:p-m cli rn<T '41 Q.ch1 �ct �-� � � cn',­��<rcnm mrft 1 �m� l[;f ���� S-l�HJI{ � # � ttUl'il cfi ��* fcr�� �-iffr, fq-c.8ctl "ff�� tf{� cF0 cfi rn<T � �� � cfiT TfcFf ��I��cfi��mtR��cnl"�mrlfAcfi{"�ITT cn'l" ���mq mm�� cfi �� # lWf����tlcfill"I

iv) �'fro w:FTTf �: � Ii� I '1 JI { ITT cfi ��q@"31:r�#��#�-�ffil{)cnct en',-� �mi:tm-.:ft �Fcn � � -� #� � tf{ � cfi � � � t � �� � � tfcfil � � -m � #, zj �AiJ11R>ti:fi�cfimur�m�cfi�'qfq#

����en',-�� tf"'qq � "ITT,

It is proposed that in all towns other than OMA and priority towns, and all rural areas, the foregoing targets be achieved by 1991.

Delhi and the other Delhi Metropolitan Area towns - Ghaziabad, NOIDA, Faridabad and Gurgaon have been experiencing inadequacy of water supply recently. The recent drought has also shown that this severity could become quite acute in the absence of normal rainfall. Perennial sources of water supply such as the Ganga, the Yamuna and the Sutlej with their systems are subject to a number of agreements between the various Governments. The NCR occupies a special position and, its water supply need should be given special consideration. It is, therefore, necessary that comprehensive proposals identifying the sources of water supply are prepared for . the Region. Likewise, the Delhi Metropolitan Area towns would also need an integrated drainage system. The NCR Planning Board has recently constituted a Study Group to look into the various aspects of physical infrastructure particularly, water supply, sanitation and drainage in the Delhi Metropolitan Area towns and, its findings could be the basis for further indepth studies in asses­sing the needs and identifying the sources of water etc.

iv) Urban sanitation: The DMA and priority towns. should treat their sewage before it is let-off into water courses or on land or for irrigation. The other towns where it is not possible to provide a proper system due to topography and for want of resources, low cost sanitation measures may have to be adopted but only to be replaced by regular sewage system subsequently as the conditions improve.

Open drains, which are by and large the sources of nuisance and pollution, should be discouraged and discontinued. Sewage should be treated to bring the pollution level to permissible limits as stipulated by the Indian Standards Institution, and Pollution Control Boards irrespective of the type of disposal of the sewage. As far as possible, areas where the annual rainfall exceeds 75 cm, separate systems for sewage af).d storm water are recommended.

v) Rural sanitation: The rural areas, where ·piped water supply system exists should be

83

� � � � t m� � � � t,� � � � � �m{ m lR � � lR Pf;q�a lTT>f-� � � ��<r � � � I � .-l I� <.i'i 'fr tt ttl +I I ;::q d : � � � ��I�: ��cnl" ��fh-tll�d �� ����.-ll�4i �' cfID�"«cf){� �I �-FR cnl" � � � � �p.4�01 �IDUR���mlTT�-a-"cn �*��"31fqR���,�m �-lTT>f t Pf qc:1.-l cfiT � cf>l{ m "ITT I��� q1U cfiT qJf&cf; FR 75 #o+fto 'fr� "ITT, � ��-qq�-lTTif�CT� ci1{t11Jl qr;:ft-�� ���-�!,IOllf(>i.qj ���I

v) wftur�ij�clft�:�lJTJftur�� � �-iffi � �ElJ.11.-i "ITT, � "31fqR���'H�lTT>f-���ctl-�ctl­��I TffcTT��"ffilIB��t"31ll<l ���,���litjl(14,ffi!ccn�� �err# �Ai11<14 �����-iffi� �� 1l1l m ���I� "R'qq "ITT, crnT lTTif-� cnl" � * � �, tncof � � � t"ff-;ft � * �'���,�ct)-�' �in=r";, �t�'Tf: Jqlf)Jft ��I� � ct)- ��7fcRIT * � � lJTJftur � cnl" � CT�� qqTq{OI ct)- �Mqlq'ttl t � � JtlJl�cfi � * � � wm{ � ��f;:r � ��I

vi) � � ��: '31ad�4 it<f � iffi" CT�fqT:-0dl Q�Tcfi 1981-1990 t !,lffil�d �� cnl"�m� $�*��*���� "ffcficif�l����>fcfiT{"t:

�� mu�� �rntr �- SWift-1 t � � � � 80% 100 >ITTr�m, � �

lTTif-� CT� lTTif-� � ct)- wrm-tt, � "31l��cfilf-rniracfffi �t�l"ff"'qf� CT� "3"tf � � � � Mlcfi{ 80 >ITTf�TTf � ���I

lJTJftur. � M q c.H t cfi+{ fillTTf cfIB � 25% � t � I

84

provided with sewerage system with treatment facilities. Low cost sanitation measures such as sanitary latrines, septic tanks and pit privies should be resorted to in villages with hand-pumps for water supply. Where possible, the sewage should be recycled after treatment for watering gardens, parks and lawns, fire-fighting, street washing, cooling etc .. Publicity and demonstratio11 on the necessity for hygienic sanitation should be frequently arranged to make the rural population aware of the imperative need of the clean and healthy environment.

vi) Targets for sanitation: The proposedtargets of the International Drinking Water Supplyand Sanitation Decade 1981-1990, could be takenas targets of the NCR Plan. The targets are:

Coverage Level of service Urban sanitation 80% 100% · coverage flJr

Class-I cities with sewage and sewage treatment facilities, low cost sanitation methods in other towns. Overall coverage of 80% in all cities and towns.

Rural sanitption 25% Low Cost sanitary methods of disposal.

vii) Water supply and sanitation should be takentogether as an integrated project. A combinedsewerage system including drainage may beeconomical if the average annual rainfall does notexceed 7 5 cm. All the drains should be covered asfar as possible. The sewage treatment processshould include units to obtain best by-products likecooking gas and sludge manure. The solid wasteshould be properly managed and recycled for ahealthy and hygienic living environment.

viii) Solid waste management: Solid wastedis osal and mana ement should be lanne or aminimum of 20 years and, at least controlletipping should be adopted in the disposal of thesolid wastes. Compost is a solid stabiliser.Incineration of the garbage is not advisable. Areasshould be identified in all the towns for sanitaryrefill and, all the towns above one lakh populationshould have arrangements to properly manage thewaste disposal.

qftql-i111i cfi�#�m����I � � � # qliIT cfiT � "RR 7 5 t O 1ft O t � ;r mm��"JTTif��>f1l'ITT>fl"�ey�� >f1l'ITT>ft- cf>1" ffl1L cf){-TT fchq:,14 Hl m "flcF;fil � I tf"'ql" 111R14'j cf>1" "lf"�'qq Gcfi ���I "JTTif-� �#�trcnA����me: (� �) � f1q1-ct'i 341Mlq � � cfi ��� m ��m�1 �cfif R�

atcfimtfcfi"zrr����Tf:Jqq1Jn m ����fcf, q4fq{OI cf>1"� cf����I

viii) � �: � cli Mqe:111 � R� ctl­� � t � 20 cfff cli � � � �� � cli � q e:111 cli � M 4 Gm >f1l'ITT>ft-

--++-,r-,�

-,I,+ � �I� cn't "®"e: � oTtl" �{lchill �I� cf>1" � ;rm fcfi"zrr ��I tf"'ql" �-;pm#�cli�Rmfta"���' ��mcR"�������n�cn't�cf@"tf"m�-;,i-m#�cli�qe:111 cflR�cn't����I

� �m't � cfi �fcrcnrn- � � � � � t tt l@Gff-� � cli �Rmfur � � � �' � � �� cfi � 3-d{qj4) -llrr���cfiMqe:111 cli��m �-Rmfta" � cfiT � � "ffcfi I � cfi � ���clicfil"{Uf m,���m, % �mcfi�cfi��cffi"filtfcfi"ITT�I

D

The areas for dumping of solid waste/garbage have to be identified while preparing the development plans for each urban centre in advance, so that the Municipal Authorities responsible for solid waste management could utilise such pre-identified locations for disposal of garbage. The derelict lands on account of brick kilns and quarrying may be suitable locations for such operations.

D

85

11.1 �� .

fcR:fi"ITT#�T�cf f¼fchct11 �m�cfiTm �' fcr��fflff�mm� Ji(c){(ij. cnl"� cnnft" t, fcF;m ctjr � �m ch9" � ff cnm�ii�fcl'!uf� I ITT� ftlJ.llfJich cT�fi{il--il cfi1" llfu � t � mlfun ��1m "J1TT>r<S£1" cn{R # �T� ii�fcl'!uf <-i'Pl<�H � I

cfi) �Tffl �ttJtt: 1981 ch9" Ji --i �I 01--11 t � w ITT # m� � (43.94%) � � mim:m � (36.23%) ff � t 1 � "31rW � 3wra#�cb't-�m-�"fi"q�ITT (61.54%) � mim:m � -� � t � ��ft;q1011 (33.58%), "3m��T (33.31%)cf�� (30.24%) "31r W cfiT � t I fr'tjr � "31r W �

mim:m q{ � �� m� mff �� i� � 1lTlf i I "3m ��T "31r ITT t fficrrlr, �ffin � # ctjr mim:m m ch9" ffl � t I wfr.r w ITT # � lJl+ftu1" m� � (32.35%) � � ffl!ITT:fil� (29.65%)ff �%, �<IB"3m��T (29.02%) cf� � (25.22%) "31r W # ��T � ��cfi+ftl�lJT+TT#�<rr��T��mi:t "JlTT>r� t (3TT{ � lJl+ftul" � � �T� "Wfmi:t �t�1Jfi1Tt�t�lJl+ftul"w# �T� �m� ch9" "JlTT>r� t 3TT� -err, �R <-11011 t lJl+ftu1" mllT cfi1" � �T� �mi:t � t cFTifcn90.38% lJTlTT ��<IT� �T� "Wfmi:t � t� 97 .26% lJl+ftu1" � cfi1" �T� �mi:tcft �TITT % 1 "3m��Tcr��"31rW#a�j�41 � ��T: 73%, 91.3% cf� 70%, 90% t I

� m� ITT#,��# M"11� trctjt m ch9" J�i.la< �T� 3fR �'f.lR ctt- -wrmi:t �� t aj- fcn ��T # �� "WCf'fTI"0IT # tf'qqo:

ftqj'tjJ.i t1�$�"3m��T"31rITT#�� � �ITT t � � fcr�qfqElle1<l % � "3m ��r� ITTt�� ITT-err ��t I w�

86

11 EDUCATION AND HEALTH

11.1 Background

The equitable distribution of educational and medical facilities at convenient locations in the Region, especially those which serve the primary needs, is far more important than the location of any other facility. Education shall provide the vital input for provision of a trained manpower for running the social and economic fabric of the Region.

i) Sub-regional disparities

a) Educational facilities: According to the1981 Census, the literacy rate in the Region (43.94%) is higher than that of all India (36.23%). When compared among the Sub-regions, Delhi UT (61.54%) has the highest literacy rate followed by the Harya�a (33.58%), Uttar Pradesh (33.31 %) and Rajasthan (30.24%) Sub-regions. The literacy �tes-in all the three Sub-regions are also higher than the literacy rates of the States of which they form the parts. The literacy rates in the urban areas also follow the same trend except in the case of Uttar Pradesh Sub-region. Though the rural literacy rate in the Region as a whole (32.35%) is higher than that of all India (29.65%), it is less than the country's figure in Uttar Pradesh (29.02%), and Rajasthan (25.22%) Sub-regions. On the basis of the availability of educational facilities in the rural areas in terms of proportion of villages having one or more of the educational facilities and the proportion of rural population served by educational facilities, Haryana's rural population is better served with educational facilities, as 90.38% villages have one or more of the educational facilities and 97.26% of the rural population served by education facilities. The corresponding proportions in the Uttar Pradesh and Rajasthan Sub-regions are 73%, 91.3% and 70%, 90%.

11} the National Capital Region, Delhi, themother city, has almost all types of higher educational and research facilities, perhaps the

�it° "Qch filfcnct-tl iig1fclW<.>Fl � J·6:-lct{ �T&TT * fu""Q: �m-ct �� � I "irro � JI IM "-11 iii I� it°�ff Hlctchi=ct{ ����oeyW7:JTUIT* m � �T&rr ml:ct" cnCTr � 1 gft;q1011 "J"q"ITT it",��-it°�fcr�qfqsJlc:1"-l �I W�m* � � 'g � filfcnct-11 � oey efr0119;c�To ch �, "ci1 qfRl 2-chH ch, 011 si, r I ch mrftfOT��I "Jfm ocfi � "J"q"ITT cnT �� %, ���TT� f\ii"-llchc:1141· cnT :!"&l" �%I� � iig1fclmc:1£1 ��:!"&TCT: � � � � fftin"ocF�t�ff3,Rqffl�cF1" ��1fch"ctT1t � cnCTf 'g I

�) fi.ffcfiffil ��li:: � Z3"tr� * � *

�-rntt � it" � � JFH-i @I * ftp� �T *� �� filfchd-11 �m-ct � � (5), �o � (1.50) oey � � (2.59) � ITT* ���cFl"�-it-��%1�-it"� � J-1.--jfl@I cfi @� �T cF1" tf&TT (2.5) % I

"Jfm CT({1 lJTlTTUT � it" fil fchct-t I �m�r cF1" �� r.Fir �� %, gftq1011 "J"q"ITT-it° � �m "ITTl:ct" J-1.--jfl@I oey lJT+ff cnT �: ��T: 77.62% oey 61.00% % � � � �� "Jlf� ff� �I

U� U"Jf� oey '+fmf cnT cfh:rn" � � �ITT �- * cFRUf � cfiT � � � .it° fil fchct-t I � cnT "ITT� "ITTl:ct" %, ���Tit"�� �'qTf ff� � it" t1 ci 1\, ii fcr�NW �� 'g 1 gftq1011, �����T*�"J"q"�-it° fcr�N�� cF1" cfi+ft" % � � � 3fR clIB � � �-qffl" t i;rcqrcft ITT rfiT � �, � ffPTT� fil fcnct-1 I �m-ct � cfi1i �� 'g I � ��T "J"q"ITT-it° "irro, W<TTUIT "J"q"ITT-it° � oey � "J"q" ITT it°� it" filfchct-11 �m� t :!\S<T � 'g "Jfm � � -qffl" * �'qfq ITT n ��it"� �'g1

11.2 �

i) ill-.--iT "J"q"� it" �Tm � �<r �m� cF1"�� cfi iMich.--i ff 1:ffiT � % fcn � oey tf11R fcTTRur cF1" �� ff � �m� cnT maa7t:iJ-J.--ich ;:nft% 1 � ���"irro, � � -� �-� "J"q" �it"�� �ffift�m- t cFRur � J v:-1 ct l m ch'l- �rm oey fi-1 fch,fll�m-ct "{™ 'g � � � � ffi"IlT "ct"ey �­qffl" cfi � ch',- ��1fch"ctT1t � cfi"( rt � I � fffcrcflm *@�"ITT� fli chct I q@" � �T CTey qft"Rrr

best available in the Country. Meerut in the Uttar Pradesh Sub-region is the second city after Delhi with a University which has jurisdiction over a large portion of the UP Sub-region. At present, Meerut has facilities for higher education including a Medical College. There are large number of post­graduate colleges at Meerut and Ghaziabad which are also patronised by student population from Delhi and Haryana. In the Haryana Sub-region, Rohtak town has a University of its own. It has large number of State level institutions such as a Medical College and two Ayurvedic Colleges, two Polytechnics, and an Industrial Training Institute. As regards the Rajasthan Sub-region, Alwar town is the main centre of educational activities. It has a number of colleges which mainly cater to the local students and to some extent those from nearby areas.

h) Medical Facilities: The availability ofmedical facilities in terms of number of beds per thousand population in the urban areas of the districts of the three Sub-regions, is substantially better in Rohtak district (5), Meerut distrct (1.50) and Alwar district (2.59), compared to other areas of the Region. In Delhi, the number of beds per thousand population is 2.50.

As regards availability of medical facilities in the rural areas, the Haryana Sub-region in terms of proportions of population and villages served being respectively 77.62% and 61.00%, ranks higher than the other Sub-regions.

Delhi being the National Capital and the third largest city of India, has the advantage of possessing large number of medical institutions with best specialisation in almost all the fields available in the Country. The medical facilities in the three Sub-regions of Haryana, Rajasthan and Uttar Pradesh lack in specialisation and also, looking at the vast hinterland served by them, they lack in availability of general medical facilities. Meerut, Rohtak and Alwar are the main centres of medical facilities which attract people from large part of their hinterland.

11.2 Proposals

i) An assessment of the availability of theeducation and health facilities in the three Sub­regions indicates that the level of these facilities in terms of accessibility and equitable distribution is far from satisfactory. Some of the regional centres

87

cf>T � TflIT t, �-a-�� ct �cffi" � ii m .-p 1 { ITT ct -.,-rrn � � � 1 �fct ch � ct �cffi"'3TT'�G-1.-ff1�1 �����ff � c:f@" fillf �����ff� �� � � � �Tffl -a-� �<r �cy;m cn'1" ;:mcf�%fil m1TT I � �cffi" � ff � � cf>T �Tffl -a-� �<r � � � fcf�� c:f@" �;m ct l=IT� . ff � ;:mcf�%fil;m cfTT" tjt � � � fTTfiill t I

ii) �ff� �cFsTT�1Plfra-��t�mtt���ff;=i-��w�m�� wrr, � t � QJr ffi1lT cnT tjt � 3ffi � 1 chM a������tl�3TTTTf:���T ct��� °ttR �mB ct� cnfuc:T Sil.-f�O,Sj. -a-�lfAcRct � ����mtt��cfiG ct ��� t ITT I

iii) �G-1-1t1�,ct��qzm��"31i� cFsTT, ffcTT cfim o� � lJT+fT ct �-1TTtr ct >l"'+llcIT ITT cn'1" ;:mcf�%fil;m ���qr tjt fl I Si If-ii ch ��� f1{il'11 cnT � � ff �� � �H1g;<-1.-f � cR� � fl�l4dl� I

iv) �Tffl � �<r �m;m ct IBtt �Rilfqalil.-f�u:g �mt:-

�'ql"'q;T� 1JTlft,rr cfio �Tffl 1) -;:rn-tt� �TJiq,1-

2)

3)

4)

m� fcmIBzr ( � � cm cfi�'311 mmr) �-qr�

.:i �I fcl-El I �F1

�� TTTcf ,1-

10,000-15,000 cm�cfm" �TJiq,1-�

� � 1JTlft,rr 1�-rntt

25,00 cm JFH-i@I tfu�� 5,000cm �� tfu��

10,000 i 15,000 �cf@"� �m�� 80,000 i 1,00,000 cm �cf@"� � tfu� �

1) �� 5,ooocm�tfu�� 2) m� �<f 30,000 cm �� ct fu� �

·3l t11�1;1�ch�<r 1,00,ooocm�tfu��� �� fcf�N�ct m�

88

0

'

namely, Meerut, Rohtak and Alwar being fairly large sized urban centres in the respective Sub­regions are having some higher order educational and medical facilities which at present cater to the needs of both the local population as well as the neighbouring areas. The _ priority towns and complexes identified for faster development and, also the DMA towns excluding Delhi W;ill contain more population · in addition to their _ natural increase through the deflection of the Delhi bound potential migrants to them, and they will need, over the perspective plan period, more education and health facilities. In addition, some of them may have to cater to the regional requirements with institutions of specialisations both for education and health care.

ii) Provision of these facilities in adequatemeasures in the regional centres away from Delhi would not only improve the quality of life but may attract population seeking migration to Delhi. This will thus meet ultimately the objectives of provision of infrastructural facilities at desirable norms and standards to improve the standard of living in the areas of the Region.

iii) The distribution of social infrastructure, notonly on the basis of population size but also on the catchment areas for each level institution in the Sub-regional centres, Service centres, and Basic villages will help to remove the imbalances in the provision of social infrastructure of the Sub­regions.

iv) 11-!.e_ norm� for education and healthfacilities suggested are as follows:

Type of facility Norms Rural Urban

A. Educationl) Nursery School One in each One for 2,500

village population 2) Primary School One in each One for 5,000

(including village population.classes uptoVIII standard)

3) Higher Secon- One in each One for eachdary village with town with 10000-

population 15000 popula-10000-15000 tion.

4) College One for each town with 80,000-1,00,000 population

B. Medical Rural/Urban l) Sub-Centre One for 5,000 population 2) Primary Health One for 30,000 population

Centre3) Community Health One for 1,00,000

Centre with four populationbasic speciali- 0 sations.

12

12.1 ��

(3TTcITT, +fGfcf ch'1 �f.:t 41 cfl '3Ticf�?:Jcfifil t � +f"ITTtf ch't"efl:c"ff ���ct�� cfiT� t1

C •

-3TTf: � � fcRft '4J ch i?-11 a I ch I (l Dl:c cR fcnm � � *i"m � cfiT � �� ��?/'� �

ct � W "B" �� � t I fffifcff �� � # � � � � t fcn ����'Rf � ct fu-q: (3TTcITT, cfiT � Rft� .-q:.-i a +1 m� � t I ,3TTf: n� �� ITT# � I q Im ;q fcrcFmcf>l"��m��cha1 ��tcFTifcFITT # (3,Tqffi WT� � � "A" � t I n� �m;ft ITT� cfiT��"<-1" �"rtl"�cfim� -m� ��(fey� J-rn1.:p1{ ITT ct �1 # � � tr{" � <TI1Ff ch't" � � �� �t���#��"ffcR� � I � .. flq=q1ftch � ct f9"illlchMl41· # {jJiJII{ � � �ffl�T \,I ell fu 41· cf>l" � �� cRJ-q: 7JfA" %gm�� cha I cfi �� trr � � ch't '3Ticf�?:Jcfifil t 1 n� (3,Tqffi � ct +r� ct ��"<-1" �: n� �� ITT ch't � ct � t � ��if ffiTITcfil"���(fey����ct fu-q: � � (fey fcl E.I +I 1-i. +fcnT'1T cR �, -1cft..flch{uf, ci1'¢1-t16 � � Wlftr # �� cfil" !-llffileH � (fey 1IT,,cf � �P-i'iJHI (fey q I f1ch m ct ITT # � ch't ii?-! cl 1-i (fey � fcl { I fl a cf>l" �-q: {"@"11 � �fa � I W ch, fl i €<Ji@ ch (fey ch M I ,+I ch � ct � cf>l" 'ftn'&IB cfiBT t I

Ji.-1 ti @1 # � ct m� � ct�� � . � t I � ch't � Ji -i ti &-l I cFf �ct� � ;,m � 1 � fPP:r n� (i'if� ITT # �'q'TY 3o0io "ff 40% _ �m-a- A� lltl" -� �� � "B" {W t I

� "i:hl e1sch{ �ITT# 1971 # � ftITT�fi +fcnT'1T � � ® t ch't � ff&n" 101.14 � Ji-1ti@1 ct m-q:, 13.83 � m � � �� � 7 .31 cx.rfc@" m I � +fcnT'1T # -;:r {� � '2lT @m '2lT � ftm�fi +fcnT'1T ct � # 10% +rcfi'R" ��-rr-q:t11981 # (�cf>l" 0l'?ch{) 129.72

SHELTER

12.1 Background

Housing is a basic human need and ranks next only to food and clothing in importance. One of the primary aims of any policy plan of a welfare state like India has, therefore, to be to improve the quality of living of its people. The Seventh Five Year Plan document holds that a certain minimum standard of housing is essenial for healthy and civilised existence. The development of housing, therefore, deserves an overwhelming priority in the NCR, where housing amenities are below the minimum standards. The NCR Plan inter-alia aims to provide healthy living conditions in priority and OMA towns, at standards comparable to that obtaining in Delhi. Most of the migrants seeking employment in informal sector activities need priority attention in providing shelter for them. The objectives of Draft National Housing Policy are in fact in consonance with the objectives of the National Capital Region Plan which seeks to encourage people to build and improve their own houses; to promote repair, renovation, expansion and up-gradation of the existing housing stocks, and to preserve India's rich and ancient heritage in the field of human settlement planning and architecture and, conserve buildings of historic, cultural and aesthetic significance.

Demand for shelter increases with the population. Provision of housing does not keep pace with the population increase. At present, about 30% to 40% of the urban population in the NCR live in unhygienic arid insanitary conditions.

Occupied residential houses in the Region excluding Delhi UT, with an allowance of 10% either as non-liveable or vacant or non-residential, totalled to 13.83 lakhs for a population of 101.14 lakhs in 1971 with an occupancy rate of 7.31 persons per unit. In 1981, there were 18.23 lakh liveable houses (except in Delhi UT) for a population of 129. 72 lakhs with an occupancy rate of 7.12 persons per unit (Table 12.1). The marginal

89

� JFHi &-l I cf> fu"Q: 18.23 � � � � � � trfu � mfuTT � 7.12 cx:rfcffi' � (alf<:>Fhl 12.1)= 1971-81 *�mrnTT�#�mcfilfl" ff� cn',- �#�ff�� cfif � flmcTT %1

1971 #'Q:fofilo�o cfl�Nn�#2.576� ��fnwr�fi�chl�<-('i# 18.88�ffil"f"{�� � 'ITTcf � mfuTT � 7.33 cx:rfcffi' � I 1981 # � cn',- � � �P.ffif 5.099 fil"€f "ITT Tft � 33.29 � ffi1T � � � mfuTT � 'ITTcf � 6.53 cx:rFc@' "ITT Tft I <mN �# mfuTT � # cfilf)- 3TT�� �mmt, ��ITTcflm+fiur�# 1971-81 * � mfuTT � 7.30 ff� 7.34 "ITT� ff 7:ffi 3TT�c:TTtR°"ff1TT1nfil�� I �l=j"cfi"GTT� :J;Ulqfi( � � �#"{""@"�fil"{�mn:f�cn'l-� � cF+f "ITT � t I

12.2 2001 ocl5 lfTlT

7:ffi � � fcn mfuTT � � ftm<r�fi � 5 cx:rfcffi' itTJT, 1971-81 cn'l- � � � � � 3ffi � \� � ?:TT @m ?:TT lR -ftm<r�ft �chi� qi � ftm<r�fi �chl�41· cn',- 10% mlft, � � �ITT � �� � cfiTTr � � 2001 ocn n� TTJf� ITT# 3TTclffi * fu� � 0ij+ilR=la m-42.6 � fnwr�fi �chi �4 i filTTT I � ff 24.8 Bm �chi �<-1 i (58.22%) �iw ITT# o� 17.8 � �chi �<-1 i (41.78%) m+ftur � # � I "3m ��T � ITT# 24.2 � �chi �;q,· (56.81 %) cn'l-mrr itTIT � �11\1<-11011 �ITT# 15.6 fil"€f �ch1�41· (36.62%) o�

��ITT # 2.s fil"€f $ch1�41· (6.57%) cn'l­m- min-, 1987 # � mTTf ftm<r�fi $ch1$41

. cn'l­

� 20.868 � �chl$4i 0ijitl�a � I �ff� R ��T � ITT# 11.417 fil"@, i1R410II �ITT# 7.766 Bm o� � �ITT # 1.685 Bm �chl$4i � I

�m�'chl" 1016ch{ � ITT# 1988-2001 cf) � 3ffifftcrrl" m- (� frmffi cfilf)- trfuf)21.732 � $ch1$4i (42.6 - 20.868) WTT I� 'ff18.188 � �ch1$<-1i (83.69%) �iw ITT # o�

3.544 ��chl$4i (16.310/o)m+fiurITT#� I� lTTlT # ff 12.783 fil"€f $chl$4i (58.82%) "3m ��T �ITT #, 7.834 � $chl�<-1i (36.05%) mt<ITUTT �ITT# o� 1.115 � �ch1�<-1i (5.13%) � �ITT#� (a1f<:>1ch112.2) nrr�81cha1 �3TT�l:Kfcrcnrncfl����'fl"�ch+J4&lcffil

.#7.19

� $chi �4"'f (39.56%) cn'l-3ffifftcrrl" +fTlf WTT �

90

fall in the occupancy rate during 1971-81 indicates a slight improvement in the living condi­tions.

The 2.576 lakh liveable residential units in the urban areas of the NCR housed a population of 18.88 lakhs in 1971 with an occupancy rate of 7.33 persons per unit and, the housing sto.ck _double-cl to 5.099 lakhs in 1981 to house 33.29 lakh,people at an occupancy rate of 6.53 persons per unit. Though the decline in the occupancy rate in urban areas is a happy development, it is offset by the increase in occupancy rate from 7.30 to 7.34 during 1971-81 in the rural zones of the Region. If quality of houses is also taken into consideration, the number of houses fit for living might be much less.

12.2 Demand by 2001

On the assumptions that the occupancy rate shall be five persons a residential unit, the 1971-81 trend of growth shall continue and a 10% allowance is given to compensate non-liveable or vacant or non-residential housing units, the total demana or housing y 2001 AD, except for Delhi UT, is estimated at 42.6 lakh residential units in the NCB; of these 24.8 lakh units (58.22%) will be in the urban area and 17.8 lakh units (41.78%) in the rural area; the UP Sub-region will have a demand of 24.2 lakh units (56.81 %), followed by the Haryana Sub-region with 15.6 lakh units (36.62%) and Rajasthan Sub-region with 2.8 lakh units (6.57%). In 1987, the net liveable residential houses have been estimated at 20.868 lakh units; of these the UP Sub-region had 11.41 7 lakhs, Haryana Sub-region 7.766 lakhs and the Rajasthan Sub-region 1.685 lakh units.

Thus, the additional demand (including the existing backlog) between 1988-2001, will be (42.6-20.868) 21.732 lakh units in the Region excluding Delhi UT, and of these, 18.188 lakh units, (83.69%) wil1 be in the urban sector and 3.544 lakh units (16.31 Ofo) in the rural sector. Of the total demand, 12.783 lakh units (58.82%) will be in the UP ·sub-region, 7.834 lakh units (36.05%) in the Haryana Sub-region and 1.115 lakh units (5.13%) in Rajasthan Sub-region (Table 12.2). The towns/complexes identified for priority development will have an additional demand of 7.19 lakh units (39.56%) while the DMA towns will have 5.70 lakh units (31.34%) and other towns

� �51--1�1{ ITT ct �1 � � lfTlT s.70 0lls �cfil�;qj (31.34%) .(i� �� �t � 5.29 0lls �cfil�;qj (29.10%) "ITTlTT (ctlf0cfil 12.3) I

�rn't �� * �� 1J,cF ft:rrn{ wrr 1T<ft &l fk! 47· � {rn % I� ff ���T 01.-\i q illR:cfi � 3TTf� f�;q1cfi<114,· �-B1T � %1 w m � 011 ;q1J111 �� 01.=ilqil1R:cn ITT cnT �'lfnf �ct � � � � {"@r!T mTIT I fu@� -;,in:-� 011� � 1J,cF ft:rrn{ � � cH fwfi � 'g �rr -a- �m:

01.-\iYillRcfi ITTcF f�<llcfi<1141·���% �f�,ft � 3ffi 3fR � % <TT:ft � � n$ �� ITTct ���t� 3ffi� 'g '+ft"�m: 01.-\iYillRcf1 ITT ct f�qlcfi<1141. � cfif1=f � I 1988-2001 ctmRtf+fM"ct3TTT��"!Scff��cflTT cnT frG:rit �™: 01 'ii q il IR: cfi ITT cfi cfi I ii �II { �� %, fu@ �rn't ITT ct �cfn w ITT ct �rn't � � �'l{Tf 8 0lls ftm-�ft �cfil �;q7· � '3TTq�?:fcflctT � (18.19 � �cfn" �cfil�;q

"'

j cfiT 44%1 ) I � 'ii q tj IR cf, ITTcf) * fu-q: -3,Tqffi * �� �

� �� � � �mrt %, cFTifcF-3,fqffifcrn � �(fcf)��ff�-;,m'g, �.-ilqil,R:cfi ITTcf) cnT � * fu-q: � * fu-q: � � fl 12 I ;q ct I TR R� {� mTIT I �-q: � .-\i q tj I ft cfi ITTcf) * fu-q: � � � � "fflr"<:l" f.,9f0Rsct° �t TR llR � "ITTTff:-

i) � � �ct��� TR fclcfifoct���cfi\°111

ii) � �rn't � 11 � a :S ,· ct WT TR 011mftffq I ct I <H LJf "cfi1" �T.fct" cf)"{� ct fu-q: --i··ici ���%(ff cfiT� � cfi\°11' (i�

iii) � rcr=n �ff�� m (1cfi ��"fm cfi\°11 I frG,if �@"ct": � '1i q tj I RcfiITT * cfiPFTR �TWrB" % '

12.4 �

i) n� �m-;:ft ITT� J1.-\t1&11 � �cfn&l¢lfl{1, � % fcTT� � ct mur m 7:fT �� cfiT llftui-p:r m <lr n� -�m-;:ft ITT ct -;,in:-T � fu@ � "fi"� � cfi\� cffffi Ji.-\ f1 &I I * w "cfi1" � � crrw IBfflT m, * fu-q: fl�filct

1 1 l 71 � 'J'j''r{TflJGTT cfi � � � if � cFlTT" cfi +{cpf'r{T cfiT 3,:rm,

5.29 lakh units (29.10%) (Table 12.3).

· 12.3 Informal sector housing

About one-third of the urban population lives in slums. Most of them are engaged in informal sector economic activities. Informal sector has thus, to be viewed as an integral part in the process of spatial planning. In the context of Delhi, the migrants constituting more than one-third of the city's population, are primarily occupied in informal sector activities and, the potential Delhi-bound . migrants to be deflected away from Delhi to other NCR towns would also be engaged mainly in the informal sector activities. During 1988-2001, the economically weaker sections of he society constitu ing mainly the informal ector w__orkers, would require about 8 lakh dwelling uni s r44 1 of 18.19 lakh additional units) in the urban centres of the Region excluding Delhi Urban Area.

The informal sector housing faces more stresses and strains in mobilising resources as it has no easy access to the housing finance market. The informal sector housing would have to exclusively depend on institutional support for loans. Thus, in planning informal sector ousing, -111e points ·or consideration would be:

i) making available developed land ataffordable prices;

ii) introduction of minimum needs programmeto ensure an environment of minimumurban normative levels; and

iii) provision of an easy access to institutionalfinance.

12.4 Issues

i) There is a need for adequate planning andidentification of sources to raise the required funds to meet the housing demand arising out of additional population due to natural increase, as well as through inmigration into the NCR generally, and also the component of the population that would be deflected from coming into Delhi to the NCR towns;

ii) A special treatment is equired to theinformal sector housing, as most of the deflected Delhi-bound migrants with their semi and unskilled levels will get occupied in informal sector activities

--- · --

1 Proportion of single room tenements to total as of1971.

91

� � 0� � q,'t- m- q,'t- 1!ffi" cfi" � (3ffq���cfi"�tTT�cfiTt@"fWfR"q,'l­'3Ticf�I

ii) ��i4illftcf> � � cot" fcr� �� � # �� �' m q�m ;ar� c§�WciiM,�¢����� � "ff � 1:ffoffio�o .=J1"m # � ��i4illftcf> � Rh<.tlcf>(1141 # � �I � � !.tict1ieF1 �cii�Riftcffi �'fl+rf<IT�� mm m � ���� o� � i � "ITT I � �; q ill ftcf> ITT � � � cfiT tflrr� R!cf>Rla ���cRl'coro�m-�m"ffcf1

�������, iii) � ITT cfiT ��"ff�� cn'l"

"cf>T<f" � cfi "C;cfi mlf cfi" "@l # "11 JI ft cf> ffcITm cfi" lfRcn � J.tHqU-5 qjg.{)4 J.ii"1QU$j. cfi �m � � � �� � cf;" J.t I "1 q 0$ ")' "ff cfi1" � "Hcfi" I

r "�12.5 chl<Q•r11

� m� ITT# 3TTcf1tf �m '3Ticf�<-t cF>a 10, � � cn'l" cF>14'41Rl � m m-rft:

i) Ji -1 tl &-t I i � � cn'l" (3ffq��m cn'l"�1�f"1lcf>?IIQ, �"ifff � I

(en) ���19�!.fqlf11<-ffcITT� ��"cf;tR"#��1eiR:icf>al ���I ��� 4 � �cfil�<-11° cn'1" (3ffq�'4"cfiffi mT � � "ff ��T ��iqillftch ITT# mit I

(�) 1:ffoffio�o cii�IBtrcfiITT"ff�#� � � !.fqlf11<.11 cot" "ITT� {jJiJII( W:JT ���n��Tm'lf �Ta{f Ji-1t1&-tl � chJ.tJll(�en')- S3tUft *mil"����0� � q,'t-�m,t��q;')-�� 1 lffc;R­� y� � cfi ;ar� 1.99 � �chi�<-112 cfi"100% ���1�4")' cfit" 311A lfchf'iT cfiT y� � cfi"��frnf<.1a1 ���(a,�cn, 12.4)1

(lf) �o����t;ar�5.99� �cfil�41'ttrmm�JJl�41· cffi"��*��Tl"t � 3TTcfltf ��cnBcfi�� f1�14?11 ��� (a,�cn, 12.4)1

(�) ��cfi"mR" 5.57��� cfif (�o�o�o) ITTR�ft �chl�41. cn'l" m-m-rft

� n 50% m�iJ1f5<n cfi1" � � �� ���I

(s-) "C;qo�o�o ITTR�ft �chl�41.

cfi" 25%

92

in the NCR towns away from Delhi. In addition to making available adequate incentives, a major component will be that of shelter to suit their needs and affordability. The problem of informal sector housing may have to be met through making available developed land, and finding ways and means for an easy access to finance institu­tions.

iii) The standards and norms of the civicservices should conform to the desirable norms almost comparable to that of Delhi as a part of the strategy in developing the Region harmo­niously.

12.5 Strategy

The strategy to meet the housing in the NCR would be:

i) To fix priorities in dealing with differentsegments of the population:

(a) the 19 lakh Delhi-bound migrants shouldbe given top most priority in providing shelter; they would be requiring about 4 lakh units, most of them in informal sector;

(b) the potential migrants from the urbancentres of the NCR to Delhi should be provided with gainful employment - most of whom will join the pool of the weaker sections of the urban population and may be provided with reasonable hygienic and sanitary conditions; under the slum upgradation scheme, 100% of the beneficiaries of 1.99 lakh units may be provided with financial assistance for improving their homes (Table 12.4);

(c) under Sites and Service schemes, all thebeneficiaries of 5.99 lakh units may be provided with institutional finance to provide incremental shelter on self help basis (Table 12.4);

(d) there will be a demand of 5.57 lakh LIGdwelling units during the Plan period, 50% beneficiaries of which may be provided with institutional finance;

(e) 25% of the beneficiaries of MIG dwellingunits may also be provided with institutional finance, and

(f) HIG dwelling units may be provided withonly developed land at market price.

ii) To identify areas of development in order ofpriority:

The Regional Plan envisages to develop a four

m��J1�;q'i qi)- tjt � q;, �� � � �I

(�r) �o�o�o ftm�ft �chl�4l. qi)-� � � 1R fctchffta � �� � � �I

ii) m� � � fcfchrn � qi)- ��I

� � � � � ftc:<1ric: � 1R rcfqf{�lf<TT%� ��, "31l��, �� cT� zmmftcfl 1Jl+f ITTTf I � chi 4\hif)

. � tjt

� mtjfrichal'3TT o� fcfchrn � qi)- � �I d�jfll{ � � "&l ffl � fctchffid � � cfffi '3TT5 �/chut&lcffl1· q;)" tffim m�f+lcha1 cfl­�����mtjfl4cha1 "31l�� cn1"o��m�f�cha1 "fl'cfT�q;)-��m zm� lJf+fT qi)-m � f� cha I cf1- � � 1

12.6 � fcrn �

��Z3TTcfR,c,�� fsh<.11ch<114l0

"&l�q;, ���q)fcf>l+i"�Q,Jfm<.1i �m��

fcf; D�«f{lR�cT��otfo�offio � � ffiTI 1R � � WcITTT i 3TTcITTl fcfchrn � � � «fU 1R �IIM<.llcill� fcfchrn mf�, �o fcfchrn mf�ur, � - �!(W fcfchrn mf�, � �� � �, i1R:<.11011 !("ffitt fcfchrn mf� I � "ff �ffl!(T q:Jffu;qj D����3T��W1R�Tcfi"llf � ffl -rr Z3TTcfRl �/�� ITT tfT15llJf *i"� �� cf)f tPTT� ���st �I�� q:JiT� <-1 i � �� � cf11" fcfchrn "&l � m��

ITT q)f ffl -;,m t � � I � � � 100 $���� "&l m�

"CT$�� cFt" � "&l IB"Q, fell �fa t �%I "CT$ Z3TTcfR, � q)f "Q,cfi �� ffl � �HlY-tjlRch � fsh41ch<114l. � C11T ��"ff chliJil{ qiifcf11"������� � "&l @"Q, � fl f11 <-1 a 1 �� � "&l qfffi zm� m � �� m "&l 3TTcITTl ITT � � fclchffic=t �%I

D���ITT���, 1985'tlm 22(i)(lf) i 31"�, � cf11" � � IDU fffi"cqpft naj i lRPTi "ff� lf"Q, � i � fcrf� mill "ff q;, m1{f � cFt" �ITTrf �cfi(fil % � � ooro���ITT��Rf��� c@"��i,�� fcl-aq'j15401 �i��

tier hierarchical system of settlements consisting of Regional centres, Sub-regional centres, Service centres and Basic villages. Shelter programmes would also follow the same priorities and pattern of development. Accordingl'l the identified eight towns/complexes t veloped as Regional centres should be accorded the first priority followed by the Sub-regional centres the second priority, Service centres the third priority allowed by Basic villages.

12.6 Housing Finance Institutions

At present, there are a number of agencies engaged in arranging housing finance and related activities such as HUDCO and HDFC at the National level, and Housing Development Boards of the three constituent State Governments at the State level, Ghaziabad Development Authority, Khurja-Bulandshahr Development Authority, Meerut Development Authority, Urban Improvement Trust, Alwar and Haryana Urban Development Authority at the local levels. Most of these agencies are engaged partially or wholly in solving housing and/or housing finance problems either at National or State or local levels. But these agencies cannot treat the National Captial Region as a special area for development.

The Government of India has approved creation of the National Housing Bank with a seed Capital of Rs. 100 crores. One of the primary functions of the National Housing Bank is to develop the base level and intermediate level housing finance institutions to extend financial assistance to the Economically Weaker Sections, mostly occupied in informal sector activities, for construction and improvement of their shelter.

The NCR Planning Board Act, 1985 under section 22(1 )(c) empowers the Board to receive funds from various sources as may be decided upon by the Central Government in consultation with the participating States and, such funds would be credited to the NCR Planning Board Fund. This provision makes the NCR Planning Board an ideal institution to act as an Intermediate Finance Institution to facilitate in ensuring availability of requisite finances to the target groups for construction of shelter and improvement of

93

m � $@tJ:� ��ITT�� aj­ch 14f,=cp:1-1 Q,Jfffl <lY ct +rrur+r ff� i mfunr�

%AT i �� i @tJ: Bf� � aj- '3TTcf�1fcfi � ���ctl-�lScff � ��f �"ITTTTcfimt I � chlqf.=q4.::i Q,JiWMi TT� �� ITT

qRq1J111i,t � � i @tJ: �� m ch9" �3TT $ � "Jt � cfiflit I

D

94

houses under the NCR schemes through the

implementing agencies which would act as the

base level institutions for implementing the NCR

projects.

D

13.1 ��

n$ �� ITT *fu� � � � # fcln:r� � � J4<-11J1'i -ti-� ��wn lf7ft- �, � � 2001 -acFi Bl ITT* ti g;f0 a � �� fcrcnffi * fu� �'4-1 cfif0=1 rl (fo Ji I � .-i) TTfi<l "JT4" � I <ffi ���Tcnr*m#cfil+fcRTIT��* �� -ti- 1ffei" * fu� � �R c{) �.rcfi1 f0 cfi m ff n$�� ITT # �*�*fu�fuw � cFtTfr I Bl �<sl" ���-ti-� "31T� �"ct wrr � �� "31Trn q"{

���ff�fcF<:n"�cnfcfi-;ftfcr�m ���l-Jl4 1���T��I

� � 1f� � mfira" -a-ey lT{ �Uf 7TTTif tRTT� � I Ji .-i ti &-l I # Ji isl 4ta cifu * ffil21"

�-ti-���� ��ff� %1 fcf�T1f m ff ¥"ff � -ti- cfilft -a-ey 1:fftUfTlf� q7TTq{ur �JI s � * cfiRUT fu� �rcntt % 1 � ffcficf � � FcF .Bl ITT #� cflf ·� 0ijcg<1aS-J �-ti-�M� 3,Tq�%fil % �R � �Tro � cf)f rl ch ti JI rl � "ch{*, fcrcnffi fsh 41cfit114 ITTcft rn * 'ITT"� -a-ey � � q"{ >I"� f.:p:hur * fu� -;fifcrzj � fcF<:n" "J'fT tfcFifil % I

13.2 cHt+il'1 � � � �

� ITT# � cf)f :!€Zr � �"ff# fcF<:n" "J'fTill % I ¥�ll"<=I" ITT# �ctlist1¢l cflf ITT�'q1180% % IITT*� �ct1isi1:¢, cTT# ITT#ff�'q1146% �ffi7:fl1TIT "J"q"ITT # % � � "3m ��T "J"q$(37.3%) cflf �t �u-��ITT (13.1%) t� � B1T � ITT# <ffi � cfi+f 3.7% % Ill"{-�"ff J4<.J7Jfi * �-�, qftqf2tj �,��'tt����'tt�fu� �RiS-J1t1 -tl-"J'fT"{m � ¥ ITT -ti-9. 9% % 1 m7:fl1TIT "J"q"ITT # lT{ -�� J4<.Jl411·*����� 128431 �ITT%"Jil"� ITT cflf 43.3% i��"J"m ��T�ITT (38.7%)-a-ey � tTTr � ITT (24.2.1%)-a-ey� "31TITT (5. 9%) cflf � % I ffi7:fl1JTT "fj"ey "3m

13 REGIONAL LANDUSE

13.1 Background

The Landuse Plan for the National Capital Region depicts the exposition of various broad landuses designed for a balanced and harmonious development of the Region by 2001. The Plan will serve as a guide and provide direction for the use of land in the NCR in both-short and long terms towards accomplishment of the goals of the Plan. This broad landuse plan will be supplemented by Sub-regional plans dealing with respective Sub­regions in greater depth to provide more specific policy guidance.

Land is a vital but limited and non-renewable resource. With the tremendous increase in population, the pressure on land has gone up rapidly. Particularly, there is an increasing concern over the loss of primary agricultural land and, the consequent environmental degradation. This is indicative of the utmost need for optimising the use of land resources in the Region through rational uses of urban land, conservation of areas sensitive to development activities and evolving policies for the effective control of landuses.

13.2 Existing regional landuse pattern

Agriculture is the predominant user of land in the Region. The cultivated area consititutes about 80% of the total reporting area. Of the Region's total cultivated area, about 46% is concentrated in the Haryana Sub-region followed by the UP Sub­region (37.3%), and Rajasthan Sub-region (13.1%) while Delhi UT has the least of 3.7%. The land put to non-agricultural uses which comprise area under settlements, transport network, rivers and canals covers 9.9% of the total area. The Haryana Sub-region has the highest area of 128431 hectares under non-agricultural uses which form 43.3% of the Region followed by the UP Sub­region (38.7%), and the Delhi UT (24.2%) and the Rajasthan Sub-region (5.9%). The occupation of maximum area under this category in the Haryana

95

��T"3l:ffff;TTifW�cfi���ITTcfif j� cfiRUf <ffi % fcfi � � ITT lTTTT om� �om� ft�lllcfi��ftrus;:mt�-itt � � <rITT � ID� %��if � cfiRUf � � l:l"{ �I �{l cfi{ 01 � �iSI I \11 cfi � % (ctlf(1cnl 13.1) I

���swrft"���t�=q<_c:1..ft ITT, @"U �, � cnm �, �cRr � �TIPTT1" % � � � 141677 � ?:IT WITT cfi ¥ �TTitjfoci ITT cfiT 4.7°/o % I��� ITT

. (39.8%)�"3l:!"ITTif%1�� �R:4101131l ITT(24.7%),���T"3l:!" ITT(22.3%)om�� � ITT (13.2%) cfiT � % I � � cfi � � ¥ 65222 � ITT t)t. stt % m w

ITT i ¥ - cnT 2.1% � %1 cr.n cnT � � ITT ffi<TTUTT "31:1" ITT (52.2%) if% I � � � ��T "3tr ITT (30.5%) � � "3tr ITT (15.2%) cnT � % 1 u$ {l'if� ITT i � i

q;, fcPTTTIT cfi � er.TT cfIBT ¥ ITT 1534 7 4 �%��-��%:55544� �� cr.n i 31"�, 31640 � wr� cr.n i31"�, 56202 � 3lq�ff$rl er.TT cfi 31"� � 10088 � fll li I f01 cfi er.TT (� LfiRR) cfi 31"� (ctif(1cfil 13.2) l:l"{��cfifu�cfi � er.TT cfiT � � 3555 7 � % 31"� er.TT cfi 31"��� ITTcfif 1.2% I �cfi�if � �!ITT cfrn" ����%���if � er.TT cfiT ITT tjt �� % I

�-er�� � 5 7 484 � � � w ITT cfi ¥ � cfiT 1.8% % I � ��T "3tr ITT if � �' ¥ ITTcfif 44.5% 'lWTW ITT-if%�� W<TTUTT "3tr ITT (41.8%) cnT � �, u$ {l'if� ITT if¥ �-er�� �if� cnT � cfi+f ITT 1.5% � 1 � �TITITT om���� cffITT ITT W ��T cfi ¥ ITT cfiT 1.2% % � <ffi j�= W<TTUTT (45.0%) om � "3tr � (42.O%)if �%����mom�,f(1;q

"'j ff

Rrn"� �l�lci{���T�ITTif%17rf�IHT7TT i 31"� � cfrn" ITT if �' �' � 3TTfu �TIPTT1 % � <ffi � ITT cfiT 0.28% % I li Hf-tj5t 3 if W ITT cfi cflf 198 7 cfiT � � ��1T4T 1PTT % I

13.3 W4�q;rcflfcrR�-1987

q;) ¥-q-: �-er w ITT if 23.92 ��?:IT �79.9%ITTt1tstt%i�if�59.�%ITT if � � "JfTTfi � I

96

and UP Sub-regions is mainly due to the large area oc_cupied by the Ganga and Yamuna rivers and their tributaries and, ·concentration of non­agricultural uses whereas, in Delhi, it is owing to large-scale urbanisation and industrial expansion (Table 13.1).

The third important category is the barren land which includes rocky area, saline patches, _gullied land, derelict land covering an area of 141677 hectares or 4. 7% of the total reporti.ng area of the Region. The highest concentration is in the Rajasthan Sub-region (39.8%) followed by the Haryana Sub-region (24. 7%), the UP Sub-region (22.3%) and Delhi UT (13.2%). According to land records, forest covers a total area of 65222 hectares which forms 2.1 % of the total area of the Region, with the highest concentration in the Haryana Sub-region (52.2%), followed by the UP Sub-region (30.5%) and the Rajasthan Sub-region (15.2%). The Forest Departments of the NCR participating States place the total area under forest at 153474 hectares, with a break up of 55544 hectares under reserve forests, 31640 hectares under protected forests, 56202 hectares under unclassified forests and 10088 hectares under social forests (Table 13.2). The satellite imageries, however, show only 3555 7 hectares i.e. 1.2% of the reported area under forests. The satellite imageries include only the compact forests under tree cover while records give the area under protected category also.

Culturable waste land constitutes 5 7 484 hectares of land which is 1.8% of the total Regional area. The UP Sub-region has the highest of 44.5% of the total area followed by the Haryana Sub­region (41.8%) under culturable wastes. Delhi has the least area· of 1.5% of the total culturable waste land in the NCR The area under 'permanent pastures and other grazing land' which forms 1.2% of the total area of the Region is mainly concentrated in the Haryana (45.0%) and the Rajasthan Sub-regions (42.0%), while the land under 'miscellaneous trees and groves' is cqncentrated in the UP Sub-region. The area under water bodies include lakes, reservoirs, tanks and forms 0.28% of the total area. Map 3 shows the landuse of the Region as of 1987.

13.3 Status of landuse-categorywise: 1987

a) Agriculture: Agriculture occupies 23.92lakh hectares or 79.9% of the area of the Region. In

�) -cR:�t�ctmq:-rr<l�"ffey� � ff 1TTlT � tfcfi � q;:r ITT ct 45% 'lTI1T "4"�-;,mti��ITT���?:lT� J q 41 J 11 � cfirrcrr "ff� � ;i ii 14 ?;11" "ff" cr-!ff �*mar � mTI<TT t I �ft41011 mITT 1l" q;, ITT cfiT 31925 t�� ITT cr� �� "JTTctT t'("ffmfcnr 13.3)1 :n� cn"Ff "ff" crey ��fr :rn � cfi mar�

. 04"ITT°4" 59,558 tcre-�-4" sr� srsrcr;:r ITTtflTT� m rp:rr -g- 0ct1" i;rt�T�!l ITT°tj" 29,455 t�� ITTlf cr;, ITT� �c( ( a I fM cfil 13 .3) 1 � �1ff"ff, ¢1ff"ff � q J ffo-;a "ffey fl I ii I fJl cfi q;:r ( f11 RP-kt CfiTn=c) �� t � qT@q # �&n qTT{ �-ITT� 11,601 � t � W � 17.854 � � 1:1"{ q;:r � t I ��ITT � # w � cfiT �� ITT �'1lf�t1

lf) $IT �: � cflf' cFl" � # � cFl" il<_c:1.?i, tmm �"@U �' �cffffi �crey qftfllcffi ���%1�t�t��

ITT cfiT 6.5% 'lTI1T � � cfiT%� � � ct� <15 4.7% t1 @�SCil{ � J-41Cila{ � qcfu- � ct m�-m� �, ffi<TIUTT��m�#%1��#i:!:m�� � * m�-m� trnm � � � � J-41Cilci{ ffi<:rrurr"ffey�>rhr�#�tfcr��� ��fu:m{mcft"t1 ��"3"W��T"ffey � m� # 4 ft fll cffi � +fl1lf # t I

�%ff fu-q: Tf<l � i � cnwr= "��,, cFl" 53)uft # m � t � 1TTlT � t fcfi wcflf'fcr�"M-t � m-rr<l ITT ct �cffi" ITT fcfim" .,- fcnm cfiRlJT ff �GrfCITT Tf<l t I

. fcf�� ff 1TTfT � % fcfi �ft <.l IO 11 "3°4" ITT# � �*��tr{� �cfj�cffi" 53,044 ����ID tr{ t (a,fMcfil 13.4) � "3"W ��T mITT # � � 6,672 � "ffey � mITT # 2,114 � t 1 7:ffi q:cfi f� (1 ii f4 � � fcfi � '1lf� ch9- � # ���ITT# 7,260 �ITT# cfi+ft t I ID "HcficTT � fcfi � �: �mtt mm crey � cfirSU � c{�?fn fsfi<.Jlcfi<1141 ch9-� t mur s;:m ID I

�) � � tR"ffi �: � (13,000 �) "ffey ��ITT� (12975 �) # �l:f-7:TTTil lTTTft � * � ITT t I �l:f -mnT 1lTTIT �ch9- � qTT{ � � f11..fi 4 a , J II fJl ll I iii I q, lf{o � � t1

s-) "Ii\ � (3q�fl•i'i cl;� � �: � "3"4"ITT # w cf1f' "EFl" � � '1lf� t "JtTTTfi !,1@8�a ¥ ITTcfil" 24.2%����#

Delhi, only 59.9% of the area is under cultivation. b) Forest: A comparative analysis of forest

area through Landsat satellite imageries and land records reveals that 45% of the total forest area is devoid of forest This vast area has been denuded by encroachment or by other uses and indis­criminate deforestation. In the Haryana Sub­region, 31,925 hectares (Table 13.3) of the forest area is reported as tree-less area. There is a loss of huge forest area of 59,558 hectares in the Rajasthan Sub-region due to encroachment and indiscriminate felling of trees. In the UP Sub­region, an area of 29,455 hectares (Table 13 3l should be under forests which includes reserved, protected, unclassified and social forests against 11,601 hectares of land under actual tree cover, and thus, there is a loss of 17,854 hectares of forests. Bulandshahr district, has the highest shares of such denuded area.

c) Barren land: This category of landincludes quartzite rocks, sandy and saline patches, gullied land and derelict lands. According to the satellite imageries, 65% of the total area is ,under barren lands against 4. 7% as per the land records. Most of the gullied lands are concentrated in the Rajasthan, Haryana and Delhi Sub-regions around the Aravalli ranges. In other parts, it occurs along the river and stream courses whereas saline patches ar� concentrated in the Haryana and Uttar pradesh Sub-regions especially in the excessively irrigated areas Sandy patches exist in abandoned river courses in the Uttar Pradesh and Rajasthan Sub-regions

The land actually under the category 'Barren land' as interpreted from the satellite imagerie? shows that more area has become barren for one reason or the other in addition to the area designated under this particular category.

The analysis reveals that as much as 53,044 hectares (Table 13.41 of land has become barren over and above the barren land as per the land records in the Haryana Sub-region, whereas it is to an extent of 6,672 hectares in the UP Sub-region, and 2,114 in the case of the Rajasthan Sub-region Interestingly, an area of 7,269 hectares in Delhi UT is found reduced compare:i to the land ·;ecbrds which :nay be mainly due to the reasons of urban expansion and proliferation of secondary and tertiary activities

d) Culturable waste: Rohtak (13,000hectares and Bulandshahr districts (12975 hectares l have extensive areas under culturable

97

�R:41011 zq- ITToey� ��T � ITT� �-�r1P=r-rr 10% �I � cfi '3lftrftcfn �n:41011 � ITT cfi 1-?Jliq, tfl_lQl<SIIQ (fey J.lfcHPI¢ nfffi � 'fft � � cFl" � �I f¾;f-12 � �-� cfi �­� cnl" ��TT<IT lf<lf �I

T.J) �: � il{llll61 (fey � � cFl" � cfi �� � 1:1"�� cfi "il"R cFl" ��;q chci IQ, ���'3ffi��u���ITTcfi �ITTcnT 1.2%�1�0�1 Qn:41011��� !,l@tj�d ITT cnT � �� � (2.7%) � I fcrfcr�

�� �(fey �cfi 01"� �-�cfi+f �� � ITT cFl" 0.2% � I

13.4 � '34(41H1) f.fft Gf� � fcr��

� -�� ITT � � � �m

m�llIBTTt m � t �� � 1 tffifil cm-ur � � rcn

� ITT� �m��� �mfr ITT�,� fsn41ch<1141 "J-1" � ff (fey����� 4ROIIJ.1�64 � fsn41ch<11fi ff � (1JPII{ cfi�"ITT1{f�cfi��!,lqlffi41·cfl� * cm-ur � �mfr ITT � Ji '1 fi@.11 #". err� �� � 1

waste lands. Other districts, having concentration of culturable waste lands are Sonepat, Ghaziabad, Meerut and Alwar.

e) Land put to non-agricultural uses: InDelhi Sub-region, this category forms maximum of 24.2% of the total reporting area compared to nearly 10% in the Haryana Sub-region as well as UP Sub-region. The _concentration of this. use is significant, apart from Delhi, in Gurgaon, Fari::iabad and Mahendragarh districts of the Haryana Sub-region Figure 12 presents Sub­regionwise land utilisation

f) Others: Land under permanent pastureand other grazing lands which meets the fodder requirements of the cattle occupy 1 2% of the total area of the NCR The Rajasthan and Haryana Sub­regions have the highest concentration (2 7%) of the reporting area Land under miscellaneous tree crops and groves constitutes a meagre proportion of O 2% of the NCR

13.4 Changing characteristics of land uses

The landuse characteristics in the NCR are influenced mainly by two factors: The first has been

Figure-12: Land Utilisation 1986-87: Sub-regionwise

HARYANA RAJ:ASTHAN

--- - _J

98

·11 Forest

Land put to noa-11 Agricultural Use

and Water Bodies

Barren Land and Culturable Waste

r:7 Permanent L2J Pasture and Land

under Tree Crops ·and Groves

0. Cultivated Land

1981 � ¥ �ffitl" filTfT � "fl �'q"IT � � "ITTlT �f��"{�rt�1 �cfiRUf<ffimtrcn f� "fl f.-i ch(1 � cm{ Zfffil<ITTf +nm' qz 311 � I Tl I ch fsh 41 ch (11 q7" cfi TTfchRl � � "fl qf'& � t �qf{a11J.Jf<H:iq f� "H �, chlRsi<: cfl m�-m�ftITT<:r�fi � �,�1fllch 3q;q

"'

p11· * fu� �l:fcF:f" 3Tk � c41 cm I f4 ch q R l-11 Jf1 cfi � cf1T � W4 CfiT �� �� t I f� �� ITT cfi -;:prrr � fich--s{l ct"�c{�<lU rn�� f�41ch(114 � � � Rcf)(1" 1Pl � �- � o� flll-llfJich �mr��cfim-=q���-rptt I� J.J Q1,=p 1 <: ITT ff� � ��T cF 3r�r � "B m l-11 r<.1 f�41ch(11q1· o� f<TT� cfl� cfi ID� eftt-efttfcrcnrn fil(TT "{fil t I � ffl-3@"Tf rn 3:r� �*1°�ITT,�*1°�cf11"01'?ch<:� J.JQ1-1J1<: ITTo��lf� ITTff�cfi ITT� � � �m ��4cha1�· �m fcrcnrn f�41ch(11q1· ff�� "ITT"ITT t I

� om m +rrm"'fiT � # 3WR � � � �� �m f�41ch(1141· cF�#"{mt 3ftt � ffl � # ��T CfiT � � rcfff{Uf � � TJ<TT % I �"&i �ffitl" � # W4 � ch'l- � � � qf{q Q--1 cfi1Rsl{1· cFm�-m� 01la1f11ch TITTITTlf� ch'l- � � 3ffi� f�41ch(1141° # ���%I � � �m TTf�TfTTTT-3TT ·# q R: q J-1, fcr�lllcF{ ¥lr W4 cnT lR -¢'q J q <-l I J 11· cFm�qftqJ-1 NOO���m#���q"{s� % 1 � cF m� �ur om � � # fl1<:1qc: � ti '34-iilJ-i ¢'q � cF � �ITT �ldlf11ch � '6ffi� '34<-l1J11· cfi" fu� � � 1Pl �, o� m�cn ITT om ¢'q 3,� 'fiT � ITT # �� �mr cF � # �� � "{%-rrr Ql(1ifcti � ��T # � I ell· � '3 4 41 J 11· cf1T � � # �mt,-

. f1 { ii -1 I � � R� � % I � 3lfuftcfn ,.. "� ch IR: s I c� q"{

�mfnf inf11foa qftqQ-1 3:i-R "fr-qR � cF� � ��T # � � cf11" a Jif1 JI a � ch'l­��<TcflciT � 1 �ffitl" � o� <-l I a 141 a chl R: s 1 <: � ficfi.-s{l ct"mc{�<lU rn# 3,f� {IJiJII{ cfi 3fciW � cRcfi 11{ �ffitl" ff �ffitl" '3 q 41 J 11· cfi fu� � ch'l-��«<TT-3TT# qf{qJ-1 � I ���T# 1981 # � 91 � ch'l- � ch'l-� # 2001 ocn 234 � ch'l- �IB �ffitl" � cf1T � � 3ffi�{1 Ji JII <: 3,cfWT ch'l- ��<TcflciT � mfcfi �Tc1T¢t cF3TTf ocfi �m: 11{ -¢'q c4 q fl I 41· # � "ITTlT Io� � fcrcnrn -;fift:r cfi �� � cfi � # "{hPTR3TcfWT cF m� � 3:rf��T � 41 ch(1 I q fcrcnrn cF fu�

the continuous and rapid increase of the economic activities, particularly in the Delhi Urban Area (DUA) and the consequential rise in population within the DUA mostly due to inflow of migrants to seek employment opportunities created by the economic activities In 1981, about two-thirds of the total urbanites of the NCR were concentrated only in Delhi The second factor has been the rapid increase in the development of industrial activities on the traffic arteries radiating from Delhi and, the consequent pre-mature and speculative sub­division of land for residential and industrial uses along the corridors outside Delhi The development activities in the secondary and tertiary sectors in the OMA towns have leap­frogged leaving widening gap in the development of physical and social infrastructure. The other towns in the Region beyond the Delhi Metropolitan Area (OMA) have been growing slowly with normal activities and natural increase. The landuse demands in the three distinct areas, namely, the Delhi UT, the OMA excluding Delhi UT and the area beyond the OMA, are influenced by the aforesaid developmental activities.

The convergence of roud and rail routes in Delhi has favoured flourishing of wholesale trade activities, and Delhi has become one of the biggest distributive centres in the Country. The present disposition of landuses within main urban centres and also the mushrooming industrial agglomera­tion along the transport corridors have amply been reflected in varied economic activities The change in landuse characteristics particularly the conversion of agricultural land for non-agricultural uses has been at a big scale during the last two decades This has brought in the attendant degradation and deterioration in the environment and eco-system. Vast tracts of fertile agricultural land have been converted for industrial and economic uses However, the primary sector and agricultural economy will continue to dominate as the mainstay of the Region though the urban structure might play a significant role in shaping the future landuses of the Region.

_ Moreover, the proposed transport and communication system based on the radial corridor pattern would warrant a rationalisation of landuse in the Region. In the urban centres, along the traffic corridors also, creation of more employment opportunities in the secondary and tertiary sectors would bring about a shift in the land requirement from non-urban to urban uses The

99

m��cf>a1 &i-3lT�ttZ� !(ffin�� fqcf>ffia fcfi<t�i1

13.5 �

i) W ��T � �l��Jcf>{UI cfil" � � � cfil"���i1 �"(i"ey"31r���fcrcFrncfi � ITT:"UTT � cfil" � "ff �I tRl cf>{ 01 � �� Tffu "ff IDlTf � �� � % fcn �ffin fcrraR &) � � fa R_ cffi � cfil" �!(7lcRfr ITT1IT I ff� Ji -i fi @-11 &l��cnl"�cfi���cfil" -3lTcf�7lcRTT mi-ft" I � � � �� � cnl" �ffin � � � cfi � qftq@fj � � -3lTcf�7lcRTT m1" I � �� � cnl" ¢fITTf "{� -a-ey 1R 34 J\I 3-> � cnl" �ffin � � � cfi fu-q: � ?lchfiJlfl � � 1l&IB � � mTft I

ii) � ��T � q;:r ITT� -11+1+11:;1 % 1 u�q;:r��m*����� 33% (20% ocfi ���"ff� 60% � �) q;:r � � � � � ITT� 1.2% q;:r �%I�: q4fq(OI cfil"�"ff�ITT�� lp:11"%"ff��WJTim�m��% I� ITT � IBITTf �� � -a-ey � cil E{q-;1 c.>1 ocF �ur cfil" �ff�\� i IBir m� � � � ITT1T I

iii) � if � &) cITTUf �� q;:r �* �m�� 3,�447JI * cfRUf Jrn(1�( �� �� � � � %1 � � �� cF{cfi -a-ey���"3<TT"illcnl"����cnl" �if q-1(1401 <lT �� � cfi fu-q: 34Jil01 � �ffcnill % I

13.6 mrcr

i) �ffin fcrcFrn cfi fu-q: �

TI$ U"J\"'tWft ITT*� 2001 ocF 325 "(>1'f@ cfil"� j '4 I f.-l ct '5H fi @-11 � "ff 234 "(>1'f@ BTTfT cnl" �ffin � if � � � ¥ J\ 'i fi @-11 cfi 7 2 % cfi � % I 2001 ocfi � �ffin ITT cfi fu-q: Ji -i fi @-11 "chl" H4?1'1 112 "(>l'f@, � cnl" t.91-?cfi{ � '4�1.-PI( ITT * m-q: 3 7 �, � mtj � cf>ct I cl"@" -.=rrRr 1cf>iq�cffi,· * m-q: 49 "(>1'f@ -a-� �l1SI" �r i � 40 �%1

� J\ '1 fi &-l I cfi1" � * fu-q: 3ffilftcfn" �ffin �cfil" (3TT"q�7lcRfr � I 3ffilftcffi" � l=fR ill\ tt"{ �� � 1l 4 R: q J-1 cRcfi ID��� I �Tro Glftrm cfi fcTTRur � � fcrraR "chl" �� en{� -?r l:@T

100

anticipated urban population of 234 lakhs by 2001 as against a mere 91 lakhs in 1981 in the Region would also warrant adequate economic opportunities mostly in the non-agricultural occupations to be created by the turn of the century. However, as a major aspect of the regional development policy, most of.these ac�ivities with employment opportunities are to be developed in the selected urban centres for develop�-ent on priority basis.

13.5 Issues

i) The process of urbanisation in the Region iscomparatively faster than other areas. With the policy of inducing development in the regional and sub-regional centres, the urbanisation will be much faster which implies additional land for urban expansion. Delhi will require large chunk of land to accommodate the envisaged population. All this will necessitate conversion of agricultural land into urban or non-agricultural uses. A rational landuse pattern would have to be worked out to protect and preserve good agriculural land and utilising unproductive land for urban uses.

ii) The Region, for all practical purposes isdevoid of forest cover worth its name. ·Against the National Forest Policy stipulation of an average coverage of 33% (20% in plains and 60% in hills) the Region has only 1.2% of forest cover. Thus, the entire Region has become environmentally sensitive and, the eco-system is already disturbed. Wide spread measures will have to be taken to improve the situation.

iii) More and more land patches becomebarren either due to increase in salinity or indiscriminate abuse through destruction of vegetative cover. This land in fact, is potential for productive use either for afforestation or agriculture use after proper reclamation and replenishment of its lost fertility.

13.6 Proposals

i) Land for urban development

Out of the projected population of 325 lakhs by2001 AD for the NCR, about 234 lakhs would be accommodated in the urban areas which accounts for 72%. Out of the total population assignments for NCR, assignment for Delhi Urban area is 110 lakhs, for the OMA towns excluding Delhi: 37 lakhs, the eight priority towns/complexes: 49 lakhs and -the rest of the towns, 40 lakhs by 2001.

� % iCfi �"ffin Jq�1J11· * � � cfiT �m�� �fcFi<lf �%1 �: �<TTIT%!Cfi �1xf�

!;/"ffin � 1Jf1TTOT �� � ��'qq �� �ffti:m" ��fclchftict cm-��¢'�� * m� men � m I w � � urR � "{� �,fcr�� �"ffin iii f«i �fi it fu� f--1 kl fe1 f©CT �fll.-\�Osl· cfiT � fu<TT 0fTill %:

cfi) 1.0 �-acfi� �cf@" �"ffin rn�-q-fu�,80��;

'@") 1.0�ff5.0�-acficFl"�cf@"!;/ffin � * fu� -q-fu � 110 oqf'cfn � ; c=rm

11") 5.0�ff���q@"!;/ffiTT*�* IBlJ,' � � 125 oqfqij � I

� !;/"ffin � � ?:fR � fll.-\qOs � ff f2Hlfll.-\ � fil ill�% iCfi � �m +il.-\�Os� cfi"{� * IBlJ,' �: � J fl 2..-\ fcF<TT � � Ict�jm{ 2001 -acfi � lf� ITT (� tN� cfiT u 1 �ch{) n$ �m,=ft ITT � m�cfifil cf@" �r c=rm -3,� �r * fu� � !;/ffiTT ITT 1,23,561 �irrrr(ctlf(?'Jchl 13.2)�-31"��% fcfi 1981-2001 * � !;/ffiTT fcr@TT: * fu� 45291 � �cfij ITT cFt -3fTq�7:fcfiill mlft I

ii) q-;,ifulJ,'�

i:r:rrcRur � � wmm � Ji a c:tl g � ��"{�� "chT"CITT tfti:n--acfi >I"� mm%* m{� �q-;=rtITff�cfiT��.=n-lf�% 1 �c=rmcficfqff�im1J,"m���%1

n$ �m* ITT � cr;:ff cfiT � � cfilf, � l.2%,%-3fR�J��r1 a-m��BffiW\9W�g�6 I n$��*���W�!;/T � cr;:ff cFI" W-ITTf � � � fcFm m � � W �!;/T cfiT q-;, -3fTcf"{ur � 0lRT � � l):ff trmrn � ¢�' -3fTD�' �eyf� om fl I fl I FJi ch q-;,� � fcfilJ,' � aj- �"&TTf: ¢'� � * fu��cffi" .=nft % I W ffl * �� c>f"� W >l"cfiR mit:-

cfi) � �, tj�2.1..-n rn, ¢'��1:f"CTfi� ��er� c=rm qrjfq@�i � illfcn q-;, 7:!T qrjfl!@ w�� � ITT* 100/o'ffcF� �I

'@") cfilf crm cf@"� om�- ff�� rrt ITTT � �cfn �*er� a Jllch{ q-;:r �����;om

11") �� * fu� � * �chf0-lch q-;, ��,fcr!;1� fl I fl I FJi ch �� q;:ff ff' *

To accommodate this population, additional urban land would be necessary. The additional land, by and large will be met by conversion of agriculture land. A study of the distribution of urban settlements and their spread reveals indiscriminate use of land for urban uses. It is, therefore, only reasonable that both urban and rural settlements should be developed in future in as compact manner as possible and, on lands unfit for agricultural use. With this in view, especially for the urban settlements, the following density norms are suggested:

a) For urban centres upto 1.0 lakh population,a density of 80 persons per hectare.

b) For urban centres of 1.0 lakh to 5.0 lakhpopulation, a density of 110 persons perhectare, and

c) For urban centres of more than 5.0 lakhpopulation, a density of 125 persons perhectare.

Whenever these norms are not readily obtained in the existing urban centres, an appropriate redensification is suggested to be taken up to attain the density norms. Accordingly, the total area under urban use for the OMA (excluding OUT), priority towns and other towns in the NCR will be of the order of 1,23,561 hectares (Table 13.2) by 2001. This would mean an additional area of 45291 hectares would be required for urban expansion between 1981-2001.

ii) Land for forest

· Development of forest resources is of vitalimportance in preserving the environment and eco-system which greatly influences the climate pattern for better. Their presence is also essential as a safeguard against flood and erosion.

Forests occupy a meagre proportion of 1.2% of the NCR area and, are ·under constant danger of encroachment and denudation.

Viewing the situation of the forests in the Region with reference to the National Forest Policy, the Region's forest cover should be increased in any form such as protected, reserved, community and social forestry in all those areas which are not fit mainly for agricultural use. The main targets of operation will be:

a) to afforest and vegetate barren lands, rockyareas, culturable waste land etc, so that theforest or vegetative cover is raised atleast to10% of the land area;

101

����IBoT�cfimcfi�I� cl1Pf=q{a1cii<G: a-� H41Ma mcfi"ff�� � � <[� (f� � tftit � �� "fPl<l cfi m:q � � � I

iii) �cfift;rQ:�

@n Cl�� lfcTT�cn't- � � lffTf � � cfift;rQ: qd+ll'i 23.92 � � @ctlcill� cn9" �

� "3Lf<TTlT cfi ft;rQ: �� cn9" ��I � �m-ct c,� �� ��<fcfi ��TP� � �� cf,{cfi�"©"ITTcfi��3011�.:i �ctrn���I

� "3Lf<TTlT � �rn q R q J11· ct cfiR1JT � ITTct,-� �m ���� � � � �'qlq $rr1 � mm (fq1 -ttt-� ITT�� {jJ1J11{ �1 cflT m � � qf{a11+1� J1.=tfi@1 �'qfq WIT, "J1l" mm ocf1 �� fcr«frr � � e1� � lR -�ffi"CT � "ff in � WIT I �� ��

� � � � {� � � ��<fqi qf{qJ.=t ��cfiIB�����I � qi{UTq�T �ffi"CT fcr«frr /� �ffi"CT � cfi ft;rQ: cfil=f c,� � cfil=f � � � cflT "3Lf<TTlT � cfi � � � a Jifi JI a � � � � 1

iv) m� ITT

q4fq{a1 � � � � �H41f-iia �li2{lcfi{UfCl� -611 Ell J A cfi{ or ff� ffm� cflT �� "3Lf<TTlT �f[qqfq{OI c,�����'qfq�� I q4fo{u1 �m"cfilffcfi�TffiU����� � q 4fq { uA 4 cfiRUTT ch'l--m� � (>l J 11 a 1 { m"cfiTff-.=rnT fcfi<rr � tfcfmT I

� mm-;fl- ITT ct � m"cfiTff ct fu� � !-ll�facfi qqfq{OI cnl" � � �' "fPTT � Rh41cfi(>ll41

. cn9" aJifiJ1a � � ��<fqi � 1

m"cfiTff !,I 41 Ji 11· cfi IB� � cfi �� &Rl !-11 �Ri cfi fcr���c,� qqfq{UI ���"q"IB" jcfitll.=t � � cfi IB� fcr�N � � � � I .

u�mm-;fi-ITT��� !-l1�facfi ��Nmtt�m 'g: ITT, Z3fficfITT tnfo murllT cflT fq @ 1 Ra '+fl1T, qq ITT, �e1�*1r�1 �Z3IBTcff� mm-;ft- ITT � cfrtf mfur<IT ct cfl" �'RTT{Uf � �� � � ITT � tt R f<hl cfrtf m-uft �'RTT{Uf e1� i2Rl!l011 �ITT� �<-n11g{ crm '31P.llq{OI, � � � tf"&TT� qrtf m-uft Cl� crefr� 'g I ITT rn�����{��3TI"{ffl

102

b) to intensify the forest cover by plantingsuitable species in the sparsely forestedzones and denuded areas, and

c) to identify alternate sources of energy forfuel and also to find methods of increasingthe efficiency in the use of the forest fuelespecially from the· social . communityforests. These should be taken up in aphased and planned manner so thatafforestation and vegetation sustain andstablise over time.

iii) Land for agriculture

For meeting the growing demand for food andfood products, the existing cultivated land of 23.92 lakh hectares should be kept reserved for agricultural use. Efforts should be made to increse the production through intensive cultivation by providing irrigation facilities and other necessary infrastructure.

In view of the anticipated changes in landuse, there would be a major impact on land requirement of agricultural sector. To the extent that new employment opportunities are proposed in non­agricultural sector and consequent concentration of population, the urban expansions would have to be largely met from the agricultural and other non­urban uses. It is, however, necessary to institute measures for the protection of prime agricultural land and to ensure against its needless conversion. This necessitates a rational policy as to the utilisation of less and least valuable land for urban expansion/new urban centres.

iv) Conservation area

The un-planned urbanisation and industriali­sation and intensive exploitation of resources with little regard to environment, affect the environment and ecology balance adversely. An intimate and in­separable relationship exists between the environment and development and, sustained develpment may not be achieved by ignoring the environmental ca uses.

To achieve the overall development of the NCR without destruction of its natural environment, all economic activities need to be rationally planned. Special attention should be given to check the damage to natural features and environment by man's interference for development purposes.

In the NCR, the major natural features are the

��cficJ:&i"���I � -a-ey 1f1TI" � # � � cfiT «R cfiTt:ITT

�� ITTfil � � �: �iE.lifllch � � � � �-lTT>f oey �� cfimUf 'g I TfTITcfil7f' �cfi��Tfm�cnl"��c@"�cfi� ��%1��#��ct��� m ch',- chl(ql� � ch'l- ��<lcncn 'g I

� wr� ITT # �a{ctl� � � i � �ey � � fqchftia m � �� ITT cfiT ��i�fof�<-1J1 ctm#�fcfm<ft m� � � � %1 u� m� ITT ct �r i �IB ¥ �� � � w ITT # �urch'l-f11{1qc cn'l-�cfii" �#r��tns:r � � f.:14�01 -a-ey ���ct fu� f.:1Af'9f@a � � � ch'l- � ch'l- � %1 f.:1Af'9f@a � aj-;ft/� # �� �� 3lWlcfi �41ch<11q1· cFl"��cfiTrn�lf<TT 'g:

cfi) "©") lT) -q)

�1€Rlch{Uf ?TTTTI" ITT mt-a-1:f@/mt-a-;� �"©" qf{q 6--1 � i m� i ITT �NlWftur�

en) �IE!(\q,{Oj --� �

�1€Rlch{u1 <TT1<f ITT-2001 # frm"cfiT m�� .=rrrCT ·ct lffR{ � # %, f.:l A f\'i f@ a cfil7f' � � :rntt {"@ � � %:-

1) f@l:r�ft2) c11fo1fJ-<.J ch3) �i E.ll fl I ch4) fi{chl{l chl4fot45) ii �H Ji -i I ,Ji ch6) mc{Jif.:lch � � t11cfJ-1f.:lch7) Wqf{ 8) ��,l:ITcfi��cfi�9) ch�«11-1/� ITT-a-ey �n:r�ir;=r me�16Uch{u1 "-ITRl"ITT#�-��lfffi:r

� # Rmft:r 34 �, J i'i � � � mf� rnr �nft:Rr mit I tr{� � ii 61 -1 J 1 { ITT -a-ey m-� fi:i cha I cf@ .=f1TCT cfi � lfffi:r � tffi'ql"1TT� -a-ey � � ITT cfi q Jii 1-1 A<Plr -a-ey �� cfi �����I fcf�Ncfi{ �1=1"� ITTcfi�r# ���m

Ridge, an extended part of the Aravalli range, the forest areas, the rivers Yamuna and Ganga. Apart from these, the NCR has two sanctuaries namely, Sariska Wild Life Sanctuary in the Rajasthan Sub­region and Sultanpur Bird Sanctuary in the Haryana Sub-region harbouring a large number of wild animals and birds. The ridge areas and these sanctuaries should be conserved with utmost care and, should be afforested with suitable species.

The rivers Yamuna and Ganga have a high level of water pollution, mainly from the un-treated sewage and waste from industrial and residential areas. While measures have been taken to make the river Ganga pollution free under 'Ganga Action Plan', similar action is needed to check pollution of the river Yamuna too.

v) Landuse control: Zoning regulation

ln order to avoid haphazrad development andensure orderly development of the rapidly developing urban sector in the National Capital Region, a legislative tool in the form of Zoning Regulation is a necessity. Keeping in ·view the anticipated rapid urban expansion of the NCR towns and also the rate of environmental degradation in the Region, the following four distinct zones have been identified for application of strict landuse control and development. An attempt has been made to identify the likely major economic activities in the following use zones/ areas:

a) Urbanisable areab) Green belt/ green wedgec) Areas along the major transport routesd) Remaining rural land

a) Urbanisable area-2001

Within the urbanisable area�2001, which isproposed in the Master Plans of the respective towns, the functions and uses designated as under could be continued:

1) Residential2) Commercial3) Industrial4) · Government offices5) Recreational6) Public and semi-public7) Circulation8) Open spaces, parks and playgrounds9) Grave yards/cemeteries and burning ghats.The detailed uses within the urbanisable area

103

lRm mu� ff+ITC{f cnG tmi:;u$ �m-;ft ITT cF � � qffi" tP:ft ;,rm t lfftc{ l(>fR D��m-;ft ITT��* i:rn+r�f ff��� �I

�) m:"ff �/m"ff �

�l�{lcfi(OI <TTTir ITT*� �lflYlfl qft�' �� ITTcfll"�GJU 0�EJtj cfif��<:� % I� ITT� �ct1f0a � cfl1" � cF mi:; "ff� � "ff� on, �m-a-�PT.@"�* mi:; �TT[ � <TTTI[ ITT � WT � � f.-14 5101

�"{�cfiT�%1�Nt,-��� Rf���� R?TT';ra- � I � cF fq��cfi� fshlllcfi<1141

. �m��cft� I

��"@ � J4ll1J11· cFm�� aj-;n� � cft ����t:-

1) ��,fcl°�N�ffiil§��tflff#2) ii!Plcfl...ft3) m't�4) fllJ.tlfJ!cfi cr-=f-'@lls/qPlcfl•·t15) Jf<sl·--1--16) �NW"--1"7) fllJ.tlMcfi � � fct�l<'ill, -3H-LJal<18) J.l<ii{Ji--1 �� �ITTtf �/Ntr � � isx.ll{ql( ffllTT1:t "31T

���"ff� lfftc{ ����I iii R-a ;q 1· ct lTT+@"�, fcl-�llfcfi"{ izm � m �

* m�-m� <TT�����* �"ffl:fNt,� � cfiT � ffi"ff {W � � � W"ff�cfif-;:n+ffu<TT�'flcfifil%1��*wr���*�fcfim�;:;q-�qzmnq; -.,m � � � zj""fa<TT � � * m� � m'41° -;:rITT llrtt1ft I W"ff � � '3TITTTcfi ffl ff°<!�� � � � � cnm Ji 1 { q, ( cfiRU1T ff t!:trTcfi"{;:rf tt'+fcf ';f" m cffii" �;:;q-� ff m<lTTfr � � tlcfifil i ,

11') �� qf{qEM �,fcl<m] cf; fief� �<qq;

�

,,-in:-r � �, �{1 cfi( or � ITT "ffilTT'3TT * �, qfq­( I Ji J.t I J if� m� t ITT� 01q1foa �1u1G1cfi � Rcfic � � lfm tf+fFIT � � I �"@ 4Rct�.-i 'J.tl1Tftm�-m� <1JI@( ��'ITTd'T � , fcnm m ,,-in:- � �, � a ch (a, <nnr ffti:rr� i

· ���cfi�(f"{cflmf.--i451o1 �� In� {l::rtJ.tlJif"ff� �,n-a1fua· Qcffl�fl �* m�-

104

will be governed by the local authority according to the prescribed uses in the Master Plans. The master plans for Delhi Metropolitan Area and priority towns should be prepared under the existing rules and acts of the participating States/UT. In order to avoid the landuse conflicts especially iD the Delhi Metropolitan Area towns, the master. p!c;rns of all the towns within the National Capital -.Region should be prepared in consultation with the National Capital Region Planning Board.

b) Green belt/green wedge

The peripheral agricultural zone in theimmediate vicinity of the urbanisable area is very vulnerable to encroachment by development. To arrest undesirable growth in this zone and, to ensure orderly and compact urban development, a control belt is proposed all around the expected developable area. The development will be restricted or strictly controlled in this green belt. The activities compatible with open character of land will be permitted. The major landuses that could be permitted in these zones are as under:

l) Agriculture, particularly high value cashcrops

2) Gardening3) Dairying4) Social forestry/plantation5) Quarrying6) Cemeteries7) Social institutions such as school, hospital8) Recreation or leisureThe detailed boundaries of the green belt/green

wedge will be defined in the Sub-regional plans and master plans.

In the cases of settlements particularly those which are in close vicinity to each other either along the roads or interior, the intervening space between the settlements should be kept green which can be designated as green wedge. This will prevent not only any development other than permitted taking place around the settlement but also prevent them from merging with each other. The green wedge should be forested and, wherever it is not possible for pressing reasons, it could be in the other forms of greens.

c) Green buffer along the major transport

corridors

The un-desirable industrial development in the areas 'beyond the urbanisable area limits of the

m��WCnlOOlTTC\�CTey�{IJ\J-ll'i°f-cf; � � 60 lTTC\ ���mm,-� ITT tffi � nsIT � �I Ff�� cf'1 fcr� $ f.-f<M,rrrm., c[&f � � � I � �

-��%,�mt-ff�$ rn,z �fih41ch<Rl4l. cn't- � cTT � I

�) �NlJflfiur�

�NlWTTUT���:m�Trt;r�-q-�, cf'1CTey "Jwfiol �f«i4i �TTfi:TT;r�l�"ffln:r�!ITTfcITT� � � cfil"rcl"�l1fcfit {IJ\J-ll'ff a-�� {IJ\J41'1Tcfi 7T�m��7E.l1111cfi/�mn01m�J-la1 ff��m lf<TI" 'g I lWftuT � � � cn't- qj+f �, �TA'cIT"{ ,Rcl�'i �CT�� cf; rn,z � � � �tm��cfi�cfil"��ch'tt1 "1rfiur � "B fr! Y�R9 a ���"ITT tTc@

�, lWTTUT�� -©c1{'11cfi JElrn-qz�-qz�-qz � � CT� fr! 4 3101 � cR"'1T NTlT I

l) lffi°'i"�CT�� Rh41ch<Rl412) er� m�l1fcfit 4�1�4 .. f, tj�c1.-n

�, -©�sq1{ � CTey � �-qr I

3) � J4'1l(J\'11,J4ch wrmit � �1TTcFi' q.=q- IDfupff cf; �'RfRUf I

4) ch�R11-1, rctw<R4 CTey �f.la,(>l .. r ��cf;�� cTT � "ffcFifil 'g I �!,lfftlfcrn �� w��qlffl��cfl"WTTlf����-;,-tt"� � ffif cfi fcnffi" !,II�� ch��ll(cfiTW!,IRicg<R ����I

5) -3ffi'1"16) "k:l cf;�7) � 1Wf J4fo-s4i8) lWftuT °3Ell1l" � I

����m-4���t,

D

towns along the Highways would become a serious problem in the near future. There will be acontinuous ribbon development along the major transportation routes. The large scale development beyond urbanisable limits of any town should be strictly controlled. A width of 100 metres on either sides along the National Highways and the proposed Expressways and, 60 metres on either sides along the State Highways should be kept as green buffer. Those should be afforested under the control of the Forest Departments. Only activities permitted in the green belt as indicated earlier would be allowed.

d) Remaining rural land

The remaining rural zone include mainly thevast agricultural land, forest, ridge areas and rural settlements. This zone of virgin qgricultural land at present, is being threatened by the spotted industrialjurban encroachments especially along the 5 National Highways and, State Highways. The lower cost of land in the rural areas, excellent transportation system and marketing for the products have accelerated the development of industries along the roadsides. The following major landuses can be designated in the_ rural lands. Strict prohibition and control on the large scale and hazardous industries, has to be exercised in the rural zone:

1) Intensive agriculture and allied activities2) Afforestation especially on the hills, rocky

lands.3) Regional recreational facilities such as

regional parks, wild life sanctuary.4) Cemeteries, schools, institutions, like hospi­

tals may be permitted. However, the propo­sed development, should neither involve theuse of high yielding agricultural land norshould it adversely affect a site of specialscenic beauty or of ecological interest.

5) Quarrying6) Brick kilns7) Existing village mandies8) Rural industries etc.These landuse proposals are shown in Map 4.

D

105.

14

14.1 ��

q4fcn:un4 qftqJ;, � � * �qft�14' qfto11J.t � I � \!Uf� ITT# +fAcf �� "ff � cfifllf-31"� ��"ff q 4fq (01 cn1" aj" &ml �%� m1Jf �*fc.f;:rr�T*�#% I �m�tf �tm:mra�*�.,m��mu� {ruf� ITT cn'1" q4fq(aA4 � �J1'?...fl �"'m �I

� �mu ITT # fcmre w:r "ff oey � ��T * � �iEl1flli:fi ;,TRJ# 'q1" q4fq(OI cn'1" 101qftl �­�cf>+f�% 1 �*�01ciifua q4fo(oA4 �'qfq

���m, :!0TT, �'3ftt1Wft, lf�, �-ftmcnr mm, �, �, airet-llci, fli°�<fcst1m oeyl-1 '11 tj $11 � cfi cfiRUT oey � I

(qi)����

�:q4fq(o1 ctl-��m*mur�f<:r�* mffi � � oey � �r cn'1" � # 01T lflIT % I �cffff �� 41 l-1 I ft 41· cn'1" U� �"ff�# � 41J.t 1ft4 i 12 "JJ;TT � �aj-��= ITTT {1cficlcfi *�<TT �-ct*���* cfiRUT � aj-� qr���I� 10 m"@��,�, El I fl I cfi '3ftt lT(" -���� # mr �, El I fl I cfi�cfil �<-1 i, �"ff� @a Fl I cfi � oey "frtr �ITT* � � # IBTTf "fcR ��n:: � � * � f;-p:i\�I( �I

�*���#¥�iEl1fllcfi � * 82% �*� 3ft(ql<fl �I���� cn1" � * m-q: � � ��(��ch;:1RR.cfi �rufclcc:() � � � � cfi�1ftj�rq4fq(UA4 �� (cfi�l��T Q,�cilll(���'LJ,cf�RlJ;ll) � <ffi � % � � { 0 � 0 tft O �ey-a- � °ffcF+f � � ffl cF{" {%- � I 011 Ell fl I cfi � cfi I � 41· cn'1"� � qqTq(OI cn1" fil � .,m cn«ft" �wm �m ffcR 'ql" � cfi"{" ��-��"ff

106

ENVIRONMENT AND ECO­

DEVELOPMENT.

14.1 Background

Environmental changes are inevitable conse­quence of developmental process. In NCR, damage to the environment by man's interference for development purposes or otherwise has taken place mainly in the form of denudation of its scanty forests. Unless necessary steps are simul­taneously taken to preserve it, the environmental health of the National Capital Region may start deteriorating.

There is also a gradual decline in the quality of environment in the industrial area of the Delhi Urban Area in. particular, and other industrial towns of the Region in general. The undesirable environmental effects of industries are noise, smoke, dust and dirt, odour, emission of toxic gases, glare, vibrations, effluents, and aesthetic and psychological factors and many more.

i) Present environmental status of theRegion

a) Delhi UT

Air: Utter disregard to environment has placedDelhi in the unenviable position of being the world's third grubbiest and unhealthy city. Delhi records 12 times the national average for respiratory ailments mainly due to the unchecked pollution or the thick clouds of smoke that hang over the city. An estimated one million motor vehicles, thousands of industrial units in conforming and non-conforming use zones, some of them hazardous and, hundreds of stone crushers located in different parts of the Union Territory, are responsible for this situation.

The power plants in Delhi account for as much as 82% of the total industrial pollution in Delhi. Though the Electro Static Precipitators . (ESP) to trap the flyash are fitted, the Kalpavish Environ­mental Action Group has found that these ESPs are working at less efficiencies than intended. The

0lf��T �chl�lli � � cfi � � cTrn"� CT� � � 1ITT� � cfi ��ft��IBTT1t115000���"ff� � CTey RcR>f-tAfbl � 01 I Rech � �IHchl{ch �ch,1�4l. � �'+fll 5000 �chl�lli TR-01i�lf11ch ITT�t I 500 c-;:rq1f �§fi�RR{h=r 3 c;,fctfctcta l:fql"����%��tnff � cfiT � � cfiT 3000.ff 8000 � � >iftr-q;, 1ftc{ � %1 � � � f.-i45101 � ITTCT Rmfta° "ffillT 15 ff 40 lJ.:rr ��%I

1ff����� q19;i1ose11ll �cfill:fqffi $�IB '+fTTf �'+fll 10 � �- iif{f � Tfir �'Q,' * tr mur t1 � ��ITTFr cR" �ff��l�lf11� �, �&TUTTfiZf lf<t� ��#�1TT'4"T1PTTTTF�cR"���crrm�18% -tloboffio cR" � (fey 10% cchT # �12-RJi� cfi � 65% � �i:J: AcR" � %1�o�otl'o &TU � lf<t �'+fll 41%trotroffio cR" �' 50% � CT� ff� q� ��1tR:J1 �cfi�90%ff���cR"lff5!1cnm t 1 � �cffi" cTTTf� CTey �* ff ITTcfffi�#�cfiT 'JTT 4l�l�H %1

�: � cfi qr;fi cfiT :!'&r fmrr �� ff � % I �'+fll 12000 W€f IBc{ � � �,�1f11 ch � qr;:ft- TT ITT �� # � � % � 100 c-;:r � -�fro � o tr o (� 41fll chM �rrcR:ft� �) mill % I cffRfq # � ff � Ticf> cFl" 1!D W" cFf ��q���%1 �#�:!'&r cilHmft � � # � � t I 1984 # � f.::145101 �mu�lf<t�tfcl'�ffw� � fcfi qiT.[ � �� ��, mfcTT;r PTT1' tffq{ �, rr;, � ID+f ;:m;TT CT� � �-llc1 ff<l:f ff H chM � cfTfil ;:m;TT �� cfi ¥ � 0 � 0 tr O � # 950/off���o�otlfo �ti �ITT:f� #���nw:R�tm0tr��chl" ���tm�#fttr�I�� � # <s!f!Ftlch � � t � 41fs;q�,�, �1R-l<-1�, f'.l111�s, �, TJtJf �DTI �ITTcfi � � cfiT �� '+fTTf �ITT cfi � �q-{ �# � TTfilIT � % m �, � � CTey � chl" � ��cfi0TT%1

u$�� ITT#�ufi?:r�P=rmCT�� cfi�cF9lt#�ich1CTey1TT1-f��rr�,� � qlfgchMI fqWMll, � � ITTCT � 1Pt ��� cF � u$ �� � cfi '6il�1f11ch � # �Uf cFl' � ��# � c{t Tf{ t 1:-

mushrooming industrial units not only pollute the environs but also pose safety hazards as a large number of them are located in the thickly populated areas of the Walled City and in the residential complexes in the North and West Delhi. Of the 15000 polluting industries, nearly 5000 industrial units including hazardous units such as chemicals, electro and nickel plating and plastics are in the non-conforming areas. Each 500 tonnes crusher throws 3 tonnes of suspended particulate matter daily and, the dust concentration around them varies from 3000 to 8000 micro grains per cubicmetre of air. This is 15 to 40 times the limit prescribed by the Central Pollution Control Board.

Fifty percent of the total atmospheric pollution in the CapitaJ, however, comes from the emission of nearly a million vehicles. A study by the Indian Institute of Technology, Delhi, at the behest of the Delhi Administration found that only 18% of the Delhi Transport Corporation buses and 10% of the trucks that ply on the Delhi roads have the standard smoke intensity of 65% on the Hartridge scale. Nearly, 41 % of the OTC buses and 50% of the trucks and, all tempos monitored by the IIT had a smoke intensity over 90% on the Hartridge scale. The railways are also contributing to the air and noise pollution in the city.

Water: The major share of Delhi's water is from the Yamuna. Nearly, 1200 million litres of domes­tic and industrial wastes, containing about 100 tonnes of BOD (Bio-chemical Oxygen Demand) load are let into the Yamuna every day. In fact, the entire stretch from Delhi to Agra is unfit for bathing and drinking. Ninteen major storm water drains meet the river in Delhi. A survey by the Central Pollution Control Board in 1984 revealed that five drains namely, Najafgarh, Civil Mill, Power House, Sen Nursing Home and one from Okhla Sewage Plant contribute more than 95% of the Yamuna's total BOD load. The thermal plants discharge waste oils and chemicals into the drains that threaten subsoil waters that seep into the river. Some of the industries discharge dangerous pollutants like cadmium, zinc, chromium, cyanide, oil, grease and colour into the river. Major part of the solid wastes of the city are dumped at many places in the open areas in the city which pollute the air, subsoil water and land too.

According to a study on Environmental Impact Assessment and Guidelines for Industries Develop­ment in NCR by the School of Planning and

107

t11..f1 q a � � � � qffi-"{3ffcTT B �cf�� ���ll"{�ITTC1Tt1 �"3"mlr*m� cTTeft�olfl"�cRcoccf���B$t �����?:f���t1 �Thfl" m Rffi", �Jflf., ;q <-1 "3"mlr, � mrz�' itm � cf� ��fctltj � � � ¥ITT �:s�;q(>I �cFt �ch1�;qi cff<];cf��� qi1$cFuftt1

W-;nT{��B��-3ffi�cF0-lr"3"mlr t m � "cl"ffi � ({if+f � t I � � � cil �� I cl ������ti �Wcf1��B� 3������$�� ��ftrnn"t�"J"fr�$��%1

�m�{JI¢ 41� rn�"3"mlrt 1 �R�H* R"chc (11T'qT[ 100 � cf� ��cfrffi 01i E.17 f) I ch lITTI" cf��* m � � "3"mlT �cf�� qiT $�t1� t1ft41011 �Tm.'tNchTffmf�ur (�) � �-+TT>r tt�n� ITT"5I" cnr R+lfur fcfi"4T t fcng �-cfi"Dfic cnT '3TT��T � � 1lr m "s1C1 � � t cRTTfcr:i "fPl;f �� � .=rITT � % I

w (11T� 1800 � "3"mlT t � � B �@\�I� R,J I �ffl "ITTITTf 33 7 "3"mlT � � t1 ITTT<r�fi rn � � fct1f1lfq � � m �@\�1�R.J1 �chl�<li ����cfm"(>l1lTTcf1 �<:r qiT Tj-lfR "ffifD i I er� B � rrt qr;:ft � � * � � t � � w -;pr{ * "(>l1lTT *

. �7.f qiT � "ffiRT % I � �cfn � -+TT>, tfffi� cfiT WTT1T � fcn<t �*���-+TT>, ;:i1fc_>1;q7' �rim��tfrn:m 4<.lfq{OI �ITTITT t1

108

Architecture, New Delhi, the status of environment of the industrial towns of NCR is in brief as under:

b) Haryana Sub-region

Sonepat

Large scale pollution of l�nd and water from the effluents of large industries is prevalent inSonepat. Roads adjacent to Atlas Industries are polluted with solidwastes and sullage water causing insani­tation and health hazards. The Shanti Paper Mills, Engineering industries, Seafarm Roller Tanner, Gedore Tools and Hindustan Everest Foods and units of the Kundli Industrial Estate cause both air and water pollution.

Panipat

This textile town has a number of handloom and power loom industries dealing with woollen fabrics. The effluents from these industries are allowed into an open drain. A large and highly polluted drain through the middle of the city outfalls into the Yamuri.a polluting it to dangerous proportions.'

Bahadurgarh

Bahadurgarh has extensive areas under industries. The industrial area near railway station with about 100 small and large industries, private industries north of the road cause air and water pollution. Though HUDA has constructed sewage treatment plant, major part of the sullage is dis­posed off on land as the plant is not yet completed.

Faridabad-Ballabgarh Complex

There are around 1800 polluting industries and amongst them, 33 7 industries including electro­plating processors are more polluting. There are a number of private owned electroplating units in the residential areas seriously endangering the health of the residents. Traces of zinc have been found in the water drawn from the borewells and, this poses an alarming health hazard to many in the city . Moreover, in the absence of sewage treatment, the raw sewage is let into the drains damaging the environment.

Dharuh�ra

The solid and liquid wastes of the industrial estate are dumped on the Jaipur road side causing water stagnation and insanitation. There is pollution of

�lTTlf'im��cn"{��trvrmr� �WIBTt�lRlTT�tl �-#�� �CT��cfif��l:f{�ffifl"t I ir:r{ � � �� CT� lTTl" clfR �� (-it� cfif �)�l:f{��irvrmr��#ef"(Sf� CT� im cnl" m � t I m CT��� cfiT �-cfi{cfic�l:f{�fcF<t�icfiRUT �� � "fTTTT� � � cfi( �IR '3llft� � � cfi� chct-1 fu o CT�� e:cF-fl ch (>I chf+-J ch (>I � fcr!?����t��; �CT���� � $ criDT t I

�ITT i ��#ff ffi{�ch, � CT� film ����t1�ch9-�. �m-imur�����cfiT�@+11(>1 en"{� tRflcfi ��ff���� t1

(11') �'3'-cr�

�

�-�R:41011 mlffl:f{���,gi7f11ch - # � � � i �cfil-� ��1gi1f1lch �chl�4i t I c3TTI" CT� � �psif cfifMkil{OI �ift>nJ:���t1���� ffl # !.fl <£i@ch � f.:rcFrn- � ff�R:41011 ch9- � � t rsrmr � � cfiT cqmtfcR � ITTfil t I 1fill tcfcft � � ir:r{ ��zj'�� �chl�4i i������l:IRT�l:f{�fu<TT�t1 �ch9-Ws cfiT '3fuCT cPT fi MYcl'i ;:rm�� 1

�

�#��lgi1f11ch �t1 �#� �m ��CT��� cfiT t � � cfiT tfchc� cfitfil t1 ���ff� t m"#{f114Mch liit � !?TT!?TT�t��ihl"Rf.R �IDCTl"t 1-fh:l-fu:r-tch9-"fi"��i�t!:ffi � � � # s'3TT � t rsrmr 01 m q m i Mqlffi4t ch'r 3lim# � � meft t1

('er) ��U'3'-cr �

�

ffl� �p:qff t� � � i GTTf-GTTf �

air, water and land in an extensive way in the Estate. The paper mills throw out liquid wastes on to the road and also the gaseous wastes (sulphuric acid) which has damaged the agricultural crops as well as trees in the area. The solid wastes from the paper and chemical industries being dumped on land will spoil the land as well as the water resources. The Oriental Carbons and Chemicals Ltd. and the Multi Technical Chemical Industries cause heavy pollution of land, water and air.

Gurgaon

Among the many industries in the city, polluting industries are of the ceramics, rubber and iron works etc. For want of adequate power supply, even the large industries are using diesel genera­tors which aggravate the smoke pollution hazards.

c) Rajasthan Sub-region

Bhiwadi

Bhiwadi Industrial Estate located on the Rajas­than-Haryana border accommodates number of large industrial units besides a number of small scale industries. There is no arrangement to deal with the solid and liquid wastes. The sullage water is carried untreated through the natural drainage channels towards Haryana causing a great hazard of water pollution. The Cardboard Factory and the two paper mills are the most polluting units and, their solid and liquid wastes are dumped on land. The coal ash is not properly disposed off.

Alwar

Alwar has two industrial areas, one in the town is of medicine and chemical industries which create pollution hazard; the other one is outside the town consisting of chemical gases and glass industries which give rise to large scale pollution. There are chances of gas leakages which had occurred at minor levels causing eye irritation to the residents nearby.

d) Uttar Pradesh Sub-region

Khurja

This is a unique case where a large number of

109

w � � Ri<R-t en "3mlT RI i:hll=ta m Tj""q � � �cfi���qcfi��I �� � ff � � I M 'i Pt <lY cfif ��ql$'10-scl cfiT��ql{����-'Cffi=rcf; 'ITTlT � � � cfi'+ft-cfi'+ft � �c� (?PI a I � If11 {filch "3mrrt $ !Hft I fet ct � "ff � cfiT "fITT:� '+ft��� � cFl" cfilt ff cfilt cfi0 cf;������I

1Ro

��ITT�� 0t1si1Plcfi � � - � q(ctl9}, � J.t1cft�('i a� ffiWf ��I 9(ctlg( � W � f?sfki:>l(1· IDU � � � cFl" � �sW� 1 �� �� J.tlcftg(+-1 �1El1f1lch cfi+:qr\cfif1 � �'+ft"flcfi��-�m�m�11:r�.:nff� 1 �ITT cfi � u)-a �cfi �cfil�<li �,�a� �cnl"�cfi{tfil�I

��

��-��aj-"3mlT�tfcF.:ntwmt, � �R �ITT t � $ "3WllT �-�re cFl"#m�t���ffl����re qm� cfifm��tirn�t 1 �w �cli Hqlffi a���mo-����t1�� � MJ.1H<1i �cnl"�ql{mt1

�� � � '31iEllfllch chP.lri4fl i� ��cfil�lli, urniT�, q-q-{�, ��,-�� "3mlT, � "3mlT � �cl�ll{>lR:�, "3mlT �lffercl"t1 � ff'+fi ff����� ITTflT �I �re qm:?.f� � cf>T �qi"{� �I �'3TTcfi��q@(f"ey��<rnfq-��UR�tR������mm �I

�cFl"m+rrtR��m-��� �Jf)P!;qf\ cfcfi�Trl �a�� cFl" � � t I

110

ceramic industries have been developed close to each other with a kiln and a chimney for each. The kilns are mostly coal-fed. The smoke from many chimneys heavily pollutes the atmosphere and sometimes, choking sensation has been reported by the people around. The proposed e�pansion of ceramic industries may add more to the pollution level and suitable measures to minimise the pollution should be· taken.

Meerut

Meerut city has three industrial areas - one at Partapl,lr, one at Modipuram and the other at Daurala. In Partapur, presently only water pollution by the distillery is reported. Modipuram industrial complex is reported to have no significant pollution problem so far. The small industrial units within the city are causing air, water and land pollution.

Modi Nagar

A large number of industries which have been located on road side as well as inside the city have no provision for any treatment of the liquid waste and, it is discharged into the Kalinadi. This endangers the inhabitants of the area as well as the ground water sources. The chimneys of various plants are causing air pollution.

Ghazi a bad

There are a number of industrial complexes comprising forging un,its, rolling mills, paper plants, metallurgy plants, pharmaceuticals, rubber industries and electro-plating. All these cause serious water and air pollution. The wastes pollute the Hindon River. The calendering and dyeing plants at Pilakhuwa, though small in size, cause water pollution in a big way.

Mohan Nagar

The food processing plant, engineering shops located on the border of Delhi cause air and water pollution.

Sahibabad

There are a number of industries manufacturing

m�cfiT MMitro1 �r%-� I� 3ffilftcfn� � � �(;\�CZ9�JI ��I��� "ff� ���en{{%-� I� "3W111 mu�� cfTT>IT � -� � * � cnl" ctj,- >f'lfff<TTf en{ ffcITTTT % I

cn) 01it11fJ1cti

� � � �' �m-{� fi{il'il, �-1:11m � � ��� "ff:qf "J'.fRq mu RPTTf �� Lf( � WfiR * "3W11T Lf( mt 1PT �*�>l"�cfiT�ich'i cfiGcfiT�� ��in>TTTT 1ilchich -q:cF ID�� I

� "{Pf� ITT� �itil fJ I ch chUJ (;\ cffi 1· * fu� q;qfq{oA;q ��in>TTTT f£ilchich (�o�o�o )� "ITTfir(�:-

q;)

�)

lf)

fflo:

��/ {o�o�o q�fo<ofl�

cf,+q�cffi � �n_ � I 011 '31:r�

1) t11..ftqa 778 !,!TTF!zc>l 2) q1..ftqa 798 !,!IBcge1 3) :!'? J Ii q 757 !,!@c!zc>l 4)� 758 !,!facge1 5) q�l�{JI� 679 � 6) Lh{l�lcill� 675 � 7)� 715 l,l@cge1 8)� 730 !,!R,cge1

��� l)� 757 !,!lfl cge1 2)� 789 !,!IBcge1

���T�� 1)� 614 f1�414 2)� 650 � 3)��m 615 � 4)� 650 � 5)� 632 � 6)�� 633 � 7) fficfi�{I qi� 635 � 8) JIIMlllql� 662 � � � � .:j"� &TU >lTfflcf � � q I f1ch(1 I � &fCT U�<l �� ITT lt q4fq<.0A21 q�cflf����� @'Cl; �� 1l"{ 0flmft:r I

textiles, paper, chemicals and rubber products. Besides, there are a number of printing and electroplating industries. These are causing air and water pollution. The water pollution caused by these industries may also affect the waters of the Yamuna.

ii) Environmental sensitivity

a) Industrial

This is a tool to assess the overall impact ofvarious types of pollutants generated by different kinds of industries on various landuse zones, infrastructure, flora and fauna and, man-made structures.

The Environmental Sensitivity Index (ESit for industrial complexes in the NCR are as under:

Sub-region/ ESI Environmental

Complex condition

a) Haryana Sub-region

1) Sonepat 778 Adverse 2) Panipat 798 Adverse 3) Gurgaon 757 Adverse 4) Rohtak 758 Adverse 5) Bahadurgarh 679 Bad 6) Faridabad 675 Bad 7) Rewari 715 Adverse 8) Dharuhera 730 Adverse

b) Rajasthan Sub-region

1) Alwar 757 Adverse 2) Bhiwadi 789 Adverse

c) Uttar Pradesh Sub-region

l) NOIDA 614 Tolerable 2) Khurja 650 Bad 3) Bulandshahr 615 Tolerable 4) Hapur 650 Bad 5) Meerut 632 Bad 6) Modinagar 633 Bad 7) Sikandrabad 635 Bad 8) Ghaziabad 662 Bad

*Source: 'Environmental Impact Assessment andGuidelines for Industrial Development in NCR' by School of Planning and Architecture, New Delhi sponsored by the Ministry of Environment and Forests.

111

� �·�-wrm� cfif �q %, � � � 'q1" W ��T c8" � � tr �H-hfi ISP1'1 ch % I �� �� "ff 65 �� �-lTTnrcrrrm % tr� 1 � "cf>T � ttr � -=tlf�(<-11· � � � "JTTm % � � !,ll�fach �ttr�"JJR"��i�� �rnrr%�� qf{o11J.1f<i(t\4 �q'3TI"ITT%, �, �CT���t ���m-ITT%1��cfif�q�29;pin�t�� � CT� �tj$11Nch � "ff lffil � � � � % � qf{o11J.1fq{c)q � �cfn � #

�CT���$ m-t 11JPWJT �::1Wittlhl� "c8"�� 'ql"�-g1 lWfl#�-�"c8"�� � % � � cfif � CT� N@l{OI � �tj$11Nch CT��% I

� � # � � nsR" cfi ft.ri:i: � J.l�teiior� � 1TTm "c8" w� %1 W �q # �cr;,;fiftf- �Rmfuf �%� � ITTcficfilf "ff qi1f 33% ��er;, w� m-.ft �� ff � 20% ltey.:fi � CT� 60% � � # IDID����¥P1(>ilch{��%� � qi1f t cfi1f 20% � � er;,/�� w� m-;:ft � I ttr� W ��T cfi � 1.2% �#er;, W®" % I cfffi1q � � 'q1" � 34<-11�1,· �ft.ri:i: 3ffitl.-\ IDU cfi1f mfil � {ID % I � � er;, &f:TT # 'q1" � � � "{%t�cr;:r,ITTcF��"ff��trt1� "ff ft.ri:i: � � ��T cfi Rr5IT "ff tTTTT � % � cf".-\1 cfi ft.ri:i: � � 6s,222 � ITT # ff� 35,557 � � q"{ it6 i � �� � % � �� 29,665 � � "ff it6 � � t <lf "3tfchT �urs�t1cr;:r����mRt� �� -r1 (>1 q, 1 �m � q"{ � � qcqrq � � 1lR 01 I J.l f<i (t\4 q1+f cPTT "ITTlfi, � 3ITT,1T,

�������3TT@:���­� CT�� "c8" �IJfl�chl q"{ q'+!Tq �I� � �R:;q1011 �ITT�31,925�CT�m�w "31T�lf8,317�%1

14.2 � � �

i)��

� "chT $ � � �"€ll" mo" � - f<i iU f(?i a

112

b) Human settlements

So far the sanitation facilities are concerned, theRegion presents an equally unsatisfactory picture. Of the urban centres, as many as 65 do not have sewerage system at all. The raw sewage is disposed off on lands, into open drains and is allowed to flow its natural slopes where it stagnates and.,results in formation of foul sinell, germs anq virus, rodents and water pollution. Solid wastes are managed only in 29 towns and, they are dumped in depressions in an unorganised and unscientific manner polluting the air and underground water by its gaseous products. The rural sanitation scene is still worse. Sewerage system does not exist in villages and, solidwaste collection and disposal is fully unscientific and irrational.

iii) Imbalance of eco-system

One of the important elements in keeping the eco-system in balance is the vegetative cover. The National Forest Policy in this regard stipulates a minimum of 33% of the land area to be under forest cover made up by 20% in plains and 60% in mountainous zones. The NCR, by and large, is plain and should have, therefore, a minimum 20% of its area under forest/tree cover. But, the Region has only 1.2% of its area under forest cover. In fact, even this is being fast eaten away by encroachment for other uses. Even in the left over forest area, forests are getting denuded leaving only a fraction of the forest area under tree cover. The satellite imageries of the Region reveal that out of the forest designated area of 65,222 hectares, only 35,557 hectares of land is covered

· by trees meaning thereby denudation/encroachment of nearly 29,665 hectares of land.This is a significant loss of forest wealth which willhave damaging effects on microclimatic conditionscausing reduced rainfall, dust storms, deepenedwater table conditions and finally in economy andlivelihood of people. The damage is to an extent of31,925 hectares in the Haryana Sub-region and8,317 hectares in the Uttar Pradesh Sub­region.

14.2 Policies and Proposals

i) Air pollution

The main sources which contribute to air

�, "3Wlll, cITT"��, ��CT� � � � M cf>(>!� qTiq" � CT� �� ffi � iil?€lHI, �-lTT>fcol��' �*�CT� ��qr.:ft-�Mcf>(>l� q00��q1�� ran CTeiT 011�1flicf> fsn41cf><1141 cfif mm �q t I � "{Grf� � � � cqprr.)-��*"RR f°iH11Jtsicf> �� J.l�HJl{l4 � �� �1�1fllcf> ar;rr, � qftq�si chlftsl{ ��I �cffi" �­-�� �� cl=i zjt-q: � 1«TT � � mfco fcfAFl "3t!"rn c1:;· IB"Q; "RR CT� � '611�1•Acn(OI � ran col Rmftff � m tl"cF I

cfi) fcnfft"��col��, M4�01 "RR "ffcn� cilfcH:ilql·col���� � � <TT��T<f �� � ��� �I

�) "Jf"ITT"ffcntl"�"ITT����� CT�qJff�ct rn/�� fclcnftict �� "Jf"ITT cil �(St I q 1· col �II �Rt cf> rn 1)- � ff ��:mm� tl"�TT� � � �m-ct ��I

lf) �mu �-cn{cfic col� <rr � "Jffir�m� ����M4�01 �� � "«fnCTcfitl"�ITT��"JfAT� I

� J.tt11�•1{ �' >11�fltcf>ctl �CT��"ff� � � � � -"JTT>f � "ffm� � cfl""ra" � "RR ��41Jtsii�����m%� cfif � � � �41J1�1· * � � � m �I ITT islffit41.Ti M4fltct � 41-itsil� �t

� �-� qftqf{ <TT � * ��(>qchlR-icf>�cl=iffi�cfil=fm"lfct��� ��I

iv)�

��mu� �"(5[ rn � �-� cfif "3ftrct"�ff�=� fcfi"4T � m � � � �� J.lm·i:19;0rffi<fq-;,��I �m*��ff q 4fq { 01 <TT����� ff m cfffiT � � cfil=f � I � cl=i �� CT� "ff'ltT �ffitt CT� � rn���:��� tj$Jlf--icf> gRccn101 �"JfAT�I

pollution are em1ss10n from automobiles, industries, thermal power plants, fertilizer plants, coal burning and indirectly putrefying odour from slaughter houses, raw sewage disposal, solid waste dt.1:mping and stagnating water. There is a direct relationship between air pollution levels and urbanisation and industrial activities. The level of air pollution in the NCR is severe in several pockets such as in the metropolitan and urban industrial areas, and major transport corridors. The pollution impacts have to be identified through appropriate field research studies so that the levels and types of industrialisation can be established for the different Sub-regions.

ii) Water pollution

a) No industry be permitted to discharge itseffluents over land or into other water bodieswithout treating it to requisite pollutioncontrol standards.

b) As far as possible, new industries be deve­loped in identified and classified industrialareas/estates which should have propereffluent treatment facilities in-situ beforeeffluents are discharged into natural areas.

c) Urban wastes should be treated to requisitelevels of pollution control standards beforebeing discharged into rivers or other waterbodies.

iii) Sewage disposal

Detailed schemes should be prepared at local level for sewage treatment for all OMA, priority and other towns so that the sewage may be recycled for irrigation and other purposes. The settlements where regular sewerage schemes are not available, low cost sanitation system for individual family or community may be adopted as a short-term measure.

iv) Solid waste

Solid waste from urban and agricultural areas, if properly recycled, can be a valuable source of nutrient and energy. This approach will also lessen the pollution loads of the solid wastes on the environment or the eco-system. A scientific approach should be adopted for the solid waste management and its re-use in all urban and agricultural areas.

113

�m-��*��,���* � cn'1" m� -3ITT_ f.:t451a1 i � � "fl"J:f.=cf-zr � � � � � �"@:f ffl w 'ITTfiR mit:-

cfi) �cn'l"m�i��� f.:t<-i�u1 � � � ffiTT trr 1l"@cf 4t1fcl(0At1 fl 111 RP-ff i chi .s.f cfi e1141· � "fl"J:f� cfJ0TT �

� � � � ch't �:an*���� � �� cfJ0TT � � !.tllllfJia �if� ctch<1icN frn1t1ct1 ct� ��R � � � � cn'1" m�,f.:t45101 ��I

'@) � � �,E.11fJ1ch ct� c:t1fo1�ch rn iffl:mcIT * 'ITT11'� � ��: � *� � * �� � � 'ffi1& cfiB cn'1" trBffi �' ct�

1f) � � � * � � * �� * �cnl"��I

vi) u$' m-m-4T � � � cn'1" �� !.t�Rilll·cfi�<q-?j �Hlli11ct cn'l"��I� C1l�f1fi � � ZfT � C1l�f1ftl. cfif .-icflch(OIcfiB "fl"� e11 �?i f1 � mr� chi nA'f cfiT <ffl-wm�cfi'{Wff�fcfi�cn'l"�w�mfcfi�IDU$flT<IT���"@TJ.tl-1cf1l1 is!ffi141. ff�� � � � �re w 'ITTfiR � � fcF

- �� mct �lTTf �"ITT�� 'ITT11'� * ���ffl:����I

vii) "fi"'qf �� LJ)fffi lll.

filU � .ct� � cfi �mtl"�tR<!�chlllra-iJ.t ���

�I

viii) �-� � &hr � �"ffitl" rn cFl' �?.fl Ji 'i IQ, � ct� chi llff� ct � � �01 141-ii 'i I ff� � ch I llf ..q ll 'i mf� ch I R ;sfl cn1" ��Ti _ "f1"'41- �'@ +TTTff i m� -m� cnlR s 1 ( � i� cn1" � cn'1" '3ffi ���I��mu � Rmfur �1E.11fJ1ch rn cF �fctf.:tt111lct m.:Tr�I �c,cfi"fi"�N��i���ro�m-;fj-�� f11J.t1fJichq 'i <9 a ,g, �"ffitl" ct 'i <9 a ,g ZfT � �� &hf ITT �� � �-l:li's11 � � �� cFl' W-!ftffct SI J.t I 'i ID' I � -31"� � cF ffi� -ffi� \rt C1 ct I$ � ·�"cfiT<PfWTTI

114

v) Coordination committee

A Coordination Committee for prevention andcontrol of pollution of water, land and air should be established for the NCR with the following main functions:

a) to coordinate the activities of the StatePollution Control_ Boards for the preventionof pollution, and the EnvironmentalCommittees constituted at local levels and toprovide them the technical assistance andguidance to carry out and sponsorinvestigations and research relating toproblems of water and air pollution andprevention, control and abatement of suchpollution,

b) to advise enforcing law for treatment ofliquid effluents from domestic areas,industrial and commercial areas for makingthem fit for recycling, and

c) to promote solid waste management forextracting its nutrient value.

vi) Location of industries in the NCR should beregulated with respect to pollution propensities.Before issuing new licence or renewing the old one,licensing authorities should ensure that industriesare located in such a way that smoke emitted byindustries is carried away from the main huma_nsettlement, and the liquid wastes are released sothat the water sources are not polluted and noliquid effluents are released without propertreatment.

vii) Afforestation programmes should beundertaken on all barren and uncultivable land bythe concerned agencies.

vii) Care should be taken .by the local planningand plan implementing authorities at the time ofpreparing and implementing the developmentplans of the urban areas in their Sub-regions tocontain the spread of corridor developments allalong the major transport arteries of the Region.All urban developments should be regulated withinidentified geographical areas. As far as possible,each of the settlements may be surrounded by a green belt comprising social forestry, urban forestry or agro-horticulture with adequate vegetal and biomass cover. These would inter-alia, act as climate balancers.

ix) 11"�� cfif � � lfRcf cfi % cn1" � lTii"cfi J<:<11�1 � fil� � cfl8 cfi � ftjP·-ech�� � � fl{chld cF1" � q;Jff+MI. cfilfl"� "fl" 1Jllfiur � � (TTlJT cn1" a ch4l � fl� 1 � a 1 -ereymT� � ��I

x) 1'1{qlf(>!cnl� -erey � � � cn1"-;,m � � -1TT1 -erey �-cfircfic cn1" � cfi fu-ci:-erey � -;,m � lJ11tf � cfilf � � � cF1"� � � � q1<l-llRcn �-% >fUITT>fr��.,mt1

D

ix) Technical help and training should be givento the people in rural areas through voluntaryOrganisations and, . through the concernedagencies of the Central and State Governments toput the animal dung and human waste toproductive use of bio-gas generation.

x) Municipalities and other local authoritiesshould provide for sewage and solid waste disposalin towns and, low cost sanitation in towns andvillages where conventional sewerage system isnot available.

D

115

4iJi�I cf514f�{f� � IB� �q tt(�;:i1

�m-mrft ITT� �ctl-�ITTcll m� � w � � �ft� f-.:rcFiTTT � Twf m TT?TT % � u� m-m-;fi ITT #i f1 gf(>J a , �"P«r c=rey � fcrcnrn * fu� c=rey � cfi chi .qf.-q .q .-J "chl" � �, "3tf � f.-p 1 { 1 ;:ft PsPr c=rey � -t� cR-;r #i � tlifcrf'tfcfi �Tfc@<ff m� t 1 � ITT # � *� ch1<1f.-c:t<1.-i �m�Bmwr��c@'� �q-� � � % 1 u� �m-;fi ITT � m'lTT1it �r /� � � ITT mr cnrzjf� cn9" � � �I (>Ii frh � ITT cfi � � ctTm" m# oo� cfi"ITT �� mr cnrzjf� cn9" �I

� � � � chl<lf.-c:t<-1.-J � tPTTlITT ff tTfil � � FcF � m'lTT1it � c=rey � � �ITT#�-� �q.�%1 ��Fcnm­m +r� �q � "chl" w � � � ;,ml:fl<TTlT?:ll"fcncIB�rn�, �mi:ftur� �mu� ITT �Tifi:TT>rm, �� �� t1gf"1a c=reyQ,c:Fl Tri fcrcnrn � ��?fcfiill "chl" � cf)( ffcfi I �R .q I O 11 # W<TTUTT �mu fcrcnTH mf™ur (ssr) R?tf� ITT1 tffuct �mu ITTT * �q # � CT{� ff����f cn9" 1ffei" � % I � � # 011<-11 JF11 cn9" �qJU � � '3ffi m f.-pfl J1 .-i fcrlfrlT � % 1 � '3ffi m P1 <-11 Ji .-J fcrlfrlT cfi ITT�Tcn aj- "SSf" cFi �"&r >r�m=rcF m t, � '3ffi fcrcnrn f� .q I ch(>l 141· # �. � CTch Q,c:Fl ch{ CJf cf)t-;r cn9" Wlfu # t �� mi:ftur � �. � ITTrf� �m%1

'3W ��T # '3" o q o �ffin 311 lll Ji 'i I '3ffi fcrcnrn �� '3ffi '3W ��T � �r � rc1 R ll �"--i" �� cfi �� �mn � # � � �f-i1 ui � 1 {1 sfi+l�T= Fcrcnrn mr™urr -a-ey ITT;fcfl mf™urr � %1 � � � � 1JTlf f.-1<-llJi'i rcrlf!"lT Fcrcnrn mr™urr � cfiq(>l" � � cfi �#��%�mi:ftur �cfi��cnW fJi ui � 1 {1 m % 1 �ITT 91T � '3" o q o rcr�N ITT fcrcnrn mf� �� 1986 cFi ��fcr�N ITT mf� � � aj- � '3W ��T fficFiR "chl" � lJ"<TT"eycffi�'qT"ct"cf1� t<flchl{ -;,tffcF<TT��

116

15 MANAGEMENT STRUCTURE

FOR PLAN IMPLEMENTATION

With the establishment of NCR Planning Board, an apex body has been constituted at the Central level with the requisite statutory powers to prepare a Regional Plan for the balanced, harmonised and coordinated development of the NCR and to enforce, oversee and monitor the implementation of the Plan. For successful implementation of the Plan in the Region, suitable institutional arrangements are necessary at all levels. The NCR Plan is required to be implemented by the participating States/Delhi UT, while, schemes falling in the Central sector will be implemented by the concerned Central Ministries.

A review of the existing planning and imple­mentation arrangements shows a varied pattern in the three participating States and the Union Terri­tory of Delhi. However, none of the existing arran­gements has been found to be fully compatible to fulfil the needs of taking up the balanced and integrated development of the concerned Sub­regions at the field level, which could encompass both the rural and urban areas. In Haryana, the Haryana Urban Development Authority (HUDA) fully meets the needs as far as the urban areas, including controlled areas, are concerned. Planning in their case is the responsibility of the State Town and Country Planning Department. The Director of the Town and Country Planning Department who is also the Chief Administrator of HUDA, is in a position to achieve a fair degree of integration in planning and developmental activities. However, their jurisdiction does not extent to rural areas at all.

In Uttar Pradesh, planning in urban areas is the responsibility of the Development Authorities and Controlling Authorities under the UP Urban Plan­ning and Development Act and the UP Regula­tion of Building Operations Act respectively. The State Town and Country Planning Department acts as an agency for planning on behalf of the Development Authorities. But once again, they have no responsibility for the rural areas. The suggestion made to the UP Government for

����q{fcrqrr cfi(�tl '3W��T qi1" �= '3lIBftcfn m� 7:ffi t fcfi � � � � t aj- � � m ··P 1 { ITT � � m� � chct 1 ct�m{q{�ctfu�¥1T��#t1f¼fC>1ct � � "dttlT fcfi "31"Cf{ � 11?:!T t, � � � � � m- cFI" ��� � � cffiTT � �mu� lJflftur rn # � 141 Ji '1, � ch I tlf .:q 4 '1 ct rn�"Qcfi"flllRmf�"{.��1 �� ITT�1!{1 ITT� "Q,cfi m� i � 3lTTTT t 31"� � �W"chR�m��chctl i-3TTm{q{¥1f�� ;pf{ cfiT � �lffeTT;r � ctfu� �mu� rtfffi (<!? � o it o) � cfiT f<ffifR ITT � � tq{� � � cFI" cnflrm cfil" � m- «fl chi { � % I 7:ffi � � ffichIT cfi( ffi % Ni�� � � RI I� ct ;pf{ � lJflft,rr ���ITT �m���c5ll1%��9TT>IT�� � mf� 1TTcxr � aj- � �ITT ct fu� � �� � u� U"Ji"� ITT� qi1" ch1<1ff.-ctct cfi{lITl�tftl�ITT���� �% ��� IDU�cfn�ll?:!T � � tll17:I" "ff�� >1"�11 ti H ch ti { iH I q{ � � *��-., q{ fcrclrr cfi( rn % :mz � � R &f-il'4 T �

"ITTfj-��"ITTlft-1 ffl "ITT1 � � 9TT1T �"@l � lJflft,rr �.�

� � � qi1" �mu�* m� tll1� � * � # t I � U"Ji"� ITT*� cFl ti ch(>q ,i I�rnn rnq{ � � 41 J;q ct I ff� 3Tlit� t �� lJflftur rn i � qi1" � �chlgict �� � WIT I 7:ffi � � fcfi � llft�,� t1Rlfa4\ q=q1<1ct"'i, tt�chlll Hch141· � ���Ttt <1 i W"chR cFI" �� �sn� 41· cfi �lJflftur rn # cnrtf' cfi( mt 1 � � ��r ct�i IB� �chlgict gf�)hlOI ��tq9;of t, �ttfC>I� 7:ffi� ��?:fcfi % Fcn �-� ttf{ q{ � �c@"� cFI" � cFI" �� t �ITT��� cfi ft;rQ: ��mm�� D"Ji"� ITT ct ��<TT o� � i chlllf.-qll-i # � q<fcf&-ft � "ITTlfl" I�� ttf{ q{ ��ITT* ft;rQ: � � � � mm � � U"Ji"� ITT�� o� � � cFI" R ll � ct m-+rr i "ftm� m-cn ITT1t1 �����&TU �r.ffi" m � t1(cf;1{1· ff rn � ��I

�ITT cF\" 4 i Ji-i IQ, �, chi llf ,� ch 4 i Ji-i IQ, (f"� qf{<.JjJHI 41Ji-ilQ, � � cn8 � � 47 J1-i I ct � � ct ft;rQ: � U"Ji"� ITT ��qil" ��?:fcfi� ��cF��

declaring the Sub-region as a Special Area under their UP Special Area Development Authorities Act, 1986, has not yet found favour with the State Government and, they have been considering various other pr9posals. Uttar Pradesh, of course, has the added advantage of having Development Authorities covering their towns included in the DMA and the other towns identified for priority development. However, as pointed out above, the body which could exercise uniform authority for planning and implementation in the urban and rural area would be the suitable Authority for each Sub-region. In the Rajasthan Sub-region, the NCR area lies in one district alone, viz Alwar. The State Government has presently extended the scope of the Urban Improvement Trust, Alwar, to include development of Bhiwadi, one of the identified priority towns, but they have themselves accepted the limitations of this arrangement. They have agreed that they intend to constitute a Sub­Regional Development Authority with wider jurisdiction to undertake planning and to implement the NCR Plan for the entire Sub-region when their proposed Town and Country Planning Act is enacted. The situation in the Delhi Union Territory is still more complicated and, a Commission appointed by the Union Government is presently going into the question of suggesting a revised administrative structure and we shall '1ave to await their findings.

The main issue to be resolved is about dovetailing the planning and development in the rural areas along with urban areas. The concept of the development of the NCR goes beyond the limited applicability on the urban areas and, has to integrate and harmonize the development of the rural areas also. It is a fact that a number of agencies, such as Zila Parishads, Panchayat Samities, Panchayats, cooperative bodies, in addition to the official agencies of the Government, are operating in the rural areas. Since an integrated approach is crucial for the development of the Region, it is of utmost necessity that a suitable organisation be set up at the Sub-regional level which would have jurisdiction for planning in the entire Sub-region, and an overseeing role in the implementation of the NCR objectives and policies. It would be necessary at the Sub-regional level to have one plan for the entire Sub-region consisting of resources from the NCR Planning Board and the regular schemes of the State Plan. Suitable proposals in this regard should be worked out by

117

tffi� � � � � � � � ::31lq"!(� Ml chi { cR fil � � I q dli H � � -� +1fct{il'1I ����IDfflcR� ��W�ICn"�rnT \.lff!lfcta '3ffi��Lfl � !(ih:;r �-1Jfo--1 � � I llh<>t�l<>t � tffi� � -;i- � m Lfl �iffo tr=r� � � i m� � �@" � � ��� � fu:wT � � � � ��� m Lfl tr=!"� m "Hcfi I

� "{"Gifm.:fi ITT�� cnr � m, � ����Rf� cf�� cfi �� � i +fTgp:f ff � "{"Gifm.:fi ITT � � fcrcnrn qf{;,_j)Ji-11'311 cfi fcrn � � � cR-.=rr cf� � �-t"@cR-.=rr � I � � cfiT?ff'cF@� �cfn" �53,fqUT !,!011fct<-1i � m fctchma � �:

cfi o u� "{"Gif� ITT � � ff fcl-� fl � 1 4 a I mi::a- q R ,f1 Ji -1 1 � i � � � m � Fcn­� chl4f�4'1 �/fi"llo-, � HAfctf@CT ��mlft:-

i) tffi� � � chi <-tf� 4 -1 q:i1Tt141· cfi �chl<-f�li �m � (lfto�oio)� cR-.=rr m � "{"Gif� ITT�� filD � � qf{q1Ji-il-'.3TT trrnc=r�/fi"llo-, cfi chl"-lr�lil

. Lfl � {� cfi

� (hH:�141 mrrfl � � �chi ;,_{�Sil. cfi � �!FTT � �� �� "{"Gif� ITT � � trrnc=r 'fl"�mm filD fern Glf'f5frl" � -�4R41Ji-11-3TT��lf{" ��{wm, �� TTf+mft � fti:rri � cfi{lTT I� i� i ch'1. � � cfi (.,-rr{ �lJTlf f--141 Ji -1 fcl-'qf1'f �) � � �'3W �: 71" ft1TTi � cfi q R "-11 Ji -11 f<:ft �@cf� �m lJ1l m-n TI1ft� i � u�"{"Gif� ITT ��cnl��� I

ii) � "tj"� �: cfiITT "tj"� filD� � � cfTT>TT u� "{"Gif� &hfq R 41Ji-11-3,r i � � TTf+mft �m{ 'If{"� fti:rriu�m� ITT��cfi flfil c:IIW-1 cnT � � 4R"-l7Ji'11 f<:ft�@� �� lJ1:f m-n TI1ft� i m� ��I

iii) �cf��� cA qf{41 Ji -1 (-3,r � �-

118

t"@ � i m� u� "{"Gif� ITT�� cfi tlfilql(14 � � qft� ��,�m cf� �ii:h-1_ WlTTTTT f'tji:fifoa �

the Board in consultation with the States. The need for having a Planning Cell in each of

the constituents of NCR to carry out the preparation of the Sub-regional Plans, Functional Plans, Project Plans etc. and provide the necessary information to the NCR Planning Board· for the preparation of its plans, · has been accepted. Planning Cells· with different composition's are already in operation and, it is expected that they would be shortly re-organised on the patkrn recommended and accepted by the Board. Presently, the three participating States have also set up Steering Committees under the chairmen­ship of the Chief Secretaries concerned, to esta­blish the required coordination at the State level.

One of the functions of the NCR Planning Board is to arrange for, and oversee, the financing of selected development projects in the NCR through. Centre and State Plan funds and other sources of revenue. For both these functions, suitable monitoring systems would be developed as urider:

A. In case of projects with financial assistance ofthe NCR Planning Board, it is proposed that eachimplementing agency/organisation would havethe following institutional _arrangement:

i) Within the Implementing Agencies inparticipating States: Creation of aProgramme Monitoring Unit (PMU) whichwould be responsible for monitoring of theprogrammes of the agency/ organisationincluding projects funded by the · NCRPlanning Board. This Unit will monitor theachievement 'of the overall goals of thesectoral programmes and also physical andfinancial progress of individual projectsfunded by all sources, including NCRPlanning Board. This Unit will submit aquarterly progress report to be evaluated bythe Planning Cells (in the Town and CountryPlanning Department) of the State Govern­ment and finally to the NCR Planning Boardfor review by the Project Sanctioning andMonitoring Group of the Board.

ii) In Central Ministries: In case of NCR projectsto be implemented by the Central Ministries,progress reports on quarterly basis will bemade available to the NCR Planning BoardSecretariat for review by the ProjectSanctioning and Monitoring Group of theBoard.

iii) For monitoring of projects both of State and

�I'"@o � "ffq) f.:t�fc;tf<9a �(3TT cFI" �-� q)f���,�mm Rf; '41 � fip:ff fsn;q I �<1141· cFi" � -ns i � � �� ITT � m c1;f1Mql<1'4 1t ti" 34$cffi tj$11f.:t� !,IOIIM'4i � m��Rm cFI" �:-

i) ����� •1� qjg;q11 "fl" � lfttml/� "fl"� lftt fq;ff cfi � �� "ffq) � � cFi" c-P I !di { � q)fi<:>'4i�.-t � om � mm qrf.:141<:1.-fl m � � tfR:rrn om�m� ITT�m&TTT�m

��cfi�!(mtl°�1tmmcm-� q)f t@T(>flTRTI

ii) qqfq{uftq � � � �4�01 �' ��I f.14-:lOI ;"1��n;;f� !fl,f�m"ft"�chl"��llt • tfR:rrn i �� q ;qfq (_ on ;q �(3TT q)fw (>fTfRf � �m � tfR:rrn �� m� ITT � m GJTT cFI"�I

� � c1; f.:t 41 Jt .-i om "fflf�, cfi�H <1�' �� l\1Jt.-i1ct om qft41Jt.-t1 �m

41Jt--11ct �14TRta � t !.141Jt .. fi c1; �f14lo.-tl,l-l� � � cft" llt �I

Central Schemes, a Project AppraisalMonitoring and Evaluation system will bedeveloped in the NCR Planning Board.

B. As regards monitoring of the followingaspects, suitable scientific systems will bedeveloped within the Secretariat of the NCRPlanning Board for monitoring of majordevelopmental activities as follows:

i) Landuse aspect Through sequentialjperiodical aerialphotographs/satellite imageries toevaluate persistent trend of landuse overa period of time and monitorunauthorised developments and to detectgrowth trend of urban areas for review bythe Planning Committee and the NCRPlanning Board.

ii) Environmental aspect Through constitution of a JointCommittee represented by the respectiveconstituent State Pollution ControlBoards, Central Pollution Control Boardand the NCR Planning Board to bereviewed by the Planning Committee andthe NCR Planning Board.

An Organisational Structure for the purposes ofplanning and co-ordination of enforcement andimplementation of the Regional Plan, FunctionalPlans, Sub-regional Plans and Project Plans is asfollows:

119

I

H

i:bl�f...q<M � � !.lfdlfitd tt•lo.:tlfiii:b ft(iMI

I I

fcrsr<r f.:rqm- �

� � � fcrcnrn- fcr�

I

I I

H �-� fcrcnrn- � �qi�

H fcrcnrn- � 1��1 I

u-;q�ttc:r� ��� · mcn � m fcr� ·����• tfto�o{ott"o

·�• fu!ITT

-�

. � � m+r

-��-��

Proposed Organisational Structure

For Implementation

CENTRAL GOVERNMENT

MINISTRY OF URBAN DEVELOPMENT

NATIONAL CAPITAL REGION PLANNING BOARD

I

CENTRAL MINISTRIES I STATE I I STATE I I STATE I U.T.

• RAILWAYS

• COMMUNICA TI

* SURFACE

TRANSPORT

*ENERGY

* ENVIRONMENT

120

I

I I

I STEERING COMMITTEE

ONS

H HOUSING AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT DEPTT. I

H SUB-REGION AREA DEVELOPMENT AUTHORITY PLNNAING CELL

H DEVELOPMENT AUTHORITIES I LOCAL BODIES

I

STATE GOVT. DEPARTMENTS STATE LEVEL AGENCIES

* P.W.D. * WATER & SEWERAGE BOARD

* P.H.E.D * INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT

* HEALTH CORPORATION

* EDUCATION * ELECTRICITY BOARD

*POWER • HOUSING BOARD

D

16.1 ��

�m�ITT���, 1985 � � fi{chl{j. cf) ™�f ff� cnl" �

�, Ji ;:i ti� I '3TT( fcrcnrn"cfi� � cnl" �

if{m-��m�ITTff�cfiW�� �"ITTt"ITT�cn'l-�ffeRr��t�� � cf)��<rrcn'l-�cfi�fcrcnrn"��� 'ITTI 1981 cn'1- Ji;=i1101.=t1 cfi ��if�� l,lqlffi<-li. if� rn'ffiT '3W R�T (48.2%) �f(;q1011 (15.5%) � (7.6%) � (9.8%) lf� ��T (2.4%) ff������ cfi ��<IT cn'l­� if t1m�rn1 cfioR 1rr ��if�� � cR 1TTTT � � 'ITTllT I d �jfl I ( � IDU 34 :!cffi ��ITT cR 1lfil WfR" cn'1- fJi ��I {l � � q1�ch<11 MQ,wl � �, m tzcfi d ch ..ft cf1l o'.U cl fl I f4 ch � t, cnl" ffitfcft lT{ I

�cfi��ITT�m�ITTff qaji:a-�1rr�m���ff�, � fcrcnR:r cfi � � �-lfR � �mr � 0ta\";imct � m..ft �I � � � ���if�,flllilfsiich�� ��mfcr��'ITTlft', qftq�'"' ���� if "tj 1 %fe1 �" � q ft cl i2 ;:i � ITTR ctr 'Wf qr3rt cfi � if �� � cF1" fcr�h@r 'ITTlfi' I

l.l«11fqa chlJ->�( � ITT err 0f<1Tl'-0f<1TI' � �m� ITT�'+f'if � � cFI"� �fli chi ct R�I

cfi) � l,lqlffi41. cnl" � cf) � 'q1cft�ffl cfi �if, � � m�

ITT cR q ft q fo a fcrcnR:r l.l q I R-141 cnl"

�� q)1f rclchffid ��ff� �mwlll

16 COUNTER MAGNET AREAS

16.1 Background

The NCR Planning Board Act, 1985 empowers the Board to select, in consultation with the State Governments concerned, any urban area outside the NCR having regard to its location, population and potential for growth, which may be developed in order to achieve the objectives of the Regional Plan. As per 1981 Census, the major share of Delhi migrants was from Uttar Pradesh (48.2%), Haryana (15.5%), Rajasthan (7.6%), Punjab (9.8%), Madhya Pradesh (2.4%) and thus, it may be appro­priate to identify the Counter-magnets in these States to help meeting the objectives of the Regio­nal Plan. A study to identify appropriate Counter­magnet areas has accordingly been entrusted to a Professional Institution-the School of Planning and Architecture, New Delhi, by the Board.

i) Concept of Counter-magnet

Counter-magnet areas to Delhi should belocated sufficiently away from the NCR and, should have its known established roots and inherent potentials to function as viable independent growth foci. Such identified Counter-magnets would have the attributes of physical, social and economic viability, nodality with respect to transportation network and will have the quality of physical linkages in the form of facilities for transportation and communications.

ii) Role of Counter-magnet areas

The proposed Counter-magnets are envisagedto play two distinctive and mutually complementary roles in the context of the NCR:

a) firstly, as the future intercepters of migratoryflows which may escalate as the accelerateddevelopment of the NCR would provide apull to migrants from the less developedadjoining areas;

121

(<s") �,311AITT#WITTfct�� ��ctw#���qS""{ �ltRlch{UI c6t"� ftgfcla �m,:a-�# mwrn1�1

16.2 � � � q;y �

i) cfiT"3c{ � rn cfiT � � #'Cf{PHfufil� GJCT � lfil ll 1-i Ci o:g ��Hfcf1R:" �:-

q;) ,.�,, ��re,, �� �: cfiT"3c{ � rn � lli11'1'1{l'4 cf1T<IT ct �q � � '31R � trJT� ITT ct m� � � 'ffcf1 a s:i{ ctia 1 � '31R Htfclct � trJT� ITT min- ct 250-300 frf1 o +ft" o <TT� "fl" 350-400 frf1 o +ft" o ct ITT� �qflc:112-1 �ct�6�cfiT� � "c1lt, r� "fl"¥� cfiT"3c{ � rn "ff� iii11'1'1{1'4 �ct��� m �'41chMl9 "ITT � '31R ���*rm B:11<1aa1 � ���ct w � ctilllT,iich ��'+ft" cf1lft' m �, tr{� qflc:112-1 ITT� rcr�� 11� qflc:112-1 ,,f(>lll1�J � !.l1s11R1cti *rm 'fi"� �m-1:f{�ct rn ct�<t�� � u-aj tr{ � qS""{ � � I �� rn # �fac41caa1 �ct��¥��#cf1ll""fl" cf1ll" �lflf 60 fcf1 o +ft" o cfiT 'CfiTfTT1T "{'ffl � I

"@) � �: m�R-ictict1 � �r ctt­

� �, � o� cti1.qf,iicti R"ffif� � as:i{ctict, �ct� 3ffi n� �� ITT-?, � rcr�� � rn # 'fi"� cfiT"3c{ � rnctm��ctfu�, ���frlql<-f6"1

11) � �"tt � �� �: cfiT"3c{� rn # ��tr{ 3,oo,ooo � � � ��ITT � � � ct �TITT:T # fcrfcrq � �� � m� TTcTT ITT o� <$f1 ;q1 cfl m ctt­a I ii I f-s1 ct1 '3W � ��\<1ft{tj-11 � � �I �'ITT'Q,cf1 filiil.-;q J:fflf'��T"ITTTIT�fcfftre �tr{��� I

�) � ���:�� tr{ cti105rc{ � rn cf1f � Aft"tj(f q1'(ff 'fflf<f � � cFl" ��"{'ffl�Fcfi"��fcR:ft°�"lffGiTTTT� � "ll 3 'C.tj ct { � tr{ WITT1 ID I

ii) fi'� �

'fi"� cfiT"3c{ � w�� � fu��

122

b) secondly, as regional growth centres in theregions of their setting which would help,over time, to achieve a balanced pattern ofurbanisation.

16.2 Identification of Counter-magnets

i) The criteria employed by the Consultants inidentifying the Counter-magnet areas are:

a) Nodality consideration: The Counter­magnet areas are expected to maintain certain amount of complementarity in respect of metropolitan functions with Delhi and the NCR and as such, a range of 250-300 km from the NCR boundary or 350-400 km from Delhi representing 6 hours journey time at the prevailing transport conditions should enable interaction between chosen Counter-magnet and the metropolitan core, without impairing its developmental autonomy and functional identity as a regional growth centre. However, these distances for search zones would be extended to the entire constituent States with the likely technology improvement in the transport sector specially along the major transport corridors. To avoid overlapping of influence zones, such identified centres would be spaced at least about 60 km apart.

b) Spatial consideration: To infusecomplementarity to spatial pattern, size and functional specification of priority towns and their linkages outside the NCR, particularly in the search zones to identify for linking possible Counter­magnets, spatial considerations are imperative.

c) Size and viability consideration:Counter-magnets will generally have a population size of about 3,00,000 and upwards as the cities of that size would have established service area and basic level social and economic infrastructure, with a diversified economic base. While this would be only a general guideline, emphasis would be location specific.

d) Migration consideration: By and large,the location of Counter-magnets may be guided from the consideration of higher rate of migration flow in a district or a group of districts of a State.

ii) Search zone

For selection of possible counter magnets, area

i mu '3ltt 100 fcfi o +ft o � � er 400 fcfi o +ft o i � � cfIB � m �R<-11011, � i � �, �, 1l"&r��oey���Tif �tttr� fcfim1f<:troerr� rlle11cfi( 36 q� �cli-;:nrncf>'t"�q:;f ���cfi 3q(1� �� (a1Ricfi1 17.1)

�il<-l�ci 36�cfi������ cR � � fcfim 1f<TT I � � +i �I •·PI {14 <TI" 3qit�, .. p1(l4 �, � q�llft�cfi � �� ��, � ;ar� � � cfiT �ITT m.:TT"<TI" IBmr cR � fu�),sr � m;,r; � i m�lil=::tl,licb fu�; � qftqtff iil1�osl � JHf1©41 cfiT� (1981), \JHfi<gqi � (1971-81), ���(1981),���if� (1971-81) (feJT "11tt©41 � (1981); � �Rlftcffi � fu�� cfi m-.:f �(14\c.(; �; � i chlftsl( i m� flc1f�1t1iict1 (fey"3t1" �*� �RJq1�n �� fll4llllct,;� �RlftcRt �"ff�� �mr, �F.ttili111 ch'l­�� (fey Rcf�T -tt- 0ITcf�7lcfictl fu�� ��� f[5f"cfilif, � tt?4icfi1 i�mrttr� mtr� cn.r tt� ��mi fflif � � lf(TT I � fl (chi {1° � � �� if l:JUlf�f � � fcr+r�f cf;�� �"ffitr �tl���cf; fflif "3"'q"(" cfir ����cf> 3q(1� � ���ti

gf{41011 1) mm-2) ��/�ch(11cf1

lf� ��T l) k�lfi.14(

� 1) qR_;q1c-112) �1w�

� 1) cfiTc1"

2) �/�

'3TI{ Sf��T 1) �2) fl m (1 �( /fl m (1 �( /�c-11 t11 ciil �

falling between 100 and 400 kilmometre radius from Delhi and, including Haryana and parts of Punjab, Rajasthan, Madhya Pradesh and Uttar Pradesh was considered and, on the whole, 36 Class I urban centres were listed for multi stage scanning (Table 16.1)

16.3 Selection of Counter-magnets

The 36 listed centres were subjected to considerations such as metropolitan or sub­metropolitan size, major administrative status, viz capital cities, religious or ecological significance, or any special locational attributes; and also to quantitative analysis using five variables viz population size (1981), population growth (1971-81), workforce participation ratio (1981), growth in workforce participation ratio (1971-81) and population density (1981); and to a spatial analysis using three parameters, viz accessibility, congruence with inmigration corridors, and proximity to other contenders in the Region, in addition to an evaluation of them in terms of viable economic base, availability of infrastructure, input requirements particularly in secondary and tertiary sectors. These analyses have led to the selection of certain urban centres as potential counter magnet areas. Aft2r discussions and consultations with the State Governments, the following urban centres emerged as possible contenders for further scrutiny to decide the counter-magnet areas:

Haryana 1) Hissar2) Yamuna Na gar/ Ambala/Karnal

Madhya Pradesh l) Gwalior

Punjab 1) Patiala2) Bhatinda/Ludhiana

Rajas than 1) Kata2) Sikar/ Ajmer

Uttar Pradesh 1) Bareilly2) Moradabad/Saharanpur/ Allahabad

123

� �� � tKflf�fufil;an.cfiT � m=filq i Ni Jq{1c@ �m'trn�"ff�efccfjuaj�il"�cfiT � � tfRr � it"lRc cfiT � mw�

ITT�Tt�cfi(IB1lf�I ��*��cfiT �= � � ttlJ.il.-ll m �m ch@-11�<1i t� �qffi cnl" � ��"{@ Tf?TTtfcfi � � mr�m� ITT�� �cf@ 1"TfCT(f��it"lRc �����cf@fcrcfirn �����m+r����a�m�tr

� ��1fcn � J.i Ji �ffi � � � I � �it"lRc��ctt-���*���� � � t Rh41�4"1 t � tf(cfITT tf{UTT � Ruf<rIB1TT�tlc@fi1

fi2,R-I a RW fcrlifctnch{u1 "chl" � � � � q"{fl=f�fum� � �� � � � m� ITT t � HAR-i�ct � it"lRc (ITT-13) cfiT � l,I ff1 I fct ct Ni<U t I

1) �R:l11011 � m,n:: (m� Rw cF1" '3lR)2) � � qfeqlcll (� RW ctt" �)3) +f� ��T � �qlR-1 <H ("'!_cff-� RW cF1"

�)4) � � cnTcl" (� Rw � m� cF1"

�)5) � ��T � � ("'!_cff RW cF1" �)

� it"lRc rn t_ fcrcfirn � � a� �

m:ch1(l � � m� ITT � � "chl" �ftJ.iRct w:rra�5lir1��(f(_ ft{i:hl�J � � cFJ" � t � � it"lRc ITT t �$�;fiftf �mlfflf-��T��"ITT� �:-

i) chl'5,rc{ it"lRc rn cF1" � �: �ft{chl{1· ci=>tKflf�f"ff�m�ITT�� mr ctt- �1 � wm;� ch1<1f�ll-1 Q,SiTf1 ll i Q,ctl g-;a cf1 tf cfi I R-1 ch fcrcFrn ch 1 <{shJ.l � cfitrft" � �� tj�qtffq �� * � � fcrcFrn t � � qR_q1Ji--ilQ, � cFJ" �I

ii) �trRrcrmt���it"lRcITTt � fcITTTG:: chl(ql� chl4shJ.i � � � I chi l!T� ll "1 Q,SiTtFfT "chl" � � m.n­� � ITT t � �� � ttlJ.ilMch

124

The Consultants have recommended that from amongst the above-mentioned urban centres, 5

. counter-magnets, one from each State be selected for investment initially. This has been suggested not only in view of general financial constraints, but also to enable proper synchronisation of development programmes in the prio�ity towns of the NCR vi�-a-vis that which may nee0 to be undertaken in the counter-magent cities by the State Governments, and further to provide· them time to acquire the necessary institutional strengthening. Further addition to the number of centres to be designated as counter-magnets in each State could be considered at subsequent stages of NCR Plan implementation.

In the interest of a balanced directional split, the Consultants have recommended the following centres (Fig. 13) as the counter-magnets to the NCR for first stage intervention:

1) Hissar in Haryana (in the westerly direction)2) Patiala in Punjab (in the northerly direction)3) Gwalior in Madhya Pradesh (in the south

easterly direction)4) Kata in Rajasthan (in the south-westerly

direction)5) Bareilly in Uttar Pradesh (in the easterly

direction)

16.4 Policy guidelines

Development of Counter-magnet areas would require co-ordinated efforts of the State and Central Governments artd the National Capital Region Planning Board. The broad policy guidelines for development of Counter-magnet areas in terms of the role by the Governments and the Board may be as under:

A. State Government

i) The Counter-magnets would be finallyidentified by the NCR Planning Board in consultation with the State Governments. The State Governments/its implementing Agencies will prepare an integrated long term development programme under which detailed projects would be prepared to coincide with Five Year Plans for their accelerated development.

ii) Specific action programmes for eachCounter magnet area for the first five years, would then have to be prepared by the State Government/implementing agencies indicating

Figure-13: Counter Magnets

. . ,.,

\ ..

"·

,.,.

��-� �' �' qlfolJ-<.J � "frcrr�, �, q;qfqo0;q ���"ff��m�T�� ITT� � � � � ITT -if qf{q�� (TT$ (IJiill'f ff��)� inh-11( � � filllT I

iii) � w � � -?r �� Q,��afcrcn"rncfifi;rQ:��fllchll'f��ITT-if� fcr�ft34 ch1<.fi;f1Ji ��cfi"31WT���w � cfi rn-ct ���-if � fcr�),sr Rf� (� RN cfi ffl -if) � -?r \� �

the investment implications relating to

development of physical and social infrastructure, economic activities such as industries, commerce and services, housing, environmental improve­ment etc. in the State sector and, development of transport (National Highways and Railways) and telecommunications in the Central sector.

iii) The concerned State Governments shouldtake steps to formulate a special programme in the State sector for the integrated development of the concerned Counter-magnet areas and, set apart a

125

� � � Nchl41./mf� ctl" � ff$m1�ITT#�fl�14a1 qf{q�--10�� � "ffi1TT i ft;nz m � I

iv) � �r cnl" Bifc:rf� � mf�� � i ftnz, � <l" � � � � m, �Aijch�½ � �I � � mf� o� � Nchl<-i'f cn,-��Tfc@"o�mzj-;:ff�m?!T #�����fil!CF���t:f{ �mu� chi 4c�½ � cf){ "fret" I

v) � fficfiR � -3ffi�I ��q itf> � # qff�1E.11f11ch � q1fo1fJ-4ch JttR=t 41· cn,-� !-llffirn--1 �mllaj-�� �#��� il:l"�# fill �ft;nz�& � 01itll11ch � -;:ftfucn,-����t���<f� fllcfJtNch &hr# R�1R-i a ITTim�ffcnl" ci=A !-!lffil�--1 �m-1

vi) ��ITTifcrf'�nl�chl4c�½l.

cn1" � # � fqqo1.--1, �'tffi"-� ti{-EHI, TJflTTUf��fq�ITTch{OI -3l1Nff00'9CT0f�.chl4c�½T i m� "fflff� � i futi: ti:cFi ffll;:qq- trPlTTT ����I

vii) � ITT i �"ffin � ch,<f�iil ff m�� � fficfiR cnl" � � ITTT cnl" �cJn � � � � Qffi f<@llT i futi: �cfn ����I

viii) 01iE.lll11ch � i �' �m� fi{tj--il� 0f1"cITT1 � Fcrf�n=r � chl4c�iil: cfiT �:m� fqm416101 ��i��<rff��TAc� cn,-m�R=lcha1 cfiT � � � � 1

i) �o"ffioZ3ffio � � q11" � �"lli"llT ii qf{q 6'1 a-�� ffilfr i futi: cFITT ITT i 0,m;, �� � Flct�T i i� i �'tffi" Cf{ �����cA fl614e11 c11@ti:ti:cfi fcr�)1r �M �nm-�� I

ii) chi 01�z �lAc � i � i futi: n�°{l'if�-ITT � � Q.ENrfia r:rft�-ct �cF0 cfi mti: � "fRcFRr; ch, �f .=tj 4 --1 q:s.m-14 l cnl" cich.:flcN tffil<.tW �I � �c@" TI� °{l'if� ITT���� ch,4c�ii) i chllit.:f.ili--i cFl"��ifuti:� f-iiUl�I{ "ITT1TI' � ft;nz � ITTD � fl { ch I �Ji 1:fCTlf�f fl 3 q g;i:fn��Ni<TT�I

iii) � fl�llicil � cf){-;r i �c@" �fficfiR cnl" tjt 3ffi 16 q cfcF �cfiT R� ITTrft I �

126

special fund (in the form of revolving fund) for this purpose in the State Plans providing easy access to the funds by local bodies/authorities.

iv) The State Government should immediatelytake steps to establish statutory development authorities if not existing and, these authorities and local bodies should be equipped adequately with both manpower and finance, to be able to take up urban development programmes.

v) The State Governments' promotional rolewould include extending packages for industrial and commercial entrepreneurs favouring location in Counter-magnet areas. This calls for a reorientation of the State level industrial development policy directed at encouraging not only public sector but also corporate sector investments in the Counter-magnet areas.

vi) A Coordination Committee may be set upat the State level to coordinate various development programmes of the Counter-magnet areas with other development programmes relating to agriculture, marketing infrastructure, rural roads and electrification etc. in the district.

vii) The State Government may provideadditional thrust to Counter magnet areas taking advantage of Central sector urban development programmes and ensure additional allocation for such schemes.

viii) The Counter magnets should be given apriority status for the purpose of institutional funding of various development programmes like development of industrial land, infrastructure and housing.

B. Central Government/NCR PlanningBoard

i) The NCR Planning Board in its budgetarydemands should incorporate a separate head for supporting the development of Counter-magnet areas, based on an assessment of investments required under Central sector for transport and communication schemes, subject to the availability of resources.

ii) The NCR Planning Board would extendtechnical assistance to the State Governments/ implementing agencies for the preparation of integrated projects for the development of Counter magnet areas. Besides, the NCR Planning Board would also be responsible to monitor the imple­mentation of various development programmes for which a suitable mechanism will be worked out

�*���wi�t�� .:ftTir �m lffTf"-��T � cR:11T I

f1 I c{Ji� ch ff+f� '3W �� � � *�cf�� �·ITT� ���r irn�� JElf�<fi��lch�a �*����, � ��, lfum t1fiifa41· � �� cfj­

f1�1l@ t cf� +-1J.l1i11{ � m<rr, 3ftt e<4"lfc1Ji-1 �cfif WWT� �� ��� �I

D

by the Board in consultation with the State

Governments.

iii) The Central Government, in addition toproviding the financial support would also have a substantial promotional role to play. For this

purpose, the Board would formulate policy guide­

lines relating to development of various sectors.

C. State and Central Governments and

NCR Planning Board

i) To mobilise public support and participation

and, to attract private entrepreneurs to invest in the

Counter-magnet areas at the development

authority level, a publicity campaign should be

organised with the support of such institutions as

Chamber of Commerce, Market Associations,

Mandi Committees, etc. and using mass media like

newspapers, radio and television network.

D

127

17 Pclcr,itt t � ct,,,.f..{lRl�i �

WI tt fl:t cr,d I � � -2001

� m� � ct\" � � 2001 � � m'tlAt � � -t ��<:r � � -t � Qcfi (jTTf: oo�-;:ftfcf-ctl-wr-raRmfurctl-� %1 �-t��cn1<f4l@<-1i ��� % � � � � � � � � qIB chi 2.fsni11· CR � cfiT J.t �tq %._Of �'qlq � I � cfi � � �cn1<:f..ft@<i'1 ��,e.i�cna1 <:fffi�ctt"� �ct\"�%� (i) Pt4-;tul <'.frn:r � ii) 2001 dcfi >177-0 �� qffi � m� �-t � o� figR-ta �-t�����%1

11.1 ;fiftr?ri am ,c61<f.;:fiRtqi

�cpf 2001 cfiT � �r-t� �ef-t wr �IB<TT1l<TT%�� ffiJ.tlisi<fi�� �� ��cfif '3Pf% I fq)°{-4,-� Pi{..-a{ �cnl �����%�mrr�ct1-mm� � �� fi � I d-i 1· ct\" cfil 4f.:q ll -1 � cfi � · ���I� cfif<ffcnrme.i fll cha I � � � � �m-�%1 �cfir<ffcm-Akf�Fc:r� ��tfcfi"fffi:

i) ch1<-1f,Bcfi��m���r�IDU, � � 41Ji-1I� �'qp"ft-�o� � � � �.IDU�cRTcfi��cfifcfirJ.t"'Ji'TTI�I

ii) cfil{cll{ � (��R �) cfil4'snJ.ll. d°�4 ft 47 Ji -11-m �m cfif<.f, � �'+flTlT �

,(f�������'tj"� IDUI

iii) ��mr1iv) mTT� � Iv) 4 ft 41 Ji 111-m cfi -.-cfi ...... l ll-+-f.=q--.-q---11 cfiT � j'-11 � 11 �

�53lq1JT vi) �fcfi � cfiT cfil qf.=q 411 I

i) ��Tc6TcnllJ��

�����ti( -;:ftfcf- �m (94{@

128

STRATEGIES AND PRIORITY

AREAS FOR DEVELOPMENT 2001

The Regional Plan for the NCR-2001 stipulates an inter-related policy frame-work for achieving the objectives of the Plan. The policies require several strategies to be followed each of which has significant impact . on programmes to be undertaken in the NCR Various strategies and priority areas for development as discussed below are related to the goals of the NCR Plan viz (i) a manageable Delhi, and (ii) harmonised and balanced development of the NCR

17.1 Policies and strategies

Although the yea� 2001 AD has been taken as the perspective for the Regional Plan, the Plan is not finite, but is a part of a continuous process. Nevertheless, it is essential to structure this continuous process into discrete phases, that can be organised within the limits of the resources and implementing capability of the organisations involved. It is equally essential to place the tasks into an order of priority. The tasks can be divided into the following:

i) Continuation of the work of RegionalPlan through the preparation ofFunctional Plans by the NCRPB and,Sub-regional Plans by the participatingStates and Delhi UT.

ii) Action plan, programmes and projectplans by each of the participating States·and Delhi UT and the Central Ministries.

iii) Institutional improvementsiv) Resource mobilisationv) Approval and monitoring of

implementation of projects, and vi) Implementation of the Regional Plan.

i) Continuation of work of Regional Plan

The Regional Plan contains broadly policy

cfil <:f .-i 1 Rt 4 i � ITT * � * � 1TTTT-ITT�T � ���2001�*������� ��ti

�"chl fiMql<-FI �/� fl{chlfi cFl" Q,Siftt<-11· *Rchc�rr���*�cfil ;qf ,� cfi 41 JH I ct (llJcf�� -c:z;rr;:r) � q1{TIT I � cfil ;qf ,it cfi <-1 I JH I ct w � * ��<T � cf>{� * fuTJ: m� wm -a-ey tTTT � ITT * � 1Wfu�R * fu� cfi I fq 1 � Eff;IT cfiJ 1TTTT &P 11 ct J n 1

cfil (q I� � f..:t A fe1 f€JCT * @� � q"ITT"Q,'lrr: cF) � � * �� � tTTT � ITT cFI"

JFt A @I cfiT R<IT'� r� I �) � tTTT � cfiT � cf>{ � �wfTR

ITTcfiT���I Tf) � � -a-ey '6li�1\11ch);q fcrcnrn cFI"

TfIB � -a-ey � � cf@ � !.I q 1111 <-ti· cA" '6l I cfiM a � cFI" �'!SC ff i;r� Jct-1 rnq efcF � � cf>{, � � * i;r� � -?f t11ii1fJicn ef� rr qjt§;ft;q q;qfq{OI � cf)'{ '!.ll��cfidl * '3,T� 1:1'"{ � * � � Tf� �/cfiAl<'lcffi1· � ���l��t!:ffi�'ITTTIT "JIT��*��1TT�'c1"�*� Tffu�-mr � cfil<fl=f r� tlcfillT 1

t:r) � * � cn1fq1� � m�P-1cna1 *(?,ll� 1:1'"{ � * fu� � Tf� �r �

� -a-ey fll�lfJlcfi '3TT�� AU-HI � �Olqfil cFI" � ff CTey l-!1�19{cfi �� �I

����*@�� ���� tTTI�� �� cFI" �I�� «fr 1:1'"{ �� � cA" � cfi{� * ft;r� �-� � -?i f-1 A fe1 f@a � � cfiT � � 'ITTTIT ;a:r�:

cfi) � fcITTT'!SC � 0 q <-tl J 11· cli � ITT �ffif ���Gff01l���fil;

�) ��"ffitr���lJPftur<±tfta;qi,� �' m�� Ji.-tA@I, �� �� wi41cfi<-119\ ft�����cfiT �@TI;

Tf) 01T � �, ffcIT � -a-ey � wrr cA" �cnm-�cfiT�;

t:f) 41 ct I 4 I a -a-ey· c·J.ff.-t M Wf m� �­q fhrn.-t ���*�m;

8) 01T � m 1:1'"{ m�P-lcna1 cfffi � ITT���ihr���"JfWt;

-=q-) tt?:f�cFl"•��oey�Rcfiffi

frame-work, strategies and guidelines for development of the Region together with broad land use for the NCR-2001.

The Secretariat of the NCR Planning Board will prepare Functional Plans for various sectors of development in close collaboration with the CentraljState Government agencies. These Functional Plans will identify areas of action for proper guidance of the participating States and of the Union Territory to achieve the objectives of the NCR Plan.

The action plan will suggest measures: a) To contain the population of Delhi UT

through decelerated growth;b) To achieve moderate growth of OMA

excluding Delhi UT;c) To induce growth in the towns/complexes

identified for priority development by· enhancing the momentum of economicexpansion and technological developmentand, also adopting effective promotionalmeasures to create employmentopportunities to attract the Delhi boundpotential migrants and, creating a physicallyefficient pattern and socially desirableenvironment with effective participation ofthe States, that will sustain dynamic growthin keeping with objectives and goals of theNCR Plan;

d) For action to expand and to effect qualitativeand quantitative improvement in physicaland social infrastructure in towns identifiedfor priority development.

The Sub-regional Plans will be prepared by each of the participating States for the respective Sub­regions. The Sub-regional plan will indicate the following elements to elaborate the Sub-regional plan at the Sub-regional level namely:

a) reservation of areas for specific landuseswhich are of regional or sub-regionalimportance;

b) future urban and major rural settlementsindicating their areas, projected population,predominant economic functions,approximate site and location;

c) road network connecting Sub-regionalcentres, Service centres and Basic villages;

d) proposals for the coordination of traffic andtransportation, including terminal facilities;

e) priority areas at Sub-regional level forwhich immediate plans are necessary;

f) proposals for the supply of drinking water

129

t IBlJ," m,q; (f� �) cfil{��m�rnt�tIBlJ."

��<[qi "ITT I

ii) 4,i{cii( �, 4,iqs6+t .3ftt 4ft'-11Jt�IQ,-����/�"ffQ"��(f��llSilM41.&TUI

-�) W � t IBlJ," �Tcfi � � ��T ���qr� fcf�� W !.14iJ1tj t IBlJ," °¥ � �/chJ.qMcftfY � � �lllchMl41. t � qr fcrqrr fcfi<TPT'<:JT % I �Iii� cfid I qffi � � chl" Wm�41fJia����7TTlim%��� ����"ITT ���trn"Q,"� ��ff�� tcn-m�� ��mij=i t1B�a (f�flllchlf(>ich� t�cfil{ql�cfl0TT�� I���:��chi 4c¢ti+1 t �-q: � 'G1'T 'flcfictT % � IBlJ," tPl<f -+rR" qr qn_41J1-110TT � � � ITTlTT I �'1 ::f IM ll 1· t IB'Q, chi llr¢ti+1 � (f� t>r'cf � 4 n_ q 5tj� � IDTJT � � ITT � � chi <{¢till �mt)­� ffi"lTT (f� � � t � � IDTJT 1

�) � t � ��<TT � � t IBlJ,"�Tcfi � � � jlll�ct chi <f;flRl 47' chl" � cfil<{¢tilll. � Jctl{tjl IDTJT � � �c@" � ffil{Olisi<G. � IDTJl I 'ffR" tf{UT Wm mit:-

�-1 (1987-90) TcfT yijqqfq � �qt�N�t�1 �-II (1990-1995) 3TT'ocff_ � �q t�q-1 �-III (1995-2001) 9cff � �� (f�l0cff�t��t��I

lT) {1G1JII{ t � � � � � q@" !,lqlffi41. cnl' ���cfictl qffi � � � �lch�ct �ff����q)llfillft"� � � � qr � �'qlq WlT cf<TTfcn � ���qcflil-i fcrq:;m�q,'t��'ffR"ff � lfTT �� � � w � � 'TTGi"�cN � � q'l'"ffi' l.l q I ffi 41· cfil � � � chl" '--i""ITT'@1:fT � I 'TTGi"� � G1 -1 f1 &I I t '3lf'� � c8'� � !.lqlffi<-11· cht m�R:icha1 <:fffi � � �� � �� ��1fqifil fillft-1 � IBlJ,"�� qn_ll1G1--il� � '3TTq�1fqifil mTft �� � �mr � �mr filcfi"{ �-�ID��cfidl cfIB' � � !,lqlffi41. � 'fr&lT q?; � I>fclTtl'chl"�����ITT@"���������l��;fl"cTT���mt{1G1J11{fcffirn:cN�-���

130

and sanitation and drainage; and g) any other matter which is necessary for the

development of the Sub-regions.

ii) Action plan, programmes and projectplans by each of the participating States/Delhi UTand Central Ministries:

a) The Regional_ Plan for the NCR envisagesdevelopment of economic activities over a. wider area in the towns/complexes that are identified for this purpose. These priority towns need to be planned as self-contained units and action taken for their coordinated and synchronised development, both physical and economic, to maximise their growth for induced development. This can only be done through an interrelated programme for which projects would be required to be identified over a time-scale. The programme for Central Ministries would be in transport, both road and railways, and _telecommunications sectors, while that for State sector in urban development schemes and regional roads.

b) The development strategies approved in theRegional Plan need to be translated into a set of programmes and phased suitably to achieve the major objectives of the Plan. The three phases would be as follows:

Phase I (1987-90) corresponding to the remaining part of the 7th Five Year Plan period. Phase II (1990-1995) corresponding to the 8th Plan period. Phase III (1995-2001) corresponding to the 9th Plan period and part of 10th Plan period.

c) Bringing down the growth rate by attractingthe Delhi bound migrants to priority towns through creation of job opportunities will have a strong impact on priority towns which cannot absorb a large number of migrants who are presently moving to the National Capital without inducing growth rate in them three to four times higher than their present rate. In view of the greater concentration of population in the Capital, the need for flow of migrants to be re-directed to priority towns will be greater. This will require well identified projects to gradually increase the migration share to the priority towns by improving their economic base. The dominant force in triggering inmigration is the growth of secondary and tertiary sectors. The secondary sector has agreater multiplier impact upon the expansion of local and regional economy than a similar

� -31"� lR" � � >l"lflq � t I � chl<.fsh+t ��*�� 3W�� ma tr{� (i:\q{@1 cFl" � � wrr 3W � � tR" �"ITTTI"��*� &i1fo1{ � m-rft-1 � � � m�TT o� �

Rh4lch(>t14i. * � 3-ct{�14l 1J)ff�14\ � � cfil" chl4f,+tch q�R:141· 3W ��� ft{il'11 �qt �'3110� �� >l"'qTU � � * ffi"�: � � � cfil" ��<fcmTT mTft I

� �� 1l ��T/� .:flTU * � �$�fP-IRM ��qf{4jJi-1IQ,� �IDlfil

� qf{q�1, ({cfft�fi �, � {IJtJ.tpf,· o���I���

o� >f14�chMI � � * � � mm-it:

{lJiJII{ cFl" � � o� -31":ef;� 1l �� � ½i � � �4lch<1141°, �, ��00 cxTI1lR � qlfolJ-ll 0� fi{&il(l � filc{Ji�ch � � chl"-lf<141. cflT �' �� ��� ft{il'11 (3ffi � ., �' qm-�Acfiffi, ���, 41MI 41M 3W���' �T� 3W �<f � fil+tlfJiq, ��� WI"� �� cfi0TT ,· �m't lf(t-q- � * � � cflT � (jffi-f {I Ji J 11 { * � � o� cA"�Tffi ll �� � * � '6FTI 4il If{ cfi � 1l � q+rR * 3€.1�41. cflT � I

���1l3W���c@ chl{ql{�mlft� ���������qt cfil {q I { qfj- �� ��� t (3ffi � rn cFl" �l��cfiMI � � +rRT � � � ({cN�a 41'1111 Q, -3ffi. cfil<fshi=t ���I� "cfil{ql{ �" cflITT � 3W 41Ji'11Q, "chl{ql� 41Ji11Q,,, (��R �) cfi�<11Q,Jn, � � * � <ffi

employment expansion in the service sector. For effectuation of such programme, the institutional framework both at the State and local levels will need to be strengthened and action taken to improve the resource mobilisation at the local level. This will also call for inter-linkages of investments and programmes of the agencies responsible for economic activities, State level functional agencies and local authorities incharge of the infrastructural services and maintenance.

Need for multisectoral projects:

In the context of the above, coordinated urban development projects for various sectors of the Region/selected towns will need to be prepared.

The regional level components will be: surface transport: the Expressways, NH. and regional roads railways telecommunications

And the priority towns components will be: development of economic activities, industry, distributive trade and commerce and, Government and Public Sector offices to promote employment and improve the economy, urban infrastructure and services like water supply, sanitation, storm water drainage, solid waste management, · traffic and transportation etc, provision of social infrastructural facilities such as education and health, development of shelter for the urban poor, and, development of small scale enterprises in the informal sector for expansion of employ­ment opportunities and upgrading skills.

Determining priorities:

In this regard, more appropriate action would be to designate the areas where urgent planning action is needed and, to treat them as 'priority areas' for which integrated plans and programmes would be prepared. These would be called 'action areas' and the plans would be called 'action plans'. To prepare the plan, it is suggested that the Planning Cells of the State Governments would be responsible for complete programmes including the tasks of coordinating investments of public and

131

����tt<.chl{i��cn� t11qcJ1Hcfi�� Q,SiRl<:i'i ��m�Tcnl"t1'-1Ra ��cnm

� � � � � MUl�I{ ITTI m � 111 cha, m � �1f � � cfi1 <.f�J.t � Fcn<rr � ��= cfi1.qf�.q...i ��qR:41J1...i1mcfif�� cfitlrrl qR_41Ji...il � � � � tlftjqlMll ctl" � f.-ti,::ifclful a � � miit:-

cn) � '34$*' qR_41J1...i1-m ctt- � � ���cf;��?TTq)f"flli�cfi@m I

�) Q,Sifo<-11' cn1" qft41J1...i1 ct � � �mw-rn 1 � � a cfi...f1 cn1 � �� � cf� !H�l�a qR_41Ji...il � ���TIT1fM'�l�tl�l4dl'ff4Ttt'� m-q;��R�/��� t1�14a1 tffl � �� cft" � I

lf) i�icfi...i, � 4R:41Ji...i1 <fit("'tjt�mctt­'fflft� �TIT1fM' �I �jq-i,::i ftcflt � mt ITT{l 4R:41Ji...i1� cft" �cf;�� �� cfif cfiTlf cfitrft I

'cl) cfi1.qf�4,::i cf� �� ctt- f'Jidt�1{1 m� uzj cf�� � � ITT ctt­mlfr I cfil4T�ll...i � rn+mft >l'1TTTf � cft" 'fflft� cft" � � � � ��tlftjqlM4rnT�cftt��I

e) ���cf1��i&H ���q R: 4 I Ji ,::i I '3TT cft" 'ff4Ttt' <IT i� i cfi ,::i � cflflf �tl�lllc-11 �I

iii) ��:

q R 4, Ji ...i, m cf1 ��m cfi14f� 4 ...i �� �� cf1 � � � t � ff+fi '@TI qr �rn'l' rcfcfiffi flqfm � ��cf11:f������I �� rcfcfiffi mf�� chi 4\�1 M ,::i, � mf�cft"

cRJ� Z3TT{ cf){"�� Z3TT{ � "RR Tf{ qft41Ji...i1m cft" �m 4<G:RM1· cft" 'fflft� cfi0TI" mini

�m� ITT����ctt- mu22 ��mer�� fcFi � m� ITT � ��rtl'�cft"�I �Rf����� fillr:-

cf)) � ff{cfiJ{ ff t("'tjt � cf� �; �) m��,�Wl�ITTGJU�

cfil' � cft" 1ft ti"���; cf�

132

private agencies. A programme would be devised in relation to the priorities finally culminating into projects for implementation. The role of the Secretariat of the NCR Planning Board in the project cycle will be in the areas of:

a) Identification of suitable projects. thatsupport the NCR Plan objectives.

b) Assisting the agencies in preparation ofprojects comprising technical, economic andfinancial aspects and institutional aspects ofthe proposed project by providing guidanceand/or financial assistance for preparation.

c) Appraisal comprising review of all aspectsof the projects; the appraisal report willserve the basis for sanction of the projects bythe NCR Planning Board.

d) Implementation and supervision will be theresponsibility of the participating States/Delhi UT. Quarterly progress reports on theimplementation will be reviewed and fieldvisits undertaken by the Secretariat of theNCR Planning Board for the same.

e) Evaluation to provide lessons of experiencewhich will be built into subsequentidentification, preparation of appraisal work.

iii) Institutional improvements

For efficient implementation and management of the projects, it is necessary to tone up institutions incharge of urban development, services and management at all levels. This will involve review of the working of the development authorities, taxation and tax recovery system of the local authorities and monitoring methods of the projects, at the local level.

iv) Resource mobilisation

Under Section 22 of the NCR Planning Board Act, it is provided that the National Capital Region Planning Board fund may be constituted. The sources for such fund shall be:

a) all grants and loans from the CentralGovernment,

b) all sums paid to the Board by the parti­cipating States, Delhi UT, and

c) all sums received by the Board in consul­tation with the Central Government,participating State Governments and DelhiUT.

Tf) � �, �m-rft ��cf�� � ITT i 1R711ef ff � ITTCT � tl"m�T<TT.1

v) qfl41Jt.:ti:atT c6T alj+tlG..-1 am ��

qft41J1-11 �m 41J1;:i10, . �/3Cr�/cfil .qfc-11 cfi �� cfil (i:\4 <@ cfi � � "fITT1tfr��C{)mi·�n�=��l1"{ cfil<-1f.:q4;:i QSm=lll1· fil"n"��� I�� � -rrt qft 4 (-;1 '11 Q, � � � cfil qf..q ll '1 QJ\"RP-1 ,· � fl t11 ll a I cfiDTT 1 � · cfi I lif .:q ll '1 QJ\Hgf)' cfiT qft41J1-11�cfi � � �53{q1Jf ({)� mr � �cfilllf..qq;:i �cnflf��>flmf�ftlTTi��cf11"� l1"{ � I � � � �53{q1Jf � � i cfi.-i wrrrITT � cfiffi a cfiDTT � ��� cf� ��ntl"� qft41Ji'110, ��� fl�1llc11 m�1

vi) � � c6T q;14f:.q4.-1

� � � � flll11Mcfi � -;:ftfuzj�TrfiTT;r �, � � Rir�r �m fmrffl� t m�a cfif0-I cfi cfil 4r..fl fct ll i 'q1" � I � � cfiT � �� J�l�cfi m � � cfi1t1f.-qlH �cfil �.r..flfcM1· "ff��� cFi �- � qftqj-;1-1l'6lT cFi����I l1"{�fcrcfirn"f!"���cfil"UJR�nsIB��;mr�m�ctr� tft=q qrf ���ffl�� ·3W ��ffl t���l1"{q{����m � 3TTcf�4 cfia I jfll { "#�rr� m q Ft q J.-i � "JlTQ1T I

17 .2 ij;j 4f:.q 4 .-1 � � fitn'-q;f

i) � � cfj "#ID�:� mt � Rf� cFi �cfn" � ITT �

qft41-;1.-i1 '311$ cfil ;qf.-q 4 ;:i �� ��cfjqfffi � 22(i)(Tf) cfi 3l"� �k1f"1f«h1 "ff tRlf� � cfiT ��:-

({)) � mcR" � ATl1l �) �/mt Tf) (I � ll <£if! -q l .... fo.,.....;I f v-q.....,.....,...cfi � �) !,I Ri I Pcl a �mt fcrcfirn 31R �rro � rn

fcrnATl1l s-) �3'.f"fcITTl� "ii") � �� Q;cf lJT+ftu1- fcrcfirn �

ii) � "fR"ffl � fitn'-q;f

� ttf{ � fl I 11 1,;q �(1 ;:i I ,11 cfi rn-Rl cfil" �

v) Approval and monitoring of projects

The project plans will be mainly prepared by theimplementing agencies at local level within the framework of the RegionaljSub-regionalj Functional Plans in collaboration with the Planning Cells. The NCR Planning Board will assist the implementing agencies in preparation of identified projects. Each implementing agency will have a Monitoring Cell for the projects under that agency and, they will submit timely progress of the performance in implementation as a feed back to the NCRPB. The NCRPB will develop a Monitoring and Evaluation system and also extend assistance in the preparation of objective effective and financially viable projects.

vi) Implementation of the Regional Plan

The Regional Plan, although containing socio­economic policies, has alternative strategies with investment implications. The Regional Plan represents an end product, the implementation of which would be pursued on the desired strategies and goals through a number of projects. However, in the light of the impact, the development would be reviewed every five years and, after such review, it may be substituted by a fresh regional plan or such modifications or alterations made as may be found necessary.

17 .2 Resources for implementation

i) NCRPB's resources

In addition to the 'NCR Fund', it is proposed tomobilise resources under Section 22(l)(c) for financing implementation of the NCR projects through:

a) Life Insurance Corporation of Indiab) Debentures/Bondsc) Nationalised Commercial Banksd) Proposed Urban Development and Urban

Water Supply Finance Corporation e) National Housing Bankf) National Bank for Agriculture and Rural

Development.

ii) State Governments resources

At the State level, the general provision ofpattern of matching share will continue. However, the State Governments will make efforts to raise additional resources through:

a) HUDCO

133

��I ����klRifula cfl"JfR� �crrftrffi��t�cRlft-1

cfi) 3TTcfffi��rn'1"�� �) �aft+IT� Tf) "{1�ll<l1M qlf1ll�cf> � er) �� s-) U$3,Tqffi� �) u$"¢"�·�m+ftur��

m) � Pteh1<1"'i �«I"{� mu�cfi) � "ITT\ q{ ¥"CJ: Tf� cfi{ �) �q'BT{ rr) er)

�� mfcrf���lll�cf>��cf)�� cf>Um�

s:) ajt rr� cfi{T � ft ew-n-i 1 01 j� 1--t ,· � WcfiR cfl 3T:.i::lti{ 'RTT'T B' � I

iv) Frm���

�ITTcf>fqtji::1-11,�cf>�o�¥trfi"m�T'B' Asft- ffi�T q;,- �@r � cF1" «ftcf>I{ � � � trffi� 'fl'� fcf�� cF)- � � � 'B' �TTPTT>f ���I aJifiJIM '6114iJ1--il � �mt� cFt" �cN �a������ �, m�1fJicf> �� q;qfo{aA;q ��� � � �� cF)- �� # f.:rGft ITT � �t1fql£Of �R'qf tfcfiaT �I

17.3 rcf�f'Sr � � (��IB cfS+q)�.:e �)

fcf� trffi� cfiT � ��: � 0fTm cfl '612� 1 �-1 B" �� +t� mu� 7ifIBT � 1 � GJD � 141fJi a � ITT q;,- �rn'l" � mm cfl � trITT� cfiT � �rn'l" � J.i ::ll <>1 ;q mu � 7ifIBT � I �rn',- � +f� � wrn� � t rn� '4ft 3-ct{�l<fl WTT � �' qf{qt1-1, �{fii-11{ 'fl'����� +r� B' �� � ffi�T u$TTJ-1"m-;fi ITT#mmt � �� ITTq;,­m�fJ-1 cha I'* o� ��"41 t Blr� # � � 'J1IB � I ex.I I cl t1 IR cf> � B" � ffl � cfif3;, %° � �� fhTT� ch'1- �RMIJA � % �

�� � � cf>l 4\h� 1· cf) cf>I qf.-tj 4 '1 # � � "tj-'lfR"€fl1:ft%1 $ftf����%���� ����ITT cfl@��fcfft�� � ctl-� � � cFI" � orfct �: �� f<;J-;41cf><>ll41· cf)@�� J.i::11 c>l 41. (1�� ft{cf>l{lcfi lTTUflf B" � m� Rf�� m � ��ITT# o'.fl1fq1 �rn',- � � � cf>I qc:��1· cfiT ��IB � B' cf>l llf.-tj 4 -1 wrn� � � 'ffcfl I D

134

b) UCc) Nationalised Commercial Banksd) Market borrowings.e) National Housing Bank

(f) National Bank for Agriculture and Rural

Development

iii) Local Government resourcesa) Locally raised taxesb) User chargesc) Market borrowings

d) Other non-tax revenues for performance ofstatutory and regulatory functions.

e) Transfers from higher level of Governmentincluding shared taxes and grants-in-aid.

iv) Role of privater sector

Recognising the critical importance of the private sector and the dominant role of private

investments in the total investment, its resources and expertise should be incorporated in the

regional planning process. The regional planning involves the integration of a much larger number of sectors such as economic development, social

services and environmental management where the private sector can play a significant role in

improving the regional economy.

17 .3 Special Component Plan

The allocation of financial resources is primarily

made by the concerned Ministries with the

approval of the Planning Commission. Allocation of resources for State sector urban development

schemes sponsored by the Centre is made by the Ministry of Urban Development. The Ministry of Urban Development and the NCRPB would also be responsible to ensure that sectoral allocations

concerning other Ministries such as Surface Transport, Telecommunications and Railways for the NCR Schemes are consistent with, and

supportive of NCR priorities and objectives. In

practice, this task is extremely difficult because of the competing demands on the available resources

and, is thus, a serious drawback for implementation of the regional development programmes. It is, therefore, proposed that a financial mechanism of

Speical Component Plan for NCR be established in the Central and State Plans to permit the simultaneous channelling of funds through Central Ministries and State Governments for inter-related

activities ensuring the efficient implementation of comprehensive urban and regional development

programmes in the NCR D

dlf�chl�

TABLES

L� .

• I

.1/

Table 2.1 Area, Population and Growth Characteristics of DMA

Constitutent Units Area in Population

of N.C.R. Hectare 1981 in lakhs 1951-61

Delhi, UT 1,48,500

Bahadurgarh 17,403

Faridabad-Ballabgarh 39,398

Ghaziabad including Loni 49,691

Gurgaon 26,671

Kundli 13,722

NOICA 14,915

Ridge falling outside the area of OUT, Gurgaon and Faridabad 7,885

Total D.M.A. 3,18,185

Total D.M.A. excluding Delhi 1,69,685

'''Gives rural population of fifty villages in controlled area.

Sources: 1. Census of India-1981 2. Report of the Sub-Group of DMA-1982,

Ministry of Urban Development, Govt. of India.

Table 3.1 Pattern of Inmigration into Delhi 1941-81

62.20 52.43

0.37 34.43

3.31 57.88

2.97 61.01

1.01 103.42

0.42')

70.28

8.08

PopulationNet decadal Total Propn. of

Policy Zones

Decadal Growth (%)

1961-71 1971-81

52.92 52.98

72.28 45.23

103.42 169.39

68.71 141.65

50.94 76.50

Did not exist till 1981

56.76

95.84

Demographic Profile

Propn. of Decadal Census Year increase Decadal inmigrants inmigrants Growth of

1941 1951 1961 1971 1981

917939 1744072 2658612 4065698 6220406

inmigrants**

826133 914540 544198')

1407086 525309 2154708 1229745

to total to net inmigration Pop.% in Increase (%) that year (%)

(4/2) (4/3)

20.47 12.92 37.33 19.77 57.07 134.10

,:, Represents inmigrants upto 1961 and includes m,grants for 'period not known category (99,143). '"* In the population Census, migrants are classified on the basis of either (i) Place of birth, or (ii) Place of last residence. A person is considered a migrant by place of birth if the place ofenumeration during the Census is other than the place of his/herimmediate last residence. Till 1961,statistics on migration was based on 'birth place', but since 1971, it is on the basis of'place of last residence'.

137

Table 3.2 Migrants to Delhi by States of their Origin

State Before 1961-71 1971-81 Period not Total

1961 known

Haryana 98324 85945 159028 14412 3577.09

(22.1) (16.4) (12.9) '(15.5)

Madhya Pradesh 5585 8860 37709 2496 54650 (1.2) (1.7) (3.1) (2.4)

Punjab 74944 59503 78671 11447 224565 (16.8) (11.3) (6.4) (9.8)

Rajasthan 33341 39885 93836 7603 174665 (7.5) (7.6) (7.6) (7.6)

Uttar Pradesh 185550 260748 616021 54362 1107681 (41.7) (49.6) (50.1) (48.2)

Others (including outside India) 47311 70368 244480 17823 379982 (10.7) (13.4) (19.9) (16.5)

Total 445055 525309 1229745 99143 2299252

(100.0) (100.0) (100.0) (100.0)

Note: Figures in brackets indicate % to the respective totals.

Table 3.3 Population Projections for the NCR by Constituents

(Population in lakhs)

Sub-Region Population Projected Population

1981 1991 2001

Delhi UT' Total 62.2 92.5 132.6 Rural 4.5 4.4 3.6 Urban 57.7 88.1 129.0

Haryana Total 49.4 62.7 72.1 Rural 37.3 40.3 34.4 Urban 12.1 22.4 37.7

Rajasthan Total 10.6 11.3 11.9 Rural 8.9 8.7 8.5 Urban 1.7 2.6 3.4

Uttar Pradesh Total 69.7 87.6 108.6 Rural 50.2 51.8 45.0 Urban 19.5 35.8 63.6

NCR Total 191.9 254.1 325.2 Rural 100.9 105.2 91.5 Urban 91.0 148.9 233.7

'''Projection for Delhi UT is based on the draft recommendations of the Expert Committee on

Population.

138

Table 3.4 Controlled Population Projection of Delhi UT 1981-2001

Year Population Net increase Decadal Addition Increase by

(in lakhs) (in lakhs) growth by natural inmigration

rate(%) growth(%) in lakhs(%)

Actual

1961 26.59

1971 40.66 14.07 52.91 8.82 5.25

(33.17) (19.74)

1981 62.20 21.54 52.98 9.24 12.30

(22.74) (30.24)

Projected

1991 92.55 30.35 48.79 12.44 17.91

(20.00) (28.79)

2001 112.00 19.45 21.01 11.11 8.34

(12.00) (9.01)

Note: Figures in brackets indicate components of decadal growth rate.

Table 3.5 Population Assignment by 2001 AD for Delhi, DMA & NCR (in lakhs)

SI.No. Area Population 2001

Projected Assigned

Total Urban Rural Total Urban Rural

1. Region 325 234 91 325 234 91

2. Delhi Sub-region 132 129 3 112 110 2

3. Haryana Sub-region 72 38 34 78 43.5 34.5

4. Rajasthan Sub-region 12 3.5 8.5 14 7 7

5. Uttar Pradesh Sub-region 109 63.5 45.5 121 75.5 45.5

6. Delhi Metropolitan area

a. Total 170 166 4 150 147 3

b. Delhi 112 110 2

c. Haryana 21 20.5 0.5

d. U.P. 17 16.5 0.5

7. DMA Towns 37 37

a. Ghaziabad including Loni 11 11

b. NOIDA 5.5 5.5

c. Faridabad 10 10

d. Gurgaon 7 7

e. Bahadurgarh 2 2

f. Kundli 1.5 1.5

8. Other areas outside DMA (Urban 89 and rural 86 lakhs)

a. Haryana 17 17 57 23 34

b. Rajasthan 12 3.5 104 7 7

C. U.P. 47 47 104 59 45

139

Settlement System-1981-2001

Table 4.1 Functional Classification of Towns in NCR 1971-81

SI. Name of the Census Population Density Growth rate Function in

No. Town Class in 1981 (per sq.km) in 1971-1981

Size 1981 (%) 1971 1981

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Delhi UT Sub-Region

1. Delhi UA 5729283 10594 57.09 Others Industry Others

2. Alipur V 6735 787 Others

3. Biwana IV 12637 745 Others

4. Bijwasan V 7389 678 Others

5. Pehladpur Banger V 5011 1073 Others

6. Poth Khurd V 7145 716 Others

Uttar Pradesh Sub region

7. Abdullapur V 6383 3940 Primary-Others

8. Agarwal Mandi V 9353 10116 Primary-Others

9. Aminagar Sarai V 6837 3617 21.97 Industry-Trade & Others

Commerce-Others

10. Anup Shahr IV 15193 5866 23.99 Others-Ind us try- Others

Primary

11. Aurangabad IV 11622 3874 Others-Primary

12. Babugarh VI 2389 445 Others

13. Baghpat IV 17157 5957 47.07 Primary Others-Primary

14. Bahusama V 7906 2635 Primary

15. Baraut III 46292 4468 48.07 Trade & Others

Commerce

Industry-Others

16. Bhawan Bahadur V 6779 1808 Others-Primary

Nagar

17. Bilaspur V 4661 2188 Others

18. Bugrasi V 8307 1298 16.12 Primary-Others Others

Industry

19. Bulandshahr 103436 11016 73.83 Others-Trade Others

& Commerce-

Industry

20. Chhaprauli IV 13805 12550 Primary

21. Chhatari V 5862 982 Primary

22. Dadri IV 19723 3156 51.01 Others-Trade Others

& Commerce-

Industry.

23. Dankaur V 7935 802 14.18 Others-Trade Others

& Commerce- _

Industry

24. Oaurala V 9146 8710 Primary

25. Oebal III 22430 9627 31.62 Industry-Trade Others

& Commerce-

Primary

26. Ooghat IV 10019 10890 Primary

27. Faridnagar V 9116 20718 20.89 Industry-Primary Others

28. Garmukteshwar VI 17914 560 63.79 Primary-Industry Others

Others

29. Ghaziabad(UA) 287170 4366 124.88 Others

30. Gulaothi III 24416 10949 40.52 Trade & Others

Commerce

140

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

31. Hapur 102837 17639 44.30 Trade & Commerce Others Industry-Others

32. Hastinapur IV 11637 3803 30.91 Industry-Others Others

33. Jahangirabad III 29301 10317 35.79 Primary-Industry Others

Trade & Commerce

34. Jahangirpur V 6447 626 Primary-Others

35. Jewar IV 15275 837 Others

36. Kakod VI 4299 3495 Others-Primary

37. Karnawal V 9895 8315 Primary

38. Khanpur V 8311 5099 Primary

39. Kharkhoda V 8708 4S76 Primary-Others

40. Khekada III 24984 20648 Others

41. Khurja II 67119 6479 33.58 Industry-Others Others

Trade & Commerce

42. Kithaur IV 13791 4522 Primary

43. Lawar IV 11535 3178 Primary-Others

)4. Loni IV 10259 3901 Others

45. Mawana III 37620 14525 51.32 Diversified Others

46. Meerut(UA) I 536615 6640 44.34 Others-Industry Others

47. Modinagar(UA) II 87665 6105 101.67 Industry Others

48. Murad Nagar III 26047 16279 86.25 Industry-Trade & Others

Commerce-Primary

49. Narora V 9573 1760 Others

50. Niwadi V 7078 4424 -Primary

51. OF Muradnagar IV 13147 1983 45.66 Others Others

52. Pahasu V 9016 39200 45.66 Others Others

53. Pari kshi tgarh IV 11328 3293 Others

54. Patiala V 7847 6539 Primary

55. Palauca IV 10357 4523 Primary

56. Pilkhua III 37884 8363 58.24 Industry Others

57. Rabupura V 8S99 868 Primary-Others

58. Sardhana III 30138 2145 36.48 Industry-Primary Others

Trade & Commerce

59. Sewalkhas IV 10278 12534 Primary

60. Shajahanpur V 8867 1483 20.80 Primary-Industry Primary

61. Shikarpur III 21449 43876 29.79 Primary-Industry Others

Others

62. Siana III 22410 4335 35.79 Primary-Others Others

Trade & Commerce

63. Sikandrabad III 43135 4913 34.67 Industry-Primary Others

Trade & Commerce

64. Tikri IV 11315 10286 Primary

H�ryana Sub-region

65. Bahadurgarh III 37488 4165 45.23 Others-Industry Others

66. Bawa! V 7760 21556 18.85 Primary Others

67. Beri IV 13490 5208 9.35 Primary Others-Primary

68. Faridabad Complex 330864 1856 NA Industry Others Administration

69. Farukknagar V 6367 4760 16.04 Primary-Trade & Others

Commerce-Ind us try

70. _Ferozepur V 9400 1061 18.06 Primary-Trade & Others

Commerce-Industry

71. Ganaur IV 16489 1820 96.32 Industry-Trade & Others

Commerce-Others

141

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

72. Gohana III 26188 3686 56.81 Trade & Commerce Others

Others-Primary

73. Gurgaon II 100877 4181 76.51 Others Others

74 Hailey Mandi IV 10140 3915 350.27 Trade & Commerce Others

75. Hassanpur V 5109 5494 Primary-Others

76. Hathin V 6553 3293 Primary-Others

77 Hoda! IV 18740 8329 32.49 Diversified Others-..

78. Jhajjar III 24247 4041 27.97 Primary-Others- Others

Trade & Commerce

79. Jharsa V 8412 842 Othe_rs

80. Kalanaur IV 12380 2172 Others

81. Maham IV 11722 3359 11.20 Primary-Trade & Others

Commerce

82. Nuh V 5992 19973 26.68 Trade & Commerce Others

Others

83. Palwal III 47328 8574 30.72 Others-Trade· & Others

Commerce-Industry

84. Panipat 137927 6625 56.77 Industry-Trade & Others

Commerce-Others

85. Pataudi V 8422 2165 39.32 Primary Others-Primary

86. Rewari II 51562 8509 17.49 Trade & Commerce Others

Othe!s-Industry

87. Rohtak 166767 7570 33.68 Others-Trade & Others

Commerce

88. Samalkha IV 13532 2222 Others

89. Sohna IV 12667 3424 44.35 Trade & Commerce Others

Others-Industry

90. Sonipat 109369 5118 75.29 Industry-Others- Others

Trade & Commerce

91. Taoru V 6912 19749 .. Primary-Ind us try Others

Rajasthan Sub-region

92. Ah.var 145795 1822 45.25 Others Others

93. Khairthal IV 15962 728 49.36 Primary-Trade & Others

Commerce

94. Tijara IV 12199 556 Others

Note:

Declassified in 1971 ** Newly added town

NA Not Available

142

Rural Development Table 5.1: Number of Villages in Different Population Range-1981

Sub-region No. of Less than 10000 Villages 200 200-449 500-1999 2000-4999 5000-9999 and above

Delhi UT 214 9 9 110 71 15 (4.20) (4.20) (51.40) (33.20) (7.00)

Haryana 2386 158 335 1287 508 93 5 (6.62) (14.04) (53.94) (21.29) (3.90) (0.21)

Rajasthan 1088 125 318 573 65 7 (11.49) (29.23) (52.67) (5.97) (0.64)

Uttar Pradesh 2989 149 283 1705 742 107 3 (4.98) (9.47) (57.04) (24.83) (3.58) (0.10)

N.C.R. 6677 441 945 3675 1386 222 8 (6.60) (14.10) (55.10) (20.75) (3.32) (0.13)

Note: Figures in brackets indicate proportions to respective Sub-region's total.

Table 5.2 Distribution of Villages according to the Availability of different Amenities

s. Sub-Region No. of Number (with percentage) of villages having one or more of the following Amenities

No. inhabited

villages Education Medical Drinking Post and Market/ Communi- approach by Power

Water Telegraph Hat cation Pucca Road supply

1. Delhi UT 214 189 125 214 115 7 183 207 214

(88.32) (58.41) (100) (53.74) (3.27%) (85.51) (96.73) (100.00)

2. Haryana 2386 2114 1396 2386 758 1156 2197 2386

(88.60) (58.51) (100) (31.77) (48.45) (92.08) (100.00)

3. Rajasthan 1088 767 194 1088 232 4 179 265 593

(70.50) (17.83) (100) (21.32) (0.37) (16.49) (24.36) (54.50)

4. Uttar Pradesh 2989 2283 697 2989 719 232 787 1512 2489

(76.38) (23.31) (100) (24.05) (7.76) (26.33) (50.53) (83.27)

N.C.R 6677 5353 2412 6677 1824 243 2305 4181 5682

(80.17) (36.12) (100) (27.32) (3.64) (34.52) (62.62) (85.10)

Note: Figures in brackets indicate percentages.

Table 5.3 Proportion of Rural Population served by different Amenities

S. Sub-region

No.

Total popula- Proportion of Rural Population severed by the amenity of

1. Delhi UT

2. Haryana

3. Rajasthan

4. Uttar Pradesh

N.C.R

tion of

inhabited Education

villages in

the tehsil

452206 96.52

·3731837. 97.05

890553 90.25

5019579 91.34

10094175 93.72

Medical Drinking Post and

Water Telegraph

74.82 100 72.51

•77.90 100 56.12

40.51 100 44.83

34.44 ioo 46.12

52.96 100 50.96

Market/ Communi- Approach by Power

Hat cation Pucca Road supply

4.69 91.75 99.80 100.00

66.48 95.72 99.64

1.82 28.84 36.77 70.57

17.34 36.34 59.43 89.81

8.99 49.40 72.79 92.35

143

Economic Profile

Table 6.1 Distribution of work-force in Delhi 1981 & 2001

Categories Proportion of workers(%) in

Primary Sector

Industry

Construction

Trade & Commerce

Transport, Storage and Communication

Other services

Participation rate

Table 6.2 Employment Structure in DMA Towns - 2001

1981 2001

(actual) (Proposed)

1.59 '·-1.50

29.18 29.00

6.39 5.00

22.25 22.00

9.07 11.00

31.47 31.50

32.20 35.00

Town Proposed Proportion of workers (%) in

participation Primary Industry Construction Trade & Transport Services

Ghaziabad 30 0.5 38.0

NOIDA 35 2.0 40.0

Farida bad/Ballabhgarh 35 2.0 45.0

Gurgaon 35 2.0 40.0

Bahadurgarh 35 6.0 30.0

Kundli 35 2 0 40.0

Table 6.3 Occupation Structure in the Priority Towns by 2001

Priority Town Participation

Ratio-2001

(%) Primary Industry

1. Meerut 32 2 29

2. Hapur 30 6 28

3. Bulandshahr 30 4 40

-Khurja 30 4 40

4. Panipat 32 4 40

5. Rohtak 30 7 28

6. Palwal 30 9 15

7. Rewari 30 9 15

-Dharuhera 30 5 50

-Bhiwadi 30 5 50

8. Alwar 30 5 30

144

Commerce Storage &

Communi-

cation

6.0 15.0 10.0 30.0

6.0 20.0 12.0 20.0

6.0 16.0 7.0 24.0

10.0 16.0 10.0 22.0

4.0 25.0 10.0 25.0

10.0 16.0 10.0 22.0

(in Percentage)

Proportion (%) of workers in

Construe- Trade & Transport & Service

tion Commerce Storage

Communi-

cations

4 20 9 36

4 22 13 27

4 20 12 20

· 4 20 12 20

4 20 12 20

4 20 13 28

4 17 21 34

4 21 15 36

4 16 7 18

4 16 7 18

4 20 11 30

Table 6.4 Employment in Government and Public Sector Offices in Delhi (1921-85)

(Employment in lakhs)

Sector 1921 1931 1941 1951 1961 1971 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985

1. Central Government 0.08 0.11 0.26 0.85 0.94 2.11 2.25 2.31 2.29 2.35 2.30

2. Delhi Administration O.ol 0,03 0.03 O.G7 0.25 0.53 0.58 0.62 0.65 0.64 0.65

3. Local Bodies 0.02 O.Ql 0.12 0.14 0.34 0.90 1.09 1.13 1.17 0.83 0.84

4. Quasi-Government NA NA NA NA 0.06 0.56 1.41 1.51 1.63 1.72 1.83

Total 0.11 0.15 0.41 1.06 1.59 4.10 5.33 5.57 5.74 5.54 5.62

Source: Delhi Statistical Handbook-1986

Table 6.5 Distribution of Working Force in Urban Delhi 1951-1981

Categories 1951 1961 1971 1981

Workers % Workers % Workers % Workers %

1. Cultivators 3483 0.7 5178 0.7 5176 0.5 7227 0.39

2. Agri. Labours 584 0.1 1242 0.2 3603 0.3 4772 0.25

3. Livestock Forestry etc. 13091 0.70

4. Mining & Quarrying 1521 0.3 5446 0.7 9091 0.8 4745 0.25

5. Manufacturing, Processing

a) Household Industry 6632 1.3 12684 1.7 25107 2.2 31349 1.69

b) Other than house-hold 80639 15.7 155099 20.7 242733 21.7 510748 27.49

6. Construction 44948 8.7 32540 4.4 61517 5.5 118699 6.39

7, Trade & Commerce 117338 22.8 143809 19.3 239719 21.6 413430 22.25

8. Transport & Comm. 34455 6.7 47387 6.3 107324 9.6 168457 9.07

9. Other Services 224426 43.7 343430 46.0 422667 37.8 584663 31.47

Total Workers 514026 100.0 746815 100.0 1116937 100.0 1857545 100.00

Population 1437134 2349408 3647023 5678200

Participation Ratio 27.96 31.65 30.62 32.20.

Table 6.6 Industrial Progress in Delhi-1985

Item 70-71 76-77 77-78 78-79 79-80 80-81 81-82 82-83 83-84 84-85

No. of Industrial

units (in' 000) 26 37 40 41 42 45 50 54 57 62

Investment

(Rs. in crores) 190 550 600 650 700 867 965 1035 1105 1200

Production

(Rs. in crores) 388 1025 1200 1430 1700 2196 2350 2352 2483 3300

Ji:mployment

(in' 000) 215 300 325 350 375 450 480 507 528 558

Source: Delhi Statistica 1 Hand Book-1986.

145

Table 6.7 Registered Factories in Delhi: Group-wise-1985

Description Number of Factories Workers (daily average in '000)

1979 80 81 82 83 84 85 79 80 81 82 83 84 85

Food Products 114 124 130 142 148 153 160 7 9 9 9 9 9.5 9.7

Textiles & Textile

Products 457 520 545 622 666 709 746' 43 46 46 46 48 50 52

Wood Products 46 47 52 56 60 66 67 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.04

Paper Products &

Printing 230 223 255 279 290 302 315 11 12 12 12 12 12 12.6

Leather, Rubber

& Chemicals 396 429 434 495 534 578 581 12 14 14 14 15 17 17.1

Non-metallic mineral

Products 55 57 51 107 114 119 146 4 3 3 3 3 3 3.7

Metal & Engineering

Products 763 807 856 970 1032 1097 1128 23 26 26 27 29 31 32.2

Manufacturing of

Electric Machinery 308 355 374 451 480 530 545 12 14 14 15 16 18 19.6

Manufacture and

other Misc. of

Transport Equip. 393 395 487 555 592 629 653 15 16 16 24 25 27 27.5

Generation and Trans.

of Electricity, Water

Supply and Gas 21 21 18 21 21 21 21 6 5 5 3 3 3 3

Miscellaneous 201 215 200 219 226 241 290 7 7 7 4 5 7 7.3

Total 2984 3193 3402 3917 4163 4445 4652 141 153 153 158 166 178.5 185.74

Source: Delhi Statistical Hand Book-1986.

Table7.l

Transport

Traffic Movement on Major Corridors

Total Total Total Total

Major Corridor Passenger Buses Goods Volume

Vehicles Vehicles

1. Delhi-Faridabad 21585 1936 6795 30316 (71.2) (6.4) (22.4) (100.0)

2. Delhi-Gurgaon 9407 1483 4105 14995 (62.7) (9.9) (27.4) (100.0)

3. Delhi-Bahadurgarh 3708 753 2513 6974 (53.2) (10.8) (36.0) (100.0)

4. Delhi-Panipat 3383 1207 3712 8302 (40.7) (14.5) (45.8) (100.0)

5. Delhi-Baghpat 5056 474 2371 7901 (64.0) (6.0) (30.0) (100.0)

6. Delhi-Ghaziabad 28714 2605 11432 42751 (67.2) (6.1) (26.7) (100.0)

146

7. Delhi-NOIDA 16677 1623 2007 20307 (82.1) (8.0) (9.9) (100.0)

8. Ghaziabad-Meerut 7047 1089 3109 11245 (62.7) (9.8) (27.5) (100.0)

9. Ghaziabad-Hapur 4176 789 1906 6871 (60.8) (11.5) (27.7) · (100.0)

10. Ghaziabad-Bulandshahr 6110 768 2141 9019(67.8) (8.5) (23.7) (100.0)

11. Gurgaon-Sohana-Alwar 1146 157 884 2187 (52.4) (7.2) (40.4) (100.0)

12. Gurgaon-Behror (NCR Border) 2021 613 4036. 6670 (30.3) (9.2) (60:5) (100.0)

Table 7.2 Generation of Passenger Traffic (Daily) for NCR and Important Urban Areas-1987

Vehicle Passengers Bus Passengers Rail Passengers Total Rail Share

Per Per Per

Total Capita Total Capita Total Capita

Trip Trip Trip

Rate Rate Rate

1. Delhi UT 58794 0.007 173722 0.021 107000 0.013 339516 32.00 2. Ghaziabad 17465 0.035 32298 0.060 32856 0.016 82619 40.00 �Ol[A 9300 0.043 31026 0.146 40326

aridabad 16505 0.031 24675 0.046 6568 0.012 47748 14':'GO urgaon 8868 0.032 18603 0.066 NA NA

6. Bahadurgarh 1863 0.022 4123 0.048 4115 0.048 6390 64.30 7. Meerut 17368 0.022 34242 0.045 9420 0.102 61030 15.00 8. Hapur 6125 0.041 11456 0.077 3500 0.023 21081 16.60 9. Bulandshahr 13460 0.054 23522 0.094 2644 0.011 44242 7.00 10. Palwal 1215 0.016 1674 0.022 6440 0.085 9329 69.03 11. Panipat 1573 0.006 7097 0.029 5775 0.023 14445 39.97 12. Rohtak 18200 0.065 20845 0.078 5197 0.019 39626 12.00 13. Rewari 5025 0.040 6454 Q.051 6307 0.050 17786 35.46 14. Alwar 1945 0.008 7392 0.029 2915 0.012 9337 31.20 15. Sonepat 824 0.005 4196 0.027 15183 0.096 20203 75.15 16. Modinagar 3242 0.016 909 0.006 1820 0.013 5971 30.48 17. Rest of NCR 51406 0.004 39623 0.003 NA

Total 232000 442000 210000 884000 23.7

147

Table 7.3 Road Passenger Movement Pattern (Generation)

Bus Passengers Vehicle Passengers

Movement Total DUT Total DUT

NCR NCR

Internal-Internal 346933 143968 214168 53739

(64.4) (69.6) (86.3) ($5.5)

Internal-External 95036 61188 18066 8740

(17.6) (29.5) (7.2) (13.9)

External-Internal 95062 15580

(17.7) (6.499)

External-External 2055 1855 313 366

(0.4) (0.9) (0.001) (0.06)

Total 539085 207014 248127 62845

(100.0) (100.0) (100.0) (100.0)

Not�: Figures in brackets indicate % to total.

Table 7.4 Projected Trip Rate and Passenger Trips

Projected Trip Rate No. of Passenger Trips

Towns Vehicle Public Vehicle Public

Passengers Transport Passengers Transport

Delhi UT 0.007 0.030 93406 339671

Ghaziabad 0.023 0.075 25300 82500

NOIDA 0.057 0.154 25856 85224

Faridabad 0.036 0.064 25812 64131

Gurgaon 0.063 0.145 31650 101554

Bahadurgarh 0.040 0.119 80 95 23872

Meerut 0.030 0.094 39000 122200

Hapur 0.050 0.135 23272 81000

Bulandshahr 0.011 0.169 8867 169289

Palwal 0.025 0.048 7643 14441

Panipat 0.035 0.128 28200 76800

Rohtak 0.030 0.082 18000 49200

Rewari 0.051 0.097 15446 29151

Alwar 0.034 0.112 27500 79500

148

Table 7.5 Projected average daily goods traffic (Road) for NCR

Existing Projected Average Annual

Towns Generation Attraction Generation Attraction

Simple Rate

Growth

1. Delhi UT 40577 59980 82980 124458 7.5

2. Ghazi a bad 23415 25995 59357 72136 11.0

3. NOIDA 2165 4606 10283 23230 26.8

4. Faridabad 9676 4738 32898 16968 17.1

5. Gurgaon 2845 2253 19459 15320 41.7

6. Bahadurgarh 1721 1252 7465 5713 23.8

7. Meerut 2210 5705 11558 28810 30.2

8. Hapur/Rest of NCR 11471 3360 45061 25288 20.9

9. Bulandshahr 1705 1710 9070 14405 30.9

10. Palwal 824 691 5042 4215 36.6

11. Panipat 880 5724 14673 22906 112.0

12. Rohtak 2f69 4004 9154 17017 23.0

13. Rewari 829 648 5020 3467 36.1

14. Alwar 1681 4438 10590 27072 37.9

15. Sonepat 7038 4426 28997 16917 22.3

16. Modinagar 1998 1834 8032· 11397 21.6

Rest of NCR 7346 4258 19769 20737 17.8

Total 118550 135622 385266 449008 16.1

149

Telecommunications

Table 8.1 Telecom Facilities in D.M.A./Priority Towns-1987

SI. Name of Town Existing Exchanges Expected No. 30.9.1987 capacity as

Waiting on 1.4.90 Type Capacity List Remarks·

1. Faridabad MAX-I 5100 7585 12.1 Klines (Strowger) (E-IOB)

2. Ballabhgarh MAX-I 1800 1800 (SXS)

3. Bahadurgarh MAX-II 600 226 2000 lines Electronic (RLU)

4. R.ohtak MAX-I 4500 810 5400 (SXS) (Strowger)

5. Gurgaon MAX-I PRX 4000 2000 6000 (E-1/B) (Electronic)

6. Panipat MAX-II 2100 .2262 4000 (ICP)

7. Rewari MAX-II 1500 49 2000 (SXS)

8. Dharuhera Manual CBNM 200 3 400L NEAX Elect.

9. Palwal Manual CBNM 840 900L NEAX Elect.

10. Alwar PRX Electronic 3000 681 4000.PRX

11. MIA Alwar Manual CBNM 250 400L MAX-II

12. Bhiwadi Manual CBNM 300 37 400L NEAX Electronic

13. Ghaziabad -ICP (X) 5000 6000 (ICP) - Strowger 1700 2000 (Dig) RLU -ICP 2000 2000 ICP

4000 ElOB

13. Loni MAX-II 100 200 Expanded to 200 Jones w.e.f. 6.10.87.

15. NOICA MAX-I 3000 5000* 3000 (SXS) 4000 ElOB Already Commissioned

in 1987-88.

16. Meerut MAX-I 6600 6600 (SXS) (Strowger) ICP 4000 6000 ICP

+ 4000 (Expn.) of ICP Allotment made

17. Hapur MAX-II 1400 450* 1600L

18. Bulandshahr MAX-II 1300 1400L

19. Khurja Manual CBM 960 l000L NEAX Electronic

*Figures as obtained fr.om respective Divisional Telephone Offices.Source: D.O.T. Ministry of Telecommunication.

150

Table 8.2 Telex Facilities in D.M.A./Priority Towns: Proposals

SI. Telex

No. Name of Town Remarks

Existing Expected

Capacity 1.4.90

(1.4.90)

1. Faridabad 150L - 250L Telex expanded to 250 lines during

87-88 and 300L electronic

2. Ballabhgarh concentrator is proposed in 88-89

to replace the existing telex

3. Bahadurgarh exchange.

4. Rohtak 20L

5. Gurgaon 40L lO0L

6. Panipat SOL lO0L

7. Rewari 20L National telex proposed

8. Dharuhera

9. Palwal 20L Notional telex proposed

10. Alwar 20L

11. MIA Alwar 20L 40L

12. Bhiwadi 20L

13. Ghaziabad lO0L lO0L Proposal to increase capacity

under consideration.

14. Loni

15. NOIDA 40L lO0L

16. Meerut 60L 150L

17. Hapur 20L

18. Bulandshahr 20L Notional telex proposed

19. Khurja

Source: D.C.T. Ministry of Telecommunication.

151

Table 8.3 Augmentation of Telecom Facilities in OMA/Priority

Towns-7th, 8th & 9th Five Year Plans

1990 1995 2001

SI. Name of Demand Projections Demand Projections Demand Projections

No. the Town Normal Likely Normal Likely Normal. Likely

Growth Staus Growth Status Growth Status

1. Faridabad 17380 12.lK 30869 61501 To be capable Ballabgarh 1.8K of providing

2. Gurgaon 8509 6K 20583 14K/1993':, 59412 telephones

3. Bahadurgarh 879 2K 1172 1657 Practically on

demand 4. Rohtak 6454 5.4K 10226 9.4K/1993':, 17762

5. Panipat 5022 4K 7943 6K/1993') 13771

6. Rewari 2117 2K 3335 3K/1991 5755

7. Dharuhera 0.4K

8. Palwal 925 0.9K 1638 3250

9. Kundli

10. Alwar 4349 4K 6936 5K/1992''' 12145

11. MIA Alwar 0.4K

12. Bhiwadi 0.4K

13. Ghaziabad 13356 14K 23519 46377 Loni 0.2K

14. NOIDA 7.0K 12K/1993*

15. Meerut 18936 12.6K 30212 17.6K/1992�' 52922

16. Hapur 1973 1.6K 2965 2K/1992i, 4833

17. Bulandshahr 2837 1.4K 4390 2K/1992* 7410

18. Khurja lK

* Year of allotment of Equipment.

Source: D.0.T. Ministry of Telecommunications.

152

Table 9.1 Power Generation Schemes in the NCR

SI.No. Schems

(Agency)

Existing

1. Rajghat (DESU)

2. IP Estates (O-ESU)

3. Badarpur (NTPC)

4. IP Estate (DESU)

5. Panipat StageI & II (HSEB)

Under Construction

1. Rajghat (DESU}(Replacement Units)

2. Panipat Stage III(HSEB)

3. Kokroi�"1'

4. Narora (APP)

5. Oadri (NTPC)

Type

Thermal

Thermal

Thermal

Gas

Thermal

Thermal

Thermal

Hyde!

Nuclear

Thermal

Sub-total

Grand-total

Includes the share of Haryana of 62.5 MW

Units & rated

capacity

MW

lx15

lx36.6 3x67.5 lx60

3xl00 2x210

6x30

4x110

Sub Total

2x67.5

lx210

3x0.1

2x235

4x210

Power Development

Installed Expected year of

capacity commissioning

MW

15

284.r

720

180

440

1834.1

135 Unit I May; 1988 Unit II Sept; 1988 ·

210 1987-88

0.3 Not known

470 £ Unit 1-87-88 Unit-II 89-90

840 Unit I-1991-92 Unit-II-1992-93 Units III & IV 93-94

1655.3

3489.5

£ By Alternate Hydro Energy Centre, Roorkee University as an experimental project. Narora Atomic Power Project under Central Sector is being set up for the benefit of constituent State of Northern Region. Allocation of power is yet to be decided.

Sources: i. Ministry of Energy/Central Electricity Authorityii. State Power Boardsiii. DESU

153

Table 9.2 Pattern of Energy Consumption 1985-86

SI.No. Area Domestic Commercial Industrial Agricultural Others Total

1. Delhi ITT 1280.00 800.00 1115.00 765.00* 3960.00 (32.32) (20.20) (28.16) (19.32) (100.00)

2. Haryana Sub-Region

i Sonepat· Distt 31.50 4.80 78.68 40.59 1.83 157.40

ii. Gurgaon Distt. 24.94 6.36 51.58 55.79 5.29 143.96.

iii. Faridabad Distt. 72.64 14.34 327.33 53.64 6.95 474.90

iv. Rohtak Distt. 55.69 13.40 68.00 44.51 2.89 184.49

V. Panipat Tehsil 28.78 9.92 168.27 151.59 2.31 360.87

vi. Rewari and Bawa! Tehsil 12.33 1.95 25.32 37.17 2.49 79.26

+ Sub-Total 225.88 50.77 719.18 383.29 21.76 1400.88 (16.12) (3.62) (51.33) (27.36) (1.55) (100.00)

3. Rajasthan Sub-Region

L Six Tehsils of 14.74 7.36 253.76 30.29 7.67 313.82

Alwar Distt. (4.69) (2.35) (80.86) (9.66) (2.44) (100.00)

4. Uttar Pradesh

i. Meerut Distt. 89.34 31.31 157.53 208.09 88.79 575.06

ii. Ghaziabad Distt. 82.75 34.06 498.53 143.65 125.56 884.55

iii Bulandshahr Distt. 28.21 3.35 69.81 291.35 1.78 394.50

Sub-total 200.30 68.72 725.87 643.09 216.13 1854.11

.(10.80) (3.71) (39.15) (34.68) (11.66) (100.00)

Grand total 1720.92 926.85 2813.81 1056.67 1010.56 7528.81

(22.86) (12.31) (37.37) (14.04) (13.42) (100.00)

Source: Co�cerned State Electricity Boards and DESU

Note: 1. Figures in brackets are percentages to total

DESU supplied 710 MU in bulk to licencees like NDMC and MES

+ The unrestricted energy consumption would be Domestic: 305, Commercial: 69,

Industrial: 1971, Agricultural: 517 and Others: 30. Total: 1892.

154

Table 9.3 Rural Electrification and Energisation of Pumpsets

s. Area Total No. Villages Villages Villages Pumpsets Pumpsets Pumpsets

No. of lnhabi- electri- proposed to be· energised proposed to be

ted fied to be electri- to be energised

villages electri- fied by energised by the

fied the end during end of

during of VII VII Plan VII Plan

VII Plan Plan

I. Delhi UT(31.385) 214 214 Nil 214 15732 2500 18232

Sub-Total (100.0) (100.0)

II. UP Sub-Region (31.3.85)

1. Meerut Distt. 920 710 210 920 40154 3823 43977

2. Ghaziabad Distt. 704 424 280 704 8727 2180 10907

3. Bulandshahr Distt. 1365 651 714 1365 39943 4500 4443

Sub-Total 2989 1785 1204 2989 88824 10503 99327

(59.7) (100)

III. Haryana Sub-Region (31.3.85)

1. Sonepat Oistt. 331 331 Nil 331 11687 2000 13687

2. Gurgaon Distt. 673 673 Nil 673 25374 2000 27374

3. Faridabad Distt. 425 425 Nil 425 15174 3000 18174

4. Rohtak Distt. 438 438 Nil 438 10987 3000 13987

5. Panipat Tehsil 167 167 Nil 167 29295 3000 32295

6. Rewari & Bawal Tehsils 352 352 Nil 352 14838 2000 16838

Sub-total 2386 2386 Nil 2386 107355 15000 122355

(100.0) (100.0)

IV Rajasthan Sub-Region (31.3.87)

Al'.Mar, Behror, Mandawar, Tijara,

Kishangarh and Ramgarh Tehsils 1063 960 N.A. 1063 N.A. N.A. N.A.

Grand Total 6652 5345 1204 6652 211911 28003 239914

(80.35) (100)

*Includes uninhabited villages.Note: Figures in brackets indicate percentages of the total number of villages in the respective Sub-region/region. Sources: State Electricity Boards and DESU

155

Electricity Forecast-2001 Table 9.4 Energy in MU /Load in MW

Area 1989-90 1994-95 1999-2000 2000-2001

ER

Delhi UT 7217

Hayana Sub-region 4046

Rajasthan Sub-region 811

Uttar Pradesh Sub-region 3428

N.C.R. 15502

ER: Energy Requirement .,.---___ \'-'\. \.) ·

PL: Peak Load ·� f"", . v.J ·

PL ER

1373 11372

825 6401

154 1347

675 5434

3027 24554

Sources: State Governments and Ministry of Energy.

· Table 10.1 Urban Water Supply and Sanitation

a) Watez: S1111pl11 I�

Sub-region No. of Urban areas

Delhi UT 6

Haryana 27

Rajas than 3

Uttar Pradesh 58

NCR 94

b) Sewerage System-1986

Organised W /S available

1

26

3

37

67

PL ER PL ER PL

2164 17920 3409 28233 5871

1305 10128 2065 18024 3678

256 2237 425 3716 706

1070 8613 1696 13651 2883

4795 38898 7595 61624 12032

Water Supply, Sewerage, Drainage and Solid Waste Management

Per capita Population Supplemented consumption coverage % by spot sources

lpcd (range) %

240 94.3 1

30-159 30.100 15

80-106 100 18

17-220 45_·90 12

17-240 30-100

Sub�region Total Info. Sys. Sewerage System Town with Treatment Disposal towns avail- exists

1981 able Comp. Part Com- Water Sani. Septic Other Yes No. Dra-, On river lete bined borne lat tank ins land

Delhi 6 1 1 1 1 1 1

Haryana 27 26 13 13 13 10 5 6 13 6 6 1

Rajasthan 3 3 1 1 1 1 2 3 1 1 3

Uttar Pradesh 58 58 4 4 3 3 2 1 1 3 1 3 1

N.C.R. 94 89 20 20 11 16 14 9 8 4 16 4 9 9

156

c) Storm Water Drainage-1986

Sub-region No.of Info. Drainage Type Disposal towns avail-

1981 able Yes Comp. Part Comb. Open Cove- Drains/ On lrri- 0th-

red sewer land gate ers

Delhi 6 1 1 1 1 1 1

Haryana 27 26 2 2 2 2

Rajasthan 3 3 3 3 1 3 1 1 2

Uttar Pradesh 58 58 33 1 32 1 32 31 2

N.C.R. 94 89 52 2 50 11 49 4 35 3 6

d) Solidwaste Management:-1986

Sub-region/NCR No.of Info. Solidwaste Type of Disposal

towns available managed in

for Comp. Sanitary Land Open

refill

Delhi 6 1 1 1 1 1

Haryana 27 26

Rajasthan 3 3 3 3

Uttar Pradesh 58 19 14 11 3

N.C.R. 94 49 3t 2 1 19 11

Sour:ce: State Governments and DWS and SOU.

Table 10.2 Rural Water Supply and Sanitation

Sub-region/ No. of No. served by Problem Villages No. of Type

Tehsil villages villages and

Canals Wells HP PWS Scar.city Bad No.local with cove-

(Water) quality sources sewer-

age

I. Delhi UT

1. Delhi Not available

II. Haryana

1. Bahadurgarh 92 90 5

2. Jhajjar 231 74 100 6 21

3. Rewari 346 346 346 37 309

4. Meham 30 24 24 8

5. Rohtak 103 45 45 42

6. Sonepat 215 53 13 49 66 117

7. Panipat 167 47 120 68 84 123 39

Sub-Total 1184 333 581 55 549 238 199 348

Ill. Rajas than

1. Ramgarh 134 16 116 18 11 1 4

2. Alwar 156 33 118 35 13 1 11

3. Tijara 186 11 175 11 6 6

4. Mundawar 114 16 100 14 6 7

5. Kishangarh 180 20 155 25 11 2 18

6. Behror 159 55 100 59 8 1 11

Sub-Total 929 151 7.64 162 55 5 57

157,

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8- 9 10 11

IV. Uttar Pradesh1. Meerut 268 45 71

2. Mawana 305 13 9

3. Baghpat 231 9 29 4

4. Sardhana 212 15 84

5. Ghaziabad 167 107 59

6. Hapur 232 128 93

7. Oadri 155 25 42 32

8. Garhmukteshwar 153 53 45

9. Bulandshahr 404 105 359 3

10. Khurja 370 100 241 3

11. Anupsagar 420 74 299

12. Sikandrabad 266 63 147

Sub-Total 3183 737 1478 42

Sources: State Governments, DWS and SOU

Shelter

Table 12.1 Occupied Residential Houses-1971-81

Sub-Region/ Occupied Residential towns

Region 1971 1981

Urban Rural Total Urban Rural Total

Haryana 1,06,157 4,63,113 5,69,270 2,10,427 5,42,379 7,52,806

Uttar Pradesh 1,61,325 6,82,078 8,43,403 3,26,603 7,82,515 11,09,118

Rajasthan 18,718 1,05,391 1,24,109 29,494 1,34,082 1,63,576

NCR(excluding Delhi UT) 2,82,200 12,50,582 15,36,782 5,66,524 14,58,976 20,25,500

Net after deleting 10% 2,57,580 11,25,524 13,83,104 5,09,872 13,13,078 18,22,950

Occupancy Rate 7.33 7.309 7.313 6.53 7.34 7.116

Sources: Census 1971, 1981

Table 12.2 Additional Demand for Housing Units-1988-2001

Sub-regions/ Occupied Residential Houses Population ORH require- Addition

Region Assignment ment by 2000 H.Units

1971 1981 1987 for 2001 @ 5 persons per between

(Actual) (Actual) (estimated) (in lakhs) Units 1988-2001

(in lakhs)

u 1,06,157 2,10,427 2,45,690 43.5 8.7 6.243

Haryana R 4,63,113 5,42,379 5,30,945 34.5 6.9 1.591

T 5,69,270 7,52,806 7,76,635 78.0 15.6 7.834

u 1,61,325 3,26,603 3,83,193 75.5 15.1 11.268

Uttar Pradesh R 6,82,078 7,82,515 7,58,499 45.5 9.1 1.515

T 8,43,403 11,09,118 11,41,692 121.0 24.2 12.783

u 18,718 29,494 32,364 5.0 1.0 0.677

Rajiil.sthan R 1,05,391 1,34,082 1,36,166 9.0 1.8 0.438

T 1,24,109 1,63,576 1,68,530 14.0 2.8 1.115

u 2,86,200 5,66,524 6,61,247 124.0 24.8 18.188

NCR (Excluding R 12,50,582 14,58,976 14,25,610 89.0 17.8 3.544

Delhi UT) T 15,36,782 20,25,500 20,86,857 213.0 42.6 21.732

*Net after allowing 10% for non-residential, vacant and non-liveable units.

Source: Census 1971, 1981 for actuals.

158

Table 12.3 Additional Housing Requirements in the Priority, DMA and other

Towns by-2001

Housing Requirement Net liveable Additional Towns by 2001 Housing Units Requirement

(lakhs) in 1987 (actual) 1988-2001

Priority Towns

1. Meerut 3.1 1,17,703 1,92,297

2. Hapur 0.9 16,988 73,012 3. Bulandshahr 1.0 17,891 82,109 4. Khurja 0.6 10,416 49,584 .5. Panipat 1.0 26,157 73,843 6. Rohtak 1.0 28,926 71,074 7. Palwal 0.6 7,545 52,455 8. Rewari 0.22 8,222 13,723 9. Dharuhera 0.15 15,000 10. Bhiwadi 0.23 23,000 11. Alwar 1.0 26,680 73,320

Sub-Total 9.8 2,60,583 7,19,417

DMA Towns

1. Bahadurgarh 0.4 7,017 32,983 2. Faridabad Complex 2.0 79,001 1,20,999

3. Ghaziabad 2.2 64,722 1,55,278

4. Gurgaon 1.4 9,315 1,20,685 5. Kundli 0.3 30,000· 6. NOIDA 1.1 1,10,000

Sub-Total 7.4 1,70,055 5,69,945

Other Urban

Centres in NCR 7.6 2,30,609 5,29,391

Total Urban NCR

excluding Delhi UT 24.8 6,61,247 18,18,753

Table 12.4 Housing Requirement in Phases-1988-2001

Category 1988-90 1990-95 1995-2000 2000-2001 Total

E.W.S. a) Slum upgradation 0.22 0.70 0.85 0.22 1.99

b) Sites & Services 0.70 2.15 2.70 0.44 5.99

L.I.G. 0.32 1.00 1.20 0.265 2.785

M.I.G. 0.06 0.20 0.25 0.07 0.58

Total 1.30 4.05 5.00 0.995 11.345

159

Regional Landuse

Table 13.1 Landuse in the NCR-1986-87 (Sub-regionwise Distribution)

(Area in hectares)

Category Delhi Haryana Rajasthan Uttar NCR Proportion

Pradesh reported

1. Forest 1434 34000 9870 19918 65222 ,.2.1 (2.2) (52.1) (15.2) (30.5) (100.00)

2. Land put to non- 35820 128431 17398 114860 296509 9.9 agricultural use (24.2) (43.3) (5.9) (38.7) (100.00)

3. Barren Land 18707 35000 56425 31545 141677 4.7 (13.2) (24.7) (39.8) (22.3) (100.00)

4. Water Bodies 329 3569 2407 2017 8323 0.28 (4.0) (42.9) (28.9) (24.2) (100.00)

5. Permanent pasture 793 12000 11262 2593 26648 1.2 & Other grazing land (3.0) (45m (42.3) (9.7) (100.00)

6. Land under Misc 1137 .94 3512 4740 0.2 tree crops and groves (24.0) (l.9) (74.1) (100.00)

7. Culturable Waste 856 24000 7073 25555 57484 1.8 (1.5) (41.8) (12.2) (44.5) (100.00)

8. Cultivated Land 88411 1099000 314419 890288 2392118 79.9 (3.7) (45.9) (13.1) (37.3) (100.00)

Total Reporting Area 147487 1336000 418945 1090288 2992720 100.0 (4.93) (44.64) (14.00) (36.43) (100.00)

Note: Figures in brackets indicate percentages to total of the NCR

Source: Compiled from State Government records.

Table 13.2 Distribution of Forest Area in NCR-1985

Sub-region Total Reporting Total Reserved Protected Unclasified · Social

area forest forest forest forest forest

Delhi UT 149788 1443 NA NA NA NA (0.9)

Uttar Pradesh 1075993 29455 16308 1995 1064 10088 (19.4) (29.4) (6.3) (1.9) (100.0)

Haryana 1334640 43815 7346 20850 15619 NA (28.5) (13.2) (65.9) (27.8)

Rajasthan 420348 78761 30447 8795 39519 NA (51.3) (54.8) (27.8) (70.3)

NCR 2980769 153474 55544 31640 56202 10088

Source: State Forest Departments & Delhi Administration

Note: Figures in brackets indicate percentages to total of the respective category forest.

160

Table 13.3 Landuse Pattern of the NCR 1986-87

SI. Category Based on Land Records

, Sub-Region

Delhi Hary- Raja- Uttar NCR ana sthan Pradesh

l. Forest 1434 34000 9870 19918 65222

(l.0) (2.5) (2.4) (1.8) (2.1)

2. Land p�t to 35820 128431 17398 114860 296509

Non-agri- (24.2) (9.6) (4.2) (10.5) (9.9)

· cul.tural use 3. Barren Land 18707 35000 56425 31545 141677

(12.7) (2.6) (13.5) (2.9) (4.7)

4. Water 329 3569 2407 2017 8323

Bodies (0.22) (0.27) (0.54) (0.19) (0.28)

5. Permanent pasture & 793 1200 11262 2593 26648

Other grazing Land (0.5) (0.9) (2.7) (0.2) (1.2)

6. Land under Misc tree 1137 91 3512 4740

crops & groves (0.8) (0.02) (0.3) (0.2)

7. Culturable 856 24000 7073 25555 57484

(0.6) (l.8) (l.7) (2.4) (1.8)

8. Cultivated Land

88411 1099000 314419 890288 2392118

(59.79) (82.3) (73.1) (81.7) (79.9)

Based on Satellite Imageries

Sub-Region

Delhi Hary- Raja- Uttar NCR ana sthan Pradesh

2678 2075 19203 11601 35557

(l.8) (0.15) (4.27) (l.0) (l.2)

35820 128431 17398 114860 296509

(24.2) (9.6) (4.2) (10.5) (9.9)

11438 88044 58539 38217 196238

(7.7) (7.4) (13.0) (3.5) (6.5)

329 3569 2407 2017 8323

(0.22) (0.27) (0.54) (0.19) (0.28)

793 12000 11262 2593 26648

(0.5) (0.9) (2.7) (0.2) (l.2)

1137 91 3512 4740

(0.8) (0.02) (0.3) (0.2) 856 24000 7073 25555 57484

(0.6) (l.8) (1.7) (2.4) (l.8) 95249 1083182 333256 88694 2398631

(64.2) (80.7) (74.1) (81.3) (79.3)

Total 147487 1336000 41945 1090288 2992720 148300 1341299 449300 108298 3024211

Reporting Area (100.00) (100.00) (100.00) (100.00) (100.00) (100.00) (100.00) (100.00) (100.00) (100.00)

Note: Figures in brackets indicate percentages to total of the NCR Source: Compiled from State Government Records and Satellite imageries.

Table 13.4 Proposed Landuse in NCR-2001

District/ Landuse Forest Difference Barren Cultural Land put Proposed

Tehsil Category area in cultiva- land waste to Non Forest

with no ted land (SG-SI) Agricul- Expansion

tree (SG-SI) tural

cover

I. Delhi UT (-) 1244 (-) 6838 7269 856 35820 8800

II. Haryana Sub-Region

1. Gurgaon 9970 38358 (-) 44294 38149 59200

2. Faridabad 4000 (-) 6095 (-) 7789 27703 28500

3. Rohtak 8000 (-) 9837 (-) 3253 13000 25167 19700

4. Sonepat 7966 ·(-) 11502 (-) 4531 10000 16811 13600

5. Rewari & Bawa! 1989 (-) 5428 3100 15000 8300

6. Panipat 10323 3723 1000 5601 4700

Sub-Total (-) 31925 (+) 15819 (-) 53044 (+) 24000 (+) 128431 134000

III. Rajasthan Sub-Region

1. Alwar (part of NCR) (-) 9333 (-) 18837 (-) 2114 7073 17398 89860

IV. U.I�. Sub-Region

1. Meerut 813 (-) 1450 (-) 2912 5182 46238 12800

2. Ghaziabad (-) 1050 (-) 4730 1173 7398 32654 29100

3. Bulandshahr ·8555 9524 (-) 1033 12975 35968 28100

Sub-total (+) 8317 (+) 3344 (-) 6672 2555 114860 7000

NCR Total (-) 29665 (+) 6512 (-) 54561 (+) 57484 (+)296509 (+)302660

SG: State Government; SI: Satellite Imagery

161

Table 13.5 Land Requirement for Urban Development By 2001

SI. Town/Urban 1981 2001 Land Additional

Complex Required Land in

Area in Popula- Density Assigned Density Hectares Hectares

Hectares tion in per Population per

Lakhs Hectare Hectare

I. · OMA Towns

1. Ghaziabad incl. Loni 6840 3.00 44 11.00 125 88.00 1960

2. NOIDA 600 0.75 125 5.50 125 4400 3800

3. Faridabad-Ballabgarh 17824 3.30 19 10.00 125 8000 Nil

4. Gurgaon 2413 1.01 42 7.00 125 5600 3187

5. Bahadurgarh 900 0.37 41 2.00 110 1818 918

6. Kundli 200 0.25 125 1.50 110 1363 1163

Sub-Total I. 28777 8.68 37.00 29981 11028

II. Priority Towns

1. Meerut 8082 5.37, 66 15.50 125 12400 4318

2. Hapur 583 1.03 177 4.50 110 4901 3508

3. · Bulandshahr 939 1.03 109 5.00 125 4000 3061

4. Khurja 1036 0.67 64 3.00 110 2727 1691

5. Panipat 2082 1.37 66 · 5.00 125 4000 1918

6. Rohtak 2203 1.66 75 5.00 110 4545 2342

7. Palwal 552 0.47 85 3.00 110 2727 2175

8. Rewari 606 0.52 86 1.10 110 1000 394

9. Dharuhera 0.05 0.75 80 937 937

10. Bhiwadi . 445 1.15 110 1045 600

11. Alwar 8000 1.47 18 5.00 110 4545 Nil

Sub-Total IL 24528 14.33 49.00 42017 20007

lll. Rest of the Towns 37307 10.69 40.00 51563 14256

(Excluding Delhi)

Grand Total 90612 33.70 126.00 123561 45291

, 162

Counter-Magnet Areas Table 16.1 Search Zone Delineation for Counter-magnet Stua.y

State

Uttar Pr�desh

Haryana

Rajasthan

Punjab

Madhya Pradesh

Union Territory

Population 1981

Class 1 (100,000 Population and above)

5 Lakhs and above 3 to below 5 lakhs 2 to below 3 lakhs 1 to below 2 lakhs

1. Kanpur 4. Bareilly 7. Saharanpur 13. Mathura

2. Agra 5. Morada bad 8. Dehradun 14. Farukhabad

3. Allahabad 6. Aligarh 9. Jhansi 15. Haridwar

10. Shahjahanpur 16. Amroha

11. Rampur 17. Etawah

12. Ferozabad 18. Sambhal

19. Ambala 20. Yamunanagar

21. Hissar

22. Kamal

23. Bhiwani

24. Jaipur 25. Ajmer 27. Bikaner 28. Gangap.agar

26. Kota 29. Bharatpur

30. Sikar

31. Ludhiana 33. Patiala 34. Bhatinda

32. Jalandhar

35. Gwalior

36. Chandigaln

_I

163

NATIONAL CAPITAL REGION PLANNING BOARD

The National Capital Region Planning Board was constituted on the 28th March, 1985 under the provisions of National Capital Region Planning Board Act, 1985. The National Capital Region Planning Board, under the Chairmanship of the Union Minister of Works and Housing (now called Urban Development) has 21 members and .6 co-opted members, having its composition as under:

1. Union Minister of Urban Development

2. Chief Minister of Haryana

· 3. Chief Minister of Rajasthan

4. Chief Minister of Uttar Pradesh

5. Lt. Governor of Delhi

6. Chief Executive Councillor Delhi Metropolitan Council

7. Union Minister of Industry

8. Union Minister of State for Railways

9. Union Minister of State for Surface Transport

10. Member (Urban Devel?pment) Planning Commission

11. Secretary, Ministry of Urban Development

12. Secretary, Depar_tment of Expenditure Ministry of Finance

13. Chief Planner, Town & Country Planning Organisation

14. Minister of Town & Country Planning, Government of Haryana

15. ' Minister of Urban Development Government of Rajasthan

16. Minister of State in charge of Urban Development, Government of Uttar Pradesh

17. Chief Secretary, Government of Haryana

18. Chief Secretary, Government of Rajasthan

19. Secretary, Housing & Urban Development, Government of Uttar Pradesh

20. Chief Secretary, Delhi Administration

21. Member-Secretary, National Capital Region Planning Board

Co-opted Members

1. Chief Minister of Madhya Pradesh

2. Secretary, Ministry of Industry, Government of India

3. . Chairman, Railway Board, Government of India

4. Secretary, Ministry of Surface Transport, Government of India

5. Adviser (HUD), Planning Commission, Government of India

6. \lice-Chairman, Delhi Development Authority.

164

Chairman

Member

Member

Member

Member­

Member

Member

Member

Member

Member

Member

Member

Member

Member

Member

Member

Member

Member

Member

Member

Member

PLANNING COMMITTEE

1. Member Secretary 11. Chief Town PlannerNCR Planning Board Chairman Government of Uttar Pradesh Member

2. Joint Secretary in the Ministry 12. Joint Adviser Representativeof Urban Development dealing Planning Commissionwith the work relating to NCR Member · Government of India Member

3. Secretary-in-charge of NCR · 13. Chief Engineer (Planning)work in the State of Haryana Member Representative, Ministry of

Shipping and Transport4. Secretary-in-charge of NCR Government of India Member

work in the State of Rajasthan Member 14. Director (Power)

5: Secretary-in-charge· of NCR Representative, Ministry ofwork in the State of Energy, Government of India Member Uttar Pradesh Member

15. Director (Planning)6. Secretary-in-charge of NCR Representative, Ministry of

work in the Delhi Union Railways, Government of India�.

Member Territory Member

16. Deputy Director General (T.P.) ·7. Vice Chairman Representative, Ministry of

Delhi Development Authority Member Communications,Government of India Member

8. Chief PlannerTown & Country Planning 17 Chairman and Managing DirectorOrganisation Member Housing & Urban Development

Corporation Member 9. Director, Town Planning

Department Government 18. Director,of Haryana Member Department of Environment,

Government of India Member 10. Chief Town Planner

Government of Rajasthan Member 19. Chief Regional PlannerNCR Planning Board Member

(Convenor)

165

STUDIES UNDERTAKEN THROUGH PROFESSIONAL CONSULTANTS/INSTITUTIONS

Name of the Study

1. Migration Studies in the Context of NCR Plan

2. Study on Informal Sector in NCR

3. Fiscal Policy for National Capital Region

4. Computer Modelling for Urban Development

5. Land use Analysis based on Landsat Imageries

and Aeiral Photographs

6. · Traffic & Transportation Surveys and Studies

7. Settlement System

8. Counter-magnet area Study

166

Institutions

National Institute of Urban Affairs, New Delhi.

Society for Development Studies (SOS),

New Delhi.

National Institute of Public Finance & Policy New Delhi

Central Building Research Institute, Roorkee

Defence Terrain Research Laboratory, Ministry of Defence, New Delhi

Operation Research Group, Baroda

Physical Research Laboratory; Ahmedabad

School of Planning & Architecture, New Delhi

STUDY GROUPS IN CONNECTION WITH THE PREPARATION OF

DRAFT REGIONAL PLAN 2001-NATIONAL CAPITAL REGION-

STUDY GROUPS ON

l. Economic Profile and Fiscal measures

2. Land-use and Settlement System

3. Regional Transport

4. Physical Infrastructure

5. Power Development

6. Social Infrastructure

7. Environment

8. Tele-Communications

167

0 21�

Printed at Ajanta Offset & Packagings Ltd., Wazirpur Industrial Area, Delhi-110052